WO2021135926A1 - 带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法和假体 - Google Patents
带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法和假体 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021135926A1 WO2021135926A1 PCT/CN2020/136526 CN2020136526W WO2021135926A1 WO 2021135926 A1 WO2021135926 A1 WO 2021135926A1 CN 2020136526 W CN2020136526 W CN 2020136526W WO 2021135926 A1 WO2021135926 A1 WO 2021135926A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- porous structure
- substrate
- connection structure
- space
- structure according
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 503
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 claims description 697
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 367
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 claims description 227
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 claims description 183
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims description 144
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims description 144
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 137
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 claims description 137
- 230000004308 accommodation Effects 0.000 claims description 103
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 90
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 69
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 claims description 66
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 claims description 66
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 66
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 55
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000010146 3D printing Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 210000004394 hip joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000012958 reprocessing Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000005242 forging Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000004663 powder metallurgy Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- -1 or wire Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000005245 sintering Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000544 articulatio talocruralis Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002310 elbow joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001145 finger joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012768 molten material Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000278 osteoconductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002138 osteoinductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000000323 shoulder joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007711 solidification Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000008023 solidification Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001226 toe joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000005019 vapor deposition process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003857 wrist joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000002517 zygapophyseal joint Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000013269 sustained drug release Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007731 hot pressing Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 74
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 20
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000000629 knee joint Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000012805 post-processing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004146 energy storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004417 patella Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910001182 Mo alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001069 Ti alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- MTHLBYMFGWSRME-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Cr].[Co].[Mo] Chemical compound [Cr].[Co].[Mo] MTHLBYMFGWSRME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000316 bone substitute Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031729 Bacteremia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001391944 Commicarpus scandens Species 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010017076 Fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010050296 Intervertebral disc protrusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003076 Osteolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061468 Postoperative wound complication Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020339 Spinal injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004699 Ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002929 anti-fatigue Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012237 artificial material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010478 bone regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001624 hip Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007373 indentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029791 lytic metastatic bone lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012567 medical material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007750 plasma spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005488 sandblasting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000005671 spondyloarthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000785 ultra high molecular weight polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C8/00—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C8/00—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools
- A61C8/0012—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools characterised by the material or composition, e.g. ceramics, surface layer, metal alloy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61C—DENTISTRY; APPARATUS OR METHODS FOR ORAL OR DENTAL HYGIENE
- A61C8/00—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools
- A61C8/0012—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools characterised by the material or composition, e.g. ceramics, surface layer, metal alloy
- A61C8/0013—Means to be fixed to the jaw-bone for consolidating natural teeth or for fixing dental prostheses thereon; Dental implants; Implanting tools characterised by the material or composition, e.g. ceramics, surface layer, metal alloy with a surface layer, coating
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/32—Joints for the hip
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/32—Joints for the hip
- A61F2/34—Acetabular cups
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/32—Joints for the hip
- A61F2/36—Femoral heads ; Femoral endoprostheses
- A61F2/3662—Femoral shafts
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/38—Joints for elbows or knees
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/38—Joints for elbows or knees
- A61F2/3859—Femoral components
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/38—Joints for elbows or knees
- A61F2/389—Tibial components
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/40—Joints for shoulders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/42—Joints for wrists or ankles; for hands, e.g. fingers; for feet, e.g. toes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/44—Joints for the spine, e.g. vertebrae, spinal discs
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K11/00—Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
- B23K11/16—Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating taking account of the properties of the material to be welded
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y80/00—Products made by additive manufacturing
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/30004—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis
- A61F2002/30011—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis differing in porosity
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/30004—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis
- A61F2002/30014—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis differing in elasticity, stiffness or compressibility
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/30004—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis
- A61F2002/30052—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis the prosthesis being made from materials having different values of a given property at different locations within the same prosthesis differing in electric or magnetic properties
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30003—Material related properties of the prosthesis or of a coating on the prosthesis
- A61F2002/3006—Properties of materials and coating materials
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30317—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis
- A61F2002/30324—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis differing in thickness
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30329—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30316—The prosthesis having different structural features at different locations within the same prosthesis; Connections between prosthetic parts; Special structural features of bone or joint prostheses not otherwise provided for
- A61F2002/30329—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements
- A61F2002/30451—Connections or couplings between prosthetic parts, e.g. between modular parts; Connecting elements soldered or brazed or welded
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2002/30001—Additional features of subject-matter classified in A61F2/28, A61F2/30 and subgroups thereof
- A61F2002/30667—Features concerning an interaction with the environment or a particular use of the prosthesis
- A61F2002/30677—Means for introducing or releasing pharmaceutical products, e.g. antibiotics, into the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/30772—Apertures or holes, e.g. of circular cross section
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2/30771—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth applied in original prostheses, e.g. holes or grooves
- A61F2002/30772—Apertures or holes, e.g. of circular cross section
- A61F2002/30784—Plurality of holes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2002/3092—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth having an open-celled or open-pored structure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/30767—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth
- A61F2002/3093—Special external or bone-contacting surface, e.g. coating for improving bone ingrowth for promoting ingrowth of bone tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
- A61F2002/30967—Diffusion bonding
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
- A61F2002/3097—Designing or manufacturing processes using laser
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
- A61F2002/30971—Laminates, i.e. layered products
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
- A61F2002/30971—Laminates, i.e. layered products
- A61F2002/30973—Two joined adjacent layers having complementary interlocking protrusions and recesses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/3094—Designing or manufacturing processes
- A61F2002/30985—Designing or manufacturing processes using three dimensional printing [3DP]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2/00—Filters implantable into blood vessels; Prostheses, i.e. artificial substitutes or replacements for parts of the body; Appliances for connecting them with the body; Devices providing patency to, or preventing collapsing of, tubular structures of the body, e.g. stents
- A61F2/02—Prostheses implantable into the body
- A61F2/30—Joints
- A61F2/38—Joints for elbows or knees
- A61F2/3859—Femoral components
- A61F2002/3863—Condyles fitted on an anchored base
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F2310/00—Prostheses classified in A61F2/28 or A61F2/30 - A61F2/44 being constructed from or coated with a particular material
- A61F2310/00389—The prosthesis being coated or covered with a particular material
- A61F2310/00592—Coating or prosthesis-covering structure made of ceramics or of ceramic-like compounds
- A61F2310/00796—Coating or prosthesis-covering structure made of a phosphorus-containing compound, e.g. hydroxy(l)apatite
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K11/00—Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
- B23K11/10—Spot welding; Stitch welding
- B23K11/11—Spot welding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23K—SOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
- B23K11/00—Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
- B23K11/14—Projection welding
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/30—Hydrogen technology
- Y02E60/50—Fuel cells
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P10/00—Technologies related to metal processing
- Y02P10/25—Process efficiency
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the connection technology of composite materials, in particular to the application to medical devices. It provides a connection structure between a porous structure and a substrate and a manufacturing method thereof.
- the connection structure has an accommodation space; and it also provides a connection structure using the connection structure. Prosthesis.
- the overall performance (such as fatigue strength) of the acetabular cup and femoral stem of an artificial hip joint must meet the dynamic load of the prosthesis during one million to two million walks a year after being implanted in the body.
- the surface of the prosthesis Under the anti-fatigue requirements, and there are specific performance requirements for the surface of the prosthesis, so as to meet the firm combination of the surface of the prosthesis and the bone tissue of the patient, and to ensure that the prosthesis is not loosened. Otherwise, the patient will have pain, and the prosthesis must be removed, and the patient will undergo another revision operation to implant a new prosthesis.
- Other orthopedic implants (such as the spine) have similar situations and needs. In fact, in other fields, there are also cases where the substrate and the surface have different performance requirements, and a reliable and effective connection is required between the two.
- Artificial materials commonly used in joint prostheses are titanium alloys, cobalt-chromium-molybdenum alloys, etc., which cannot form an effective biological or chemical bond with bones.
- the interface between the prosthesis and the bone is generally mainly through a physical/mechanical combination.
- the highly polished surface of the prosthesis cannot form an effective bonding force with the bone tissue. Therefore, the existing technology can form a rough surface on the surface of the prosthesis by sandblasting, plasma spraying of titanium, etc., to increase the gap between the prosthesis and the bone tissue.
- the frictional force of the interface helps to enhance the physical/mechanical fixation of the interface between the prosthesis and the bone. In the field of orthopedics, this is called the "bone growth" surface.
- hydroxyapatite and other materials can be used as the coating on the rough surface of the prosthesis to increase bone conduction, bone induction, and bone regeneration to accelerate or strengthen the bone tissue in the false
- the attachment to the body surface further improves the performance of "bone growth”.
- titanium wires or titanium beads can be used to form a porous coating on the surface of the prosthesis (such as the acetabular cup/femoral stem) by sintering or diffusion welding.
- the metal 3D printing additive manufacturing process, vapor deposition process, etc. to make a sheet 0001 with a porous structure in advance, and then combine the sheet 0001 with the solid substrate 0002 of the prosthesis by diffusion welding, as shown in Figure 1. Show.
- These methods provide the prosthesis with a porous surface, the bone tissue in contact with the prosthesis can be regenerated, and the new bone tissue is filled in the interpenetrating porous structure to achieve the effect of "bone ingrowth" into the prosthesis.
- infection around the prosthesis is a catastrophic complication of joint replacement surgery and the main cause of revision after joint replacement. Diagnosis and treatment are very difficult, often requiring multiple operations and long courses of anti-infective treatment. High symptoms, long hospital stay, and expensive treatment.
- the infection around the prosthesis is the result of the interaction between pathogenic bacteria, the prosthesis and the human body. According to the duration of infection symptoms can be divided into: acute infection (less than 3 months), delayed infection (3-12 months), chronic infection (greater than 12 months). Acute and delayed infections are mostly caused by intraoperative contamination or postoperative wound complications, and pathogenic bacteria invade, while chronic infections are mostly caused by pathogenic bacteria from the initial infection site in the remote area to cause bacteremia, which spreads to the affected joints through the blood circulation. Its prevention and treatment are particularly difficult.
- the invention provides an effective connection structure between a porous structure and a substrate, which can maintain the mechanical properties of the substrate, meets the connection requirements when the overall mechanical structure and the surface properties are different, and is suitable for artificial implantation of prostheses.
- the connection structure has a containing space, and various items, such as sensors or medicines, can be placed as required.
- the present invention also provides a manufacturing method of the connecting structure and a prosthesis using the connecting structure.
- a technical solution of the present invention is to provide a connection structure of a porous structure with a containing space and a substrate, characterized in that the connection structure includes:
- a composite body comprising a first porous structure and an intermediate that are pre-connected or integrally formed, and the intermediate is denser than the first porous structure;
- a substrate which is connected to the first porous structure and/or intermediate of the composite body
- the connecting structure is provided with at least one accommodating space; at least a part of the accommodating space is provided by the first porous structure, or by the cooperation of the first porous structure with the intermediate body and/or the substrate.
- the intermediate body includes an insert part and/or a sandwich part
- the insertion part has at least a part of the structure and is located in the first porous structure
- the interlayer part has at least a part of the structure and is located between the first porous structure and the substrate.
- the intermediate is a solid structure or a second porous structure
- the density of the second porous structure is higher than the density of the first porous structure.
- the substrate is a solid structure or a third porous structure
- the density of the third porous structure is higher than the density of the first porous structure.
- the density of the second porous structure is between the density of the first porous structure and the density of the third porous structure.
- the substrate is made by forging or casting or machining or powder metallurgy or metal powder injection molding.
- the first porous structure and the intermediate body of the composite body are integrally formed through a 3D printing additive manufacturing process, or a vapor deposition process, or a sintering process.
- the substrate is made of metal material
- the first porous structure is made of metal material
- the intermediate body is made of metal material.
- the accommodating space has no edge interface
- the accommodating space is formed with an edge interface in at least a part of the direction.
- the edge interface of the containing space is closed or unclosed.
- the edge interface of the accommodating space is constituted by the first porous structure or the intermediate or base part adjacent to the accommodating space, or is constituted by a member additionally provided to the connecting structure.
- the component includes a first porous structure, or an intermediate, or a substrate, or a member additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the components in one or more directions beside the accommodating space can fix the entities individually or in cooperation;
- connection structure includes one or more of the following: a first porous structure, an intermediate body, a substrate, and a member additionally provided to the connection structure;
- the entity is one or more of the following: the container of the entity, the covering body of the entity that covers it from the outside of the container, and the edge interface of the entity of the containing space.
- fixing the entity includes carrying the entity: the component supports the entity from one or more directions individually or in cooperation; the component extends to the accommodating space through the part adjacent to the accommodating space Carry out load-bearing parts within the range.
- fixing the entity includes a tight fit with the entity: the component is in close contact with the entity from at least two opposite directions; the component is implemented through a portion adjacent to the containing space or a portion extending into the containing space Tight fit; it is different parts of the same component or different components that implement a tight fit to the entity.
- fixing the entity includes restricting the entity: the components are individually or cooperatively formed with a restricting structure located in at least one direction of the entity to prevent the entity located on one side of the restricting structure from moving to the restricting structure The other side; the limiting structure includes a limiting protrusion.
- fixing the entity includes restricting the entity: the components individually or cooperatively form a restricting structure that is in close contact with the entity from at least one direction;
- the limiting structure includes at least one limiting protrusion, which is formed at a position where the component is adjacent to the accommodating space and extends into the range of the accommodating space.
- the position of the entity corresponding to the limiting protrusion is provided with a limiting recess that matches the limiting protrusion, so that the limiting protrusion can be embedded in the limiting recess; or, the entity is in contact with the limiting protrusion.
- the limiting protrusion when the component for limiting the entity includes the first porous structure, the limiting protrusion includes the end of a part of the support or beam of the first porous structure; this part of the support or beam is adjacent to the accommodating space , Its end extends to the range of the containing space.
- fixing the entity includes restricting the entity: the components individually or cooperatively form a restricting structure that is in close contact with the entity from at least one direction;
- the limiting structure includes a matching limiting protrusion and a limiting recess, the limiting recess is formed at a position adjacent to the accommodating space, and the limiting protrusion is disposed on a solid surface and extends to a range of the accommodating space In addition, the limiting protrusion is embedded in the limiting recess.
- the limiting recess when the component that limits the entity includes the first porous structure, includes a part of the pores adjacent to the first porous structure and the containing space; this part of the pores keeps it in the first porous structure.
- the shape when the sexual structure is made, or the pores of the first porous structure are processed to form the limit depression.
- the accommodating space is provided with a channel or an opening connecting the inside and the outside of the accommodating space.
- the channel or opening of the containing space is directly or indirectly connected to the external open space
- the passage or opening of the containing space is directly or indirectly connected to other containing spaces.
- the channel or opening of the containing space is connected to the external open space through the channel or opening provided by one or more of the following components; the component includes a first porous structure, an intermediate body, and a substrate , In addition to the components of the connecting structure.
- the channel or opening of the accommodating space is connected to another accommodating space through a channel or opening provided by one or more of the following components; the component includes a first porous structure, an intermediate body, and a substrate , In addition to the components of the connecting structure.
- the channel or opening provided at the component is made together with the component on which it is located, or is made by reprocessing the component on which it is located;
- the passage or opening of the accommodation space is made together with the accommodation space, or is made by reprocessing the accommodation space.
- the passage or opening of the containing space is open;
- the passage or opening of the containing space is closed and waiting for subsequent opening;
- the passage or opening of the accommodation space is closed and no longer opens.
- a part of the connecting structure is removed to form at least a part of the containing space, or to form a channel or opening of the containing space;
- the removed part includes one or more of the following: A part of the porous structure, at least a part of the insertion part, a part of the interlayer part, a part of the base, and at least a part of the member additionally provided in the connection structure.
- the removed part serves as a closed body, which is subsequently used to close the channel or opening.
- the closed body that closes the passage or opening of the containing space is composed of the first porous structure or the intermediate or base part adjacent to the containing space, or is composed of a member additionally provided to the connecting structure.
- At least a part of the intermediate body is at a preset position of the connecting structure, adjacent to the accommodating space, as a passage or opening of the accommodating space; after the contents are arranged in the accommodating space, the part of the intermediate body is installed to the preset position to achieve The closure of channels or openings.
- a member additionally provided at the connecting structure includes a molded part, which serves as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space, or forms a closed body for closing the channel or opening of the containing space;
- the molded part is connected to the first porous structure or the intermediate or base part adjacent to the containing space, or is connected to other components.
- a component additionally provided at the connecting structure includes a filler body, which connects a part of the brackets or beams adjacent to the containing space at the first porous structure to form a filling surface;
- the filling surface serves as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space, or forms a closed body for closing the channel or opening of the containing space; the filling surface is separately provided at the first porous structure, or is combined with the intermediate body or the substrate or Connect other components.
- the molten substance serves as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space, or forms a closed body for closing the channel or opening of the containing space, or for reducing the first porosity
- the substance is a polymer material, or a material with the same or similar properties as the first porous structure or intermediate or substrate.
- the material of the substance is placed in a designated position, at least the vicinity of the designated position is heated to make the material of the material into a molten state, and the pores of the first porous structure around the designated position are filled.
- the closing body for closing the passage or opening is made of any one of the following materials:
- the property approximation includes conductivity approximation or density approximation.
- the enclosure used to close the channel or the opening is a solid structure, or a porous structure with the same or different density as the first porous structure.
- all or part of the containing space is formed in the first porous structure
- At least part of the surface of the first porous structure is an exposed surface of the connecting structure.
- a part of the accommodating space is formed at the first porous structure, and other parts of the accommodating space are formed at one or more of the following components; the components include an intermediate body, a substrate, and are additionally arranged in the connection Structural components.
- the corresponding part of the accommodating space is made together with the component in which it is located, or the corresponding part of the accommodating space is made by reprocessing the component.
- the depression formed at the first porous structure serves as at least a part of the containing space.
- the depression is formed on the exposed surface of the first porous structure.
- the depression is made together with the first porous structure, or the depression is made by reprocessing the first porous structure.
- a range corresponding to a designated pore in the first porous structure, or a range corresponding to a plurality of designated connected pores, is used as at least a part of the containing space.
- one or more designated pores corresponding to the accommodating space become at least a part of the accommodating space by maintaining the pore state when the first porous structure is made; or One designated pore at the structure, or a plurality of designated pores that were originally connected or disconnected, are reprocessed to become at least a part of the containing space.
- a recessed or penetrating structure is formed at a portion of the first porous structure or intermediate or base adjacent to the containing space, so that a part of the containing space extends to these structures.
- the part of the first porous structure or the intermediate body or the substrate adjacent to the containing space maintains their respective forms when they are made or when the composite body is connected to the substrate to become at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space , Or processed on the basis of the morphology when the composite body is connected to the base, and becomes at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space.
- the first porous structure or a part of the intermediate or substrate adjacent to the containing space maintains their respective forms when they are made, or when the composite body is connected to the substrate, and becomes a closed body, or When the composite body is connected to the base, it is processed to become a closed body.
- a part of the pores of the first porous structure serves as a channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the external open space, or with one or more of the following components
- the provided channels or openings are connected: the intermediate body, the base, and the other members provided in the connecting structure.
- the channel provided at the base communicates with the channel or opening of the accommodating space, or communicates with the external open space, or communicates with the channel or opening provided by one or more of the following components: intermediate body, substrate, In addition, the components installed in the connecting structure;
- the channel provided at the substrate is a pipe formed inside the substrate; or, the channel provided at the substrate is a groove formed on the surface of the substrate near the composite body, and at least a part of the groove faces the composite The direction of the body is open.
- the interlayer part between the composite body and the substrate includes a protruding structure and/or an intermediate body
- the interlayer part and the accommodating space have the following positional relationship a1 and/or a2:
- the part adjacent to the containing space at the interlayer portion includes: a raised structure and/or an intermediate body, or the interlayer portion is not adjacent to the containing space;
- the interlayer part between the composite body and the substrate includes a raised structure and does not include an intermediate body, and the raised structure is arranged on the side of the first porous structure close to the substrate and protrudes toward the substrate;
- the interlayer part is in contact with and connected to the substrate at the protruding structure;
- the interlayer portion between the composite body and the substrate includes an intermediate body and does not include a protruding structure, and the intermediate body is in contact with and connected to the substrate;
- the interlayer portion between the composite body and the substrate includes an intermediate body and a raised structure, and the raised structure is disposed on a side of the intermediate body close to the substrate and protrudes toward the substrate; the sandwich portion is at least It is in contact with and connected to the base at the raised structure.
- the protruding structure is located in the accommodating space alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following components Fixing is carried out at a location within the range or adjacent to the accommodating space: the first porous structure, other protruding structures, the insertion portion of the intermediate body, the member additionally provided to the connecting structure, and the base.
- the composite body when the part within the range of the accommodating space includes a convex structure but not an intermediate body, the composite body further includes an extension body, a part of the extension body is connected to the convex structure and extends to the range of the accommodation space Inside;
- the other part of the extension is connected to one or more of the following components adjacent to the containing space or outside the scope of the containing space: the first porous structure, other raised structures, the body of the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, In addition, it is set to the member and base of the connection structure.
- the space between adjacent raised structures is used as a channel or opening of the containing space, or connected with the channel or opening of the containing space, or connected with the external open space, or connected with one or more of the following components:
- the provided channels or openings communicate with each other: the first porous structure, other interlayer parts of the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the base, and the components additionally arranged in the connecting structure.
- the gap between the protruding structure and the substrate serves as a channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the external open space, or with one or more of the following components
- the provided channels or openings communicate with each other: the first porous structure, the other interlayer parts of the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the base, and the components additionally arranged in the connecting structure.
- the intermediate body is layered, sheet-shaped, or plate-shaped.
- the body of the intermediate body is located at a position within the accommodating space, alone or in combination with one or more of the following components to fix the entity: the first porous structure, other parts of the body of the intermediate body, The interlayer part other than the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the member separately provided to the connection structure, and the base.
- the body of the intermediate body is located at a position within the range of the containing space as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space.
- a gap is provided in a portion of the intermediate body located within the accommodating space to fix the entity embedded in the gap.
- the part of the intermediate body located within the containing space is provided with a gap, which serves as a channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the channel or opening of the containing space, or communicates with the external open space, or with one of the following Or the channels or openings provided by multiple components are connected: the first porous structure, other parts of the intermediate body, the interlayer part other than the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the member additionally provided to the connecting structure, the base .
- the body of the intermediate body is provided with a gap at a position within the range of the accommodating space, and an extension body is provided inside the gap; the entity is fixed by the extension body.
- the intermediate body is closed; or, the intermediate body is provided with a channel or an opening.
- the channel provided at the intermediate body is a pipe formed inside the intermediate body; or, the channel provided at the intermediate body is a groove formed on the side of the intermediate body close to the substrate. The surface, and at least a part of the groove is open toward the direction where the substrate is located.
- a first groove is provided on the intermediate body as a passage for the intermediate body, and/or a second groove is provided on the substrate as a passage for the substrate;
- the first groove is formed on the surface of the intermediate body close to the substrate, and at least a part of the first groove is open toward the direction of the substrate;
- the second groove is formed on the surface of the substrate close to the composite body, and At least a part of the second groove is open toward the direction of the composite body;
- the two are staggered with each other, or the two buckle together to form a channel.
- the welding interface of the composite body when resistance welding is performed between the composite body and the substrate, the welding interface of the composite body includes the first porous structure and/or the intermediate body, and there is no convex structure protruding toward the substrate; or, the welding interface of the composite body It includes one or more of the first porous structure, the intermediate body, and the convex structure protruding toward the base.
- the welding interface of the substrate is provided with a substrate protrusion structure, and the substrate protrusion structure protrudes toward the welding interface of the composite body;
- the substrate is connected to the welding interface of the composite body at least through the substrate protrusion structure; and, connected to the substrate protrusion structure is the first porous structure on the welding interface of the composite body, or does not contain protrusions
- the connecting structure includes a support portion, at least a part of which is inserted in the first porous structure;
- the first end of the support part is close to the first side of the first porous structure, and the second end of the support part is close to the second side of the first porous structure;
- the second side of the first porous structure Is the side close to the welding interface of the composite body, and the first side is the side opposite to the second side;
- the supporting part alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following components to form an accommodation space, or the supporting part alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following components to fix the entity;
- the components include: other The supporting part, the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the interlayer part of the intermediate body, the base, and a member separately provided in the connection structure.
- the supporting portion is made together with the first porous structure, or is additionally provided at the first porous structure; the supporting portion is used to provide a receiving space or a location for fixing an entity, It is made together with other parts of the support part, or is made by processing the support part;
- the supporting part used for setting the accommodation space or for fixing the entity is all the supporting parts in the first porous structure or a part of the supporting parts.
- the supporting part passes through the entity to fix it;
- the part of the entity that is not fixed by the support part is fixed by one or more of the following components, or is not in contact with the part; the part includes: other support parts, the first porous structure, the insertion of the intermediate body Part, the interlayer part of the intermediate body, the base, and a member additionally provided in the connection structure.
- all or part of the accommodating space is formed in the supporting part.
- all or part of the surface of the supporting portion serves as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space.
- a gap or gap existing or opened at the support portion is used as at least a part of the accommodating space
- the gap or gap existing or opened at the supporting part is used to fix the entity
- the gap or gap existing or opened at the support portion is used to provide a component for fixing the entity.
- the space between adjacent supporting parts, and/or the channel or opening opened at the supporting part serve as the channel or opening of the containing space, or communicate with the channel or opening of the containing space, or communicate with the external open space , Or communicate with the channels or openings provided by one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the interlayer part of the intermediate body, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the substrate, and the components additionally arranged in the connecting structure.
- the void formed by removing all or a part of the support part becomes at least a part of the containing space.
- the entity is provided with an embedded structure that is inserted into the gap formed in the first porous structure for fixing.
- the entity is provided with an embedded structure that is inserted into a gap formed in the first porous structure corresponding to the insertion portion of the support part;
- the void is formed by removing all or part of the support part after the composite body is connected to the substrate;
- the gap is located between the support portion and the first porous structure around the insertion site.
- the entity is fixed at the supporting part through a nested structure.
- the entity is provided with an integrated embedded structure and a nested structure
- the solid embedded structure is inserted into the gap formed in the first porous structure corresponding to the insertion portion of the support portion, and the nested structure is fixed to the support portion in the gap.
- the nested structure is a closed-loop structure and is sleeved on the supporting part;
- the nested structure is a non-closed-loop structure and is in close contact with the supporting part.
- the entity is provided with an embedded structure, which is inserted into a gap provided in the support part;
- the entity is provided with an embedded structure, which is inserted into a recess provided on the support part.
- a depression is formed at the support portion for inserting a single electrode of the electrode when the composite body is connected to the substrate;
- a physically arranged embedding structure is inserted into the recess; or, the recess serves as at least a part of the accommodating space.
- the position where the embedded structure of the entity is inserted corresponds to the first end of the insertion site of the support part; the entity is in contact with or not in contact with the first side surface of the first porous structure;
- the position where the embedded structure is inserted corresponds to a position other than the first end of the support portion insertion position, and the position is adjacent to the accommodating space;
- the first end of the insertion part or other parts still has a supporting part, or the first end of the insertion part or the supporting part of other parts is removed.
- the position fixed by the nesting structure of the entity corresponds to the first end of the insertion portion of the support portion; the entity is in contact with or not in contact with the first side surface of the first porous structure;
- the position fixed by the nesting structure corresponds to a position other than the first end of the supporting portion insertion position, the position is adjacent to the accommodating space.
- the gap corresponding to the insertion part of the support part in the first porous structure is used as a receiving space, or as a channel or opening, or used to provide other components for fixing the entity;
- a gap corresponding to the insertion site is formed before the composite body is connected to the substrate, and the support portion is located in the gap;
- a void corresponding to the insertion site is formed after the composite body is connected to the substrate, and the support portion is located in the void or not in the void.
- the support part when the composite body is connected to the substrate, the support part is in direct contact with the first porous structure around the insertion site; after the composite body is connected to the substrate, all or a part of the support part is removed to form the support part corresponding to the insertion site. Corresponding gap.
- the support portion when the composite body is connected to the substrate, the support portion is not in direct contact with the first porous structure around the insertion site, and the support portion is inserted into the first void formed in the first porous structure
- the supporting part is separated from the surrounding first porous structure by the interval in the first gap; after the composite is connected to the substrate, the interval left by removing all or part of the supporting part is connected to the interval of the first gap , Forming a gap corresponding to the insertion site.
- the support portion when the composite body is connected to the substrate, the support portion is not in direct contact with the first porous structure around the insertion site, and the support portion is inserted into the first void formed in the first porous structure
- the supporting part is separated from the surrounding first porous structure by the interval in the first gap; after the composite is connected to the substrate, the supporting part is retained, and the interval in the first gap is used as the gap corresponding to the insertion site ;or.
- an insulator is arranged in the interval of the first gap to separate the support part from the surrounding first porous structure; after the composite body is connected to the substrate, the insulator is completely removed Or a part to form a gap corresponding to the insertion site, or to form a gap communicating with the gap.
- the first porous structure around the insertion site maintains its state when the composite body is connected to the substrate, or a part of it is removed to form a void corresponding to the insertion site, Or a part is removed to form a space communicating with the gap.
- the first end of the support part does not exceed the first side surface of the first porous structure, and the gap corresponding to the insertion part includes the first end of the support part and the first side surface of the first porous structure.
- the first end of the support part exceeds the first side surface of the first porous structure or is flush with the first side surface, and the gap corresponding to the insertion part includes the insertion part and the first end of the support part.
- the first end of the support part exceeds the first side surface of the first porous structure: after the composite body is connected to the substrate, a part of the support part is removed so that the first end of the support part The end does not exceed, or still exceeds, the first side surface of the first porous structure, or is flush with the first side surface;
- the first end of the support part does not exceed the first side surface of the first porous structure: after the composite body is connected to the substrate, the state of the support part is maintained or a part of the support part is removed to make the support part The first end does not exceed the first side surface of the first porous structure;
- the first end of the support part is flush with the first side surface of the first porous structure: after the composite body is connected to the substrate, a part of the support part is removed to make the first end of the support part Do not exceed the first side surface of the first porous structure; or, maintain the state of the support part so that the first end of the support part is still flush with the first side surface of the first porous structure.
- the first side surface of the first porous structure is compressed by the electrode or the indenter, or a part of the first side surface of the first porous structure is removed, so that the support portion
- the positional relationship between the first end of the first end and the first side surface of the first porous structure obtained after being compressed or removed is adjusted.
- the component provided for fixing the entity includes the embedded structure and/or the nested structure of the entity; the embedded structure is inserted in the gap, and the nested structure Fixed to the support part.
- the first end of the support part protrudes beyond the first side surface of the first porous structure as an overhang part of the support part; the solid embedded structure and/or nested structure are provided In the excess part of the support part.
- the second end of the support part does not exceed the second side surface of the first porous structure, or is flush with the second side surface of the first porous structure;
- the interlayer part of the intermediate body is in contact with or not in contact with the second end of the supporting part; the second end of the supporting part is flush with the second side surface And when the intermediate does not include the interlayer part, the second end of the support part is connected or not connected to the base.
- the support part is in contact with the side of the intermediate body contained in the interlayer part away from the substrate, and the side of the intermediate body close to the substrate is provided with a convex structure protruding toward the substrate or no convex structure;
- the support part is in contact with the side of the raised structure included in the interlayer part away from the substrate, and the raised structure is disposed on the second side surface of the first porous structure and protrudes toward the substrate.
- the supporting portion and the protruding structure included in the interlayer portion are arranged correspondingly and directly contacting; or, the protruding portions of the supporting portion and the interlayer portion are distributed in a dislocation and do not directly contact;
- the protruding structure protrudes toward the base, and is arranged on the second side surface of the first porous structure, or arranged on the side of the intermediate body included in the interlayer portion close to the base.
- the support part is made of insulating material
- the supporting part is made of conductive material and belongs to the insertion part of the intermediate body.
- the support part is made of molten material after solidification at the injected first porous structure
- the substance is a polymer material, or a material with the same or similar properties as the first porous structure or intermediate or substrate.
- the support part is a solid structure
- the support portion has a porous structure, and the density is higher than that of the first porous structure.
- a connecting body and/or an extension body are provided at the support portion as at least a part of the edge interface, or as a closing body that closes the passage or opening of the containing space, or is used alone or in conjunction with the following One or more components fix the entity:
- the component includes: a supporting part connected to a connecting body or an extension body, other supporting parts, a first porous structure, an intermediate insertion part, an intermediate interlayer part, a base, and other connecting bodies or an extension body , Additional components installed in the connection structure;
- both ends of the connecting body are respectively connected with two supporting parts;
- extension body is connected to the supporting part, and the other end extends to the open space, or extends to the first porous structure, or the insertion part of the intermediate body, or the interlayer part of the intermediate body, or other members provided to the connecting structure The area adjacent to the accommodating space.
- a coupling body connected between a pair of supporting parts is close to the first end of the supporting part; a gap is provided between the same pair of supporting parts, and the gap is close to the second end of the supporting part; A gap is formed between the body and the surface of the base exposed at the notch, and the gap becomes at least a part of the accommodating space.
- the coupling body connected between a pair of supporting parts is closer to the first end of the supporting part; a gap is provided between the same pair of supporting parts, and the gap is close to the second end of the supporting part.
- An extension body connected to the same pair of supporting parts is provided at the location; a gap is formed between the connecting body and the extension body, and the gap becomes at least a part of the accommodating space.
- the first coupling body connected between a pair of supporting parts is closer to the first end of the supporting part; a second coupling body is also connected between the same pair of supporting parts, and the second coupling body is close to the supporting part The second end; a gap is formed between the first coupling body and the second coupling body, and the gap becomes at least a part of the containing space.
- the gap is connected to an opening of a channel or pipe located on the surface of the substrate; the channel or pipe is used for arranging a cable connected to a sensor, or for delivering drugs.
- the part of the channel on the surface of the substrate that is not connected to the gap is covered by the intermediate body of the interlayer connected to the substrate.
- the connecting body or the extension body itself is fixed by the supporting part alone, or fixed by the supporting part in cooperation with one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate body, the intermediate body Sandwich part, base, and other components arranged in the connecting structure;
- the part that cooperates and fixes the extension body is located at one end of the extension body, or is located at other positions other than the two ends of the extension body; the part that cooperates and fixes the connecting body is located at other locations other than the two ends of the connecting body.
- the two supporting parts respectively connected to the two ends of the connecting body are located at the same edge interface of the containing space, or located at different adjacent or opposite edge interfaces of the containing space.
- the connecting body or the extension body is made together with the supporting part, or is additionally provided at the supporting part.
- the gap or notch or depression at the support portion is used to provide a coupling body or an extension body.
- the connecting body or the extension body is a molded part or a filling surface provided at the support part;
- the filling surface includes a filling body, which connects a part of the brackets or beams adjacent to the supporting part and the containing space at the first porous structure; the molten substance is solidified at the designated part of the connecting structure to form the filling body;
- the substance is a polymer material or a material with the same or similar properties as the first porous structure or intermediate or substrate.
- the connecting body or the extension body is made of a conductive material or an insulating material.
- the connecting body or the extension body is a solid structure
- the connecting body or the extension body is a porous structure, and its density is the same as or different from that of the first porous structure.
- the composite body is provided with an anchor point;
- the anchor point includes an anchor point body located on the second side of the first porous structure close to the substrate; the second side of the anchor point body is in contact with the substrate and is connection;
- the void formed on the first side of the anchor point body is used as a receiving space, or for inserting an embedded structure of the entity to fix the entity, or as a passage or opening of the receiving space, or communicating with the passage or opening of the receiving space, or with an external open space Connect, or communicate with the channels or openings provided by one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the substrate, and the components additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the beam of laser welding passes through a gap pre-formed on the first side of the anchor point body, reaches the first side of the anchor point body, and connects the anchor point body to the substrate;
- the laser welding beam passes through the first porous structure filled on the first side of the anchor body to form a gap on the first side of the anchor body, and the beam reaches the first side of the anchor body, and is opposed to the anchor body.
- the single body of the resistance-welded electrode is inserted into the gap pre-formed on the first side of the anchor point body, reaches the first side of the anchor point body, and conducts the current to the anchor point body and the second side of the first porous structure
- the adjacent part connects the composite to the substrate.
- the anchor point further includes an anchor point periphery, and at least one anchor point periphery is arranged on the first side of the anchor point body, or a surrounding anchor point periphery is arranged on the first side of the anchor point body;
- the periphery of the anchor point is at least partially inserted into the first porous structure, the first end of the periphery of the anchor point is close to the first side of the first porous structure, and the second end of the periphery of the anchor point is close to the second side of the first porous structure;
- the periphery of the anchor point is used as at least a part of the edge interface; or, the periphery of the anchor point is provided with a channel or opening for inserting the embedded structure of the entity to fix the entity, or as a channel or opening of the containing space, or with the channel or opening of the containing space Connect, or communicate with the external open space, or communicate with the channels or openings provided by one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the intermediate body, the substrate, and the components additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the space enclosed by the periphery of the surrounding anchor point corresponds to the gap on the first side of the anchor point body.
- the anchor point and at least one other anchor point are connected by a connecting body;
- the coupling body includes a coupling body, which is connected to the anchor body; the coupling body is located on the second side of the first porous structure close to the substrate; the second side of the anchor body is in contact with or not in contact with the substrate;
- the connecting body includes the connecting body body and at least one connecting body side wall; the connecting body side wall is at least partially inserted into the first porous structure, and the first end of the connecting body side wall is close to the first The first side of the porous structure, the second end of the side wall of the connecting body is close to the second side of the first porous structure; the anchor point connected to the connecting body has no anchor point periphery, or the anchor point connected to the connecting body is provided with an anchor point The periphery is connected with the side wall of the coupling body;
- the connecting body is used as at least a part of the edge interface, or the connecting body is provided with a channel or an opening, or an embedded structure of the entity is inserted to fix the entity, or as a channel or an opening of the containing space, or a channel or an opening of the containing space.
- the opening is in communication, or is in communication with an external open space, or is in communication with a channel or opening provided by one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the intermediate body, the substrate, and the components additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the anchor point is a solid structure
- the anchor point is a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure
- the connecting body is a solid structure
- the connecting body is a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure
- the density of the connecting body is consistent or inconsistent with the density of the anchor point.
- the anchor point body belongs to the interlayer part of the intermediate body; the periphery of the anchor point belongs to the supporting part;
- the coupling body belongs to the interlayer part of the intermediate body, and the side wall of the coupling body belongs to the supporting part.
- the accommodating space is arranged at a position of the composite body avoiding the contact surface, or the accommodating space extends to the contact surface of the composite body, or the accommodating space extends through the contact surface of the composite body to the base.
- the contact surface of the substrate includes a contact area, which is in contact with and connected to one composite body, or is in contact and connected with multiple composite bodies respectively;
- the contact surface of the substrate includes a plurality of contact areas, which are in contact with and connected to the same composite body;
- the contact surface of the substrate includes multiple contact areas, each of which is in contact with and connected to a corresponding composite body, or each contact area is in contact with multiple corresponding composite bodies respectively;
- the accommodation spaces of adjacent complexes are independent of each other or communicate with each other.
- a contact area of the substrate corresponds to a surface of the substrate in one direction or in different directions;
- the multiple contact areas of the substrate correspond to the surface of the substrate in the same direction, or to the surface of the substrate in different directions.
- At least a pair of contact surfaces between the composite body and the substrate are formed with matching limit ports and limit protrusions; the limit ports are formed on one contact surface of the pair, and the limit protrusions are formed on The other contact surface of the pair can be inserted into the limit port; the contact surface with the limit port and the contact surface with the limit protrusion are a pair of contact surfaces connected to each other, or not connected to each other A pair of contact surfaces;
- the accommodating space or the passage or opening of the accommodating space is set to avoid the contact surface with the limit opening and the limit protrusion;
- the accommodating space or the passage or opening of the accommodating space is provided on the contact surface with the limit opening and the limit protrusion, and the position avoiding the limit opening and the limit protrusion;
- the position where the limit port and/or the limit protrusion are located or the position is processed to provide the accommodation space or the channel or opening of the accommodation space.
- At least a pair of contact surfaces of the composite body and the substrate are positioned by forming matching surfaces; the pair of contact surfaces are connected to each other or not connected to each other;
- the accommodating space or the channel or opening of the accommodating space is arranged to avoid the contact surface used for positioning, or set on the contact surface used for positioning.
- the substrate is provided with a concave portion
- the composite body includes a portion embedded in the concave portion, a pair of contact surfaces between the portion and the concave portion of the substrate, and the pair of contact surfaces are connected to each other; or, the portion and the substrate There are multiple pairs of contact surfaces between the recesses, and at least one pair of contact surfaces are connected to each other.
- the part of the composite body embedded in the recess of the base includes a sandwich part of the intermediate body
- the recess of the substrate includes an opening, a first surface opposite to the opening, and a side edge between the opening and the first surface;
- the sandwich portion of the composite body includes a second surface in contact with the first surface of the recess, and the side of the recess is in contact with or not in contact with the first porous structure in the corresponding direction at the composite body; or, the sandwich The portion includes the second surface, and a third surface in contact with the side of the concave portion;
- the portion of the second surface and/or third surface of the interlayer portion adjacent to the containing space is used as at least part of the edge interface of the containing space; or, the portion of the second surface and/or third surface of the interlayer portion adjacent to the containing space is removed, Extending the accommodating space to the first surface and/or side of the base recess;
- the second surface and/or the third surface of the interlayer part are adjacent to the part of the accommodating space for fixing the entity individually or in conjunction with one or more of the following components;
- the second surface and/or the third surface of the interlayer part have a channel or opening adjacent to the accommodating space, as a channel or opening of the accommodating space, or a channel or opening communicating with the accommodating space, or an external open space, or communicating with Channels or openings provided by one or more components;
- the component includes: a base recess, a first porous structure, other parts of the interlayer, other intermediates, and a member separately provided to the connecting structure.
- At least one side of the concave portion of the substrate is an inclined surface, which forms a set angle with the first surface; the third surface in contact with this side is an inclined surface, which is different from the second surface. Form a set angle between.
- the angle is an acute angle.
- the composite body and the substrate are connected by laser welding or resistance welding;
- the accommodating space is formed before or during the connection of the composite body and the substrate, or after the connection.
- the beam of laser welding directly contacts the exposed surface of the interlayer part of the intermediate body to weld the interlayer part and the substrate; or, the beam of laser welding passes through the first porous structure itself or is formed on the first porous structure itself.
- the void in the porous structure reaches the position of the interlayer, and the interlayer is welded to the base.
- the gap is used as an accommodation space, or an embedded structure of the entity is inserted to fix the entity, or as a channel or opening of the accommodation space, or communicates with the channel or opening of the accommodation space, or with an external open space Connect, or communicate with the channels or openings provided by one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the intermediate body, the substrate, and the components additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the electrode used for resistance welding is in direct conductive contact with one or more of the following components:
- the first porous structure the conductive path from the conductive contact part of the first porous structure to the welding interface of the composite, including other parts of the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate, and the intermediate One or more of the mezzanine parts;
- the insertion part of the intermediate body; the conductive path from the conductive contact part of the insertion part to the welding interface of the composite body includes one or more of the first porous structure, the other insertion parts, and the interlayer part of the intermediate body A
- the sandwich part of the intermediate the current obtained from the conductive contact part of the sandwich part is conducted to the welding interface where the sandwich part will be welded to the base, or the current is conducted to other welding interfaces of the composite body, from the sandwich part
- the conductive path between the conductive contact part and the other welding interface includes one or more of the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate body, and the other interlayer parts;
- the substrate the current obtained from the conductive contact portion of the substrate is conducted to the welding interface where the substrate will be welded to the composite body;
- the electrode in conductive contact with the substrate and the electrode in conductive contact with the first porous structure or the insertion portion or the interlayer portion are electrodes of different polarities;
- connection structure includes a support part inserted into the first porous structure, the support part made of conductive material belongs to the insertion part of one of the intermediates;
- the welding interface of the composite body includes the sandwich part and or the side of the first porous structure close to the substrate; when the composite body does not include the sandwich part, the welding interface of the composite body includes the first porous structure close to One side of the substrate.
- the electrode used for resistance welding which is in direct conductive contact with the insertion part of the intermediate body, includes:
- the electrode is in conductive contact with the exposed surface of the insertion part
- the electrode passes through the gap formed in the first porous structure to reach the position of the insertion portion, and electrically contacts with the insertion portion.
- the electrode used for resistance welding which is in direct conductive contact with the interlayer part of the intermediate body, includes:
- the electrode is in conductive contact with the exposed surface of the interlayer part
- the electrode passes through the gap formed in the first porous structure to reach the position of the interlayer portion, and is in conductive contact with the interlayer portion.
- the electrode used for resistance welding includes an electrode of a first polarity and an electrode of a second polarity;
- the opposite sides of the substrate are respectively connected to the first composite body and the second composite body;
- the electrode of the first polarity is in conductive contact with the first porous structure or insertion part or interlayer part of the first composite body;
- the electrode of the second polarity is in conductive contact with the first porous structure or insertion part of the second composite body Or conductive contact in the interlayer part;
- the electrode of the first polarity is in conductive contact with the first porous structure or the insertion part or the interlayer part of the first composite
- the electrode of the second polarity is in conductive contact with the substrate, and the substrate has been connected to the second composite.
- the electrode used for resistance welding includes a single electrode of the electrode; the single electrode of the electrode is used to contact the exposed surface of the first porous structure, the insertion portion of the intermediate body, the sandwich portion of the intermediate body, or Insert into the gap of the first porous structure to directly contact with at least one of the first porous structure, the insertion portion of the intermediate body, and the interlayer portion of the intermediate body, or to insert a recess formed in the intermediate insertion portion Comes in direct contact with the insertion part;
- Multiple cells are welded at multiple positions at the same time, or one cell is welded at multiple positions separately; an electrode of one polarity has one or more cells; when there are multiple cells, each is powered independently, or connected in parallel.
- the pressure applied to bring the composite body into close contact with the welding interface of the substrate comes from an electrode or a pressure head
- the electrode of the first polarity and the first indenter respectively contact the composite body, and the arrangement and contact directions of the two are the same or different; the second polarity The electrode and the second indenter respectively contact the substrate, and the arrangement and the direction of contacting the substrate are the same or different.
- the pressure applied to bring the composite body into close contact with the welding interface of the substrate comes from an electrode or a pressure head
- the electrode of the first polarity and the first indenter respectively contact the first composite body, and the two are arranged and contacted
- the direction of the first complex is the same or different;
- the electrode of the second polarity and the second indenter respectively contact the second composite body, and their arrangement and contact direction of the second composite body are the same or different; the substrate has been connected to the first composite body or the second composite body, or The substrate has not been connected to the first complex or the second complex;
- the electrode of the second polarity contacts the substrate, and the substrate has been connected to the second composite body.
- the second indenter contacts the second composite body, and the arrangement of the electrodes of the second polarity and the direction in which the substrate contacts the substrate are different from the second indenter.
- the direction of the head arrangement and contact with the second composite body is the same or different.
- the electrode of the first polarity is in direct conductive contact with one or more of the following components from the direction of the first side of the first porous structure: the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate body, The interlayer part of the intermediate body, and other conductive parts additionally provided to the composite body;
- the electrode of the first polarity from a direction other than the first side of the first porous structure, is in direct conductive contact with one or more of the following components: the first porous structure, the insertion part of the intermediate , The interlayer part of the intermediate body, and other conductive parts additionally arranged to the composite body;
- the first side of the first porous structure is the side away from the substrate.
- the electrode used for resistance welding is in direct conductive contact with one or more of the following components of the connection structure to apply current; or, the electrode used for resistance welding applies current to an additional conductive medium and conducts it through the conductive medium
- the conductive medium is at least mostly removed after welding; the components include: a first porous structure, an intermediate insertion part, an intermediate interlayer part, and a substrate .
- the conductive medium is located on the exposed surface of one or more of the following components; the components include: a first porous structure, an intermediate insertion portion, an intermediate interlayer portion, and a substrate;
- the conductive medium fills or extends to a part of the pores of the first porous structure.
- the conductive medium is powder, or foil, or wire, or microspheres, or particles.
- the conductive medium is obtained by solidifying a molten substance at the injected first porous structure
- the melting point of the conductive medium is lower than the melting point of the first porous structure.
- the conductive medium is sprayable.
- the conductive medium is a hard component, covering the exposed surface of the first porous structure
- the conductive medium is a deformable flexible body member, which covers the exposed surface of the first porous structure and extends from the exposed surface to the inside of the first porous structure.
- the conductive medium is made of a good conductor material
- the conductive medium is made of a material with the same or similar properties as the first porous structure or intermediate.
- the connecting structure includes an intermediate layer of a polymer material; the containing space is arranged by a polymer material layer, or arranged to avoid the polymer material layer;
- a polymer material is injected into any porous structure at the connection structure, or the polymer material is injected between any porous structure and the substrate, or between two adjacent porous structures, and is melted.
- the high polymer material at the same time penetrates into the part where it is connected, so that the polymer material and the part where it is located form an intermediate layer of polymer material.
- At least part of the surface of the polymer material intermediate layer is used as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space; or all or part of the containing space is formed in the polymer material intermediate layer; or, the polymer material At least part of the surface of the layer is used to fix the entity alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following components; the first porous structure, the substrate, the support part, the interlayer part of the intermediate, and the other part of the connection structure member.
- the accommodating space is provided in the connecting structure without a component of a polymer material intermediate layer
- the accommodating space is provided in an area that avoids the polymer material intermediate layer at the part having the polymer material intermediate layer.
- the polymer material intermediate layer is formed in the first porous structure, and/or is formed in the second porous structure as the interlayer portion.
- an intermediate layer of polymer material is formed between the first porous structure and the substrate;
- an intermediate layer of polymer material is formed between the second porous structure as the sandwich portion and the substrate.
- an intermediate layer of polymer material is formed between the first side of the first porous structure and a fourth porous structure; the fourth porous structure is arranged separately, and the fifth porous structure is preliminarily arranged. Connect or integrally form another composite body, the fourth porous structure and the fifth porous structure have different densities;
- the first side of the first porous structure is its side away from the substrate.
- a spacer layer is provided in the porous structure where the polymer material intermediate layer is located or the porous structure adjacent to it, to limit the injection and penetration positions of the polymer material; the spacer layer and the porous structure where it is located
- the structure is integrally formed, or is additionally provided to the porous structure.
- the spacer layer serves as at least a part of the edge interface of the containing space, or the spacer layer is used to fix the entity alone or in conjunction with one or more of the following components; the first porous structure, the substrate , Support part, interlayer part of the intermediate, additional member provided to the connection structure, polymer material layer.
- the spacer layer is a solid structure or a porous structure, and the density of the spacer layer is higher than the density of the porous structure injected with the polymer material.
- the polymer material layer or the spacer layer is provided with channels or openings, which are used as channels or openings of the containing space, or connected to the containing space, or connected to the external open space, or connected to one or more of the following A channel or opening provided for a component;
- the component includes: a first porous structure, a support portion, a sandwich portion of an intermediate body, a base, and a member additionally provided in the connecting structure.
- the intermediate layer or spacer layer of the polymer material serves as a closing body for closing the channel or the opening.
- the container includes an electrical appliance, and a device for powering it is arranged in the containing space where the electrical appliance is located or other accommodating space, or outside the connection structure; the device supplies power to the electrical appliance in a wired or wireless manner.
- the container includes electrical appliances, which transmit electric energy and/or signals through cables and other devices; the cables are arranged in the channels of the container space, and/or are arranged in the connecting structure.
- the passage communicating with the passage or opening of the containing space;
- the other devices connected by cables are located in the accommodation space where the electrical appliance is located or other accommodation spaces, or are arranged outside the connection structure.
- the content is a sensor.
- the sensor detects one or more states around the environment: temperature, pressure, and humidity.
- the senor detects bacterial species.
- the detection surface of the sensor is exposed outside the surface of the connecting structure, or facing a channel or opening that can communicate with the exposed surface of the connecting structure;
- a detection probe or an antenna that transmits electric energy and/or signals in a wireless manner, extends through the channel or opening of the accommodation space.
- the content is medicine.
- the physical medicine is directly fixed by the corresponding parts of the connecting structure;
- the medicine is wrapped by the solid covering body, it is placed in the containing space or fixed by the corresponding parts of the connecting structure;
- the medicine is placed in the containing space.
- the opening at the accommodating space includes an input port and an output port of the medicine
- the input port and output port are independent openings or the same opening
- the input port of the containing space directly communicates with the external open space, or indirectly communicates with the external open space through the channels and openings provided by other parts of the connecting structure;
- the output port of the containing space directly communicates with the external open space, or indirectly communicates with the external open space through channels and openings provided by other parts of the connecting structure.
- the channel at the accommodating space includes an input channel and an output channel of the medicine
- Input channel and output channel are independent channels or the same channel
- the input channel of the containing space directly communicates with the external open space, or indirectly communicates with the external open space through channels provided by other parts of the connecting structure;
- the output channel of the accommodating space directly communicates with the external open space, or indirectly communicates with the external open space through channels provided by other parts of the connecting structure.
- the input channel and the input port are open, or are closed and wait for subsequent opening, or are closed and then no longer open;
- the output channel and the output port are open, or are closed and waiting for subsequent opening.
- the closing body for closing the passage or opening is made of any one of the following materials;
- the coating body of the drug is made of any one of the following materials;
- Another technical solution of the present invention is to provide a prosthesis provided with any one of the above-mentioned connecting structures; the prosthesis includes:
- the composite body comprises a first porous structure and an intermediate body which are pre-connected or integrally formed; the density of the intermediate body is higher than that of the first porous structure;
- a prosthesis body as a substrate at least a part of the surface of the prosthesis body is set as a connection area, which is connected with the first porous structure and/or the intermediate body of the composite body;
- the connecting structure is provided with at least one accommodating space.
- the prosthesis is an orthopedic prosthesis.
- the prosthesis is a joint prosthesis.
- the composite body is formed as a shell, wrapped on the connection area of the prosthesis body, and is in contact with and connected to the connection area; the surface of the prosthesis body where the connection area is located corresponds to the surface of the prosthesis body The same direction or corresponding to different directions on the prosthesis body.
- the shell formed by the composite body is a whole;
- the shell formed by the composite body includes a plurality of shell sheets; wherein, the plurality of shell sheets are independent of each other, or adjacent shell sheets are connected on at least one side adjacent to each other.
- the prosthesis is any one of the following:
- Femoral stems Femoral stems, acetabular cups, intervertebral fusion cages, femoral condyles, tibial plateaus, spinal prostheses, ankle joints, shoulder joints, elbow joints, finger joints, toe joints, facet joints, mandibular joints, wrist joints, artificial tooth roots .
- the prosthesis is a femoral stem of a hip joint, and the stem body of the femoral stem serves as a base;
- At least part of the surface of the proximal end of the handle body is provided with a connecting area.
- the prosthesis is an acetabular cup of a hip joint, and the cup body of the acetabular cup serves as a base;
- At least part of the surface of the outer peripheral surface of the cup body is provided with a connecting area.
- the prosthesis is an intervertebral fusion cage, and the fusion cage body of the intervertebral fusion cage serves as a base;
- the connecting area is located at least on the upper end surface and the lower end surface of the cage body.
- the prosthesis is a femoral condyle, and the main body of the femoral condyle of the femoral condyle serves as a base;
- At least part of the surface of the inner concave surface of the femoral condyle body is provided with a connecting area.
- the prosthesis is a tibial plateau, and the tibial plateau main body contained therein serves as a base,
- the connecting area is located on the lower surface of the platform support of the tibial platform main body.
- the surface of the porous surface structure is further formed with any one or more of the following substances: an osteoconductive coating, an osteoinductive coating, an antibacterial coating, a carrier for cells or growth factors.
- Another technical solution of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a connection structure between a porous structure with a receiving space and a substrate, which is used to make any one of the connection structures mentioned above;
- the manufacturing method includes:
- the first porous structure and the intermediate are pre-connected or integrally formed to obtain a composite body; the density of the intermediate is higher than that of the first porous structure;
- At least one accommodating space is provided for the connection structure; at least a part of the accommodating space is provided by the first porous structure, or is provided by the first porous structure in cooperation with the intermediate body and/or the substrate;
- the accommodating space is provided before, during, or after the connection between the composite body and the substrate.
- the connecting structure exemplified by the present invention is a composite body manufactured through a pre-connected or integrated molding process (3D printing, etc.), which contains the first porous structure and a relatively denser intermediate (solid body or pores). Porous structure with lower rate); the welding method (laser welding or resistance welding) is used to effectively combine the composite with the substrate; the laser welding beam acts on the intermediate body to prevent the original laser energy from directly acting on the first porous structure.
- the welding method laser welding or resistance welding
- the projection welding resistance welding method uses the contact resistance to generate a local heat source to achieve welding, which greatly reduces or avoids the hot pressing process (such as penetration welding process) caused by the substrate.
- the present invention can also use projection welding resistance welding and spot welding resistance welding together to strengthen the welding strength between the intermediate and the substrate and reduce the surface damage of the porous surface structure.
- connection structure exemplified by the present invention can be used to manufacture the substrate through various processes such as forging, casting, machining, or powder metallurgy.
- the substrate may be solid, or may be a highly dense porous structure (the density of the first porous structure is lower than that of the substrate, and the density of the intermediate may be between the two.
- the present invention achieves The effective combination of porous surface and solid (high-density) substrate meets the connection requirements when the overall mechanical structure and surface properties are different. At the same time, it avoids the problem of a large decrease in the mechanical properties of the substrate caused by the hot pressing process, so that the strength of the substrate is improved. Not subject to substantial influence.
- the present invention also avoids 3D printing the entire solid (high-density) substrate, which simplifies processing operations, reduces manufacturing costs, and saves time.
- a support part is provided in the first porous structure to limit the electrode or the indenter to ensure that the height of the surface of the first porous structure after the resistance welding is completed can reach the preset value. Height, to avoid excessive compression of the first porous structure; when the supporting part is used as a limit, an insulating material or conductive material can be used to make a solid or high-density porous structure as the supporting part; When the part is a good conductive material, most of the current output from the electrode is further guided to preferentially flow through the support part to the welding interface of the composite body, improving current conduction efficiency, ensuring the welding strength between the composite body and the substrate, and reducing the Damage on the surface of the porous structure.
- an interlayer part is provided at the welding interface of the first porous structure, such as an intermediate body and/or a protruding structure, which is connected to the substrate through the interlayer part; or, an inverted layer is provided at the welding interface of the substrate
- the protruding structure is connected to the non-protruding part such as the intermediate body of the interlayer part or the first porous structure.
- the invention utilizes the convex structure of the interlayer portion or the reverse convex structure of the substrate to adjust the contact resistance of the welding interface, thereby improving the welding strength.
- any one or more of the conductive support part, the intermediate body of the sandwich part, and the convex structure of the sandwich part can be arranged in the first porous structure to adjust the contact of the welding interface. Resistance, change the path of current conduction, improve the efficiency of current conduction, etc., to adapt to the different conditions of the connection between the composite and the substrate.
- Using 3D printing and other integrated molding methods it is convenient to make the supporting part, the intermediate body, the convex structure and other components at the first porous structure according to the optimal situation of the design. The processing operation is simplified and the manufacturing cost is reduced. , It also saves time.
- connection structure exemplified by the present invention is provided with a receiving space, which is at least partially provided by the first porous structure. It is preferable to use various components provided to connect the composite body and the substrate, such as the supporting part, the intermediate body, the convex structure, etc., to coordinately set the accommodation space, so as to realize the reliable connection of the composite body and the substrate, but also to connect these components. The components are further utilized, and at the same time, more options are provided for the setting of the accommodation space to meet the needs of different items to accommodate and use.
- the present invention uses the porous structure with accommodating space and the connection structure of the base to make various artificial implant prostheses, especially various orthopedic prostheses and joint prostheses, such as femoral stems, acetabular cups, etc.
- the prosthesis body is easy to process and has high strength, and at the same time, the performance of bone ingrowth is optimized through the porous surface effectively combined with it, and the cross-section of the prosthesis (such as the femoral stem) can also be minimized.
- the connecting structure can be used to set up sensors to detect various states around the prosthesis, and find infections in time; it can also set up drugs, which can be injected and released as needed to prevent or treat infections around the prosthesis, and the user experience is more it is good.
- Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a first porous structure directly connected to a substrate in the prior art
- Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the intermediate body of the composite body of the present invention and the substrate;
- Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the intermediate body and the protruding structure of the composite body of the present invention and the base;
- Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the convex structure of the composite of the present invention.
- Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the second porous structure of the composite body of the present invention and the substrate;
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the second porous structure and convex structure of the composite body of the present invention connected to the substrate;
- Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the present invention using flexible electrodes
- Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the present invention using a flexible conductive medium
- Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of using a conductive medium in the present invention.
- FIGS 10 to 14 are schematic diagrams of the first porous structure used to set the accommodation space and the contents according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a filler provided at the first porous structure in the present invention.
- connection complex 16 is a schematic diagram of the connection complex on two opposite surfaces of the substrate according to the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the protruding structure and the base and the fixing entity according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the convex structure of the second embodiment of the present invention used to set the accommodating space and contents;
- 19 is a schematic diagram of the connection between the base protrusion structure and the intermediate body of the present invention.
- Figure 20 and Figure 21 are two examples of the fusion state of the intermediate body and the first porous structure of the present invention.
- 22 and 23 are schematic diagrams of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention before and after filling between the first porous structure and the substrate;
- FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of arranging storage space and contents based on the connection structure of FIG. 23;
- 25 and 26 are schematic diagrams of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention before and after filling between the second porous structure and the substrate;
- FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of arranging storage space and contents based on the connection structure of FIG. 26;
- 28 and 29 are schematic diagrams of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention before and after being filled between the first porous structure with a spacer layer and the substrate;
- FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of arranging the accommodation space and the contents based on the connection structure of FIG. 29;
- FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention being arranged between the fourth porous structure and the first porous structure, and the connecting structure provides the accommodation space and the contents;
- FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention being arranged between the fifth porous structure and the first porous structure, and the connecting structure is used to set the accommodation space and the contents;
- FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram of the polymer material according to the third embodiment of the present invention being arranged between the fourth porous structure with a spacer layer and the first porous structure, and the connecting structure provides the accommodation space and the contents;
- Figures 34 to 42 are schematic diagrams of the accommodating space and contents provided in the connecting structure with the supporting portion of the present invention. wherein,
- the top of the support part in FIG. 34 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom does not touch the substrate;
- the top of the support part in FIG. 35 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom is in contact with the substrate;
- the top of the support part in FIG. 36 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom is in contact with the intermediate body;
- the top of the support part of FIG. 37 is flush with the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom does not contact the substrate;
- the top of the support part in FIG. 38 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom is in contact with the substrate;
- the top of the support part in FIG. 39 is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom is in contact with the substrate;
- the top of the support part in FIG. 40 is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom does not touch the substrate;
- the top of the support part of FIG. 41 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom does not touch the intermediate body and the convex structure;
- the top of the support part of FIG. 42 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure, and the bottom does not contact the intermediate body;
- Figures 43 to 51 are schematic views of the top view direction; among them,
- Figures 43 to 48 are schematic diagrams of accommodating spaces and contents provided by the supporting portion
- Figure 49 is a schematic diagram of a closed-loop nested structure
- Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of a non-closed loop nested structure
- Figure 51 is a schematic diagram of a horizontal embedded structure
- Figures 52 to 61 are schematic diagrams of the connection between the composite body with a supporting part and the substrate according to the present invention.
- the top of the support part in FIGS. 52 to 55 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure before welding;
- the intermediate body of FIG. 52 includes an intermediate body, a corresponding supporting portion and a convex structure
- the intermediate body of FIG. 53 includes an intermediate body, staggered supporting parts and raised structures;
- the intermediate body of FIG. 54 includes staggered support portions and raised structures
- the intermediate body of FIG. 55 includes a corresponding supporting portion and a convex structure
- the top of the support part of Fig. 56 to Fig. 57 is flush with the top surface of the first porous structure before welding, the intermediate body includes the intermediate body and the support part, and the first polarity electrode uses a flat electrode and an electrode monomer respectively;
- the top of the support part in Figure 58 to Figure 61 is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure before welding;
- the intermediate bodies of FIGS. 58 and 59 include an intermediate body, corresponding supporting portions and protrusion structures, and the first polarity electrode uses a flat electrode and an electrode monomer respectively;
- the intermediate bodies of FIG. 60 and FIG. 61 include corresponding supporting portions and protruding structures, and the first polarity electrode uses a flat electrode and an electrode monomer respectively;
- Fig. 62 is a schematic diagram of using an indenter and a first polarity electrode on the side surface
- FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of using the first polarity electrode on the top and side at the same time
- Fig. 64 is a schematic diagram of the first polarity electrode monomer being inserted into the gap of the first porous structure and contacting the intermediate body;
- Fig. 65 is a schematic diagram of using the gap left after welding in Fig. 64 to set the accommodation space and the contents;
- FIG. 66 is another example in which the first polarity electrode monomer is inserted into the gap of the first porous structure to contact the intermediate body;
- FIG. 67 is a schematic diagram of the first polarity electrode monomer being inserted into the gap of the supporting part and contacting the intermediate body;
- FIG. 68 is a schematic diagram of using the gap left after welding in FIG. 67 to set the accommodation space and the contents;
- Figure 69 is a schematic diagram of the first polarity electrode in contact with the intermediate body through the conductive medium inserted into the gap of the first porous structure
- 70 is a schematic diagram of the first polarity electrode in contact with the intermediate body through the conductive medium inserted into the gap of the support part;
- Figures 71 to 85 are schematic diagrams of the supporting portion provided with a coupling body and/or an extension body, and provided with a containing space and contents according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention; among them, Figures 82 to 85 are schematic diagrams in a plan view;
- the connecting body of Figure 71 is flush with the main body of the intermediate body
- the connecting body of Fig. 72 is higher than the main body of the intermediate body, and forms the accommodating space of the first pocket structure;
- the support portion of FIG. 74 is connected with two extension bodies of different heights;
- the connecting body, the supporting part, the intermediate body with the notch and the extension body of Fig. 75 form the accommodating space of the second kind of pocket structure
- Fig. 76 is an example of arranging contents based on the accommodating space of Fig. 72;
- Fig. 77 is an example of arranging contents based on the accommodating space of Fig. 75;
- FIG. 78 is an example of opening a through hole in the coupling body based on FIG. 75;
- Fig. 79 to Fig. 81 are composed of two sets of connecting bodies and supporting parts, respectively forming the accommodating space of the third, fourth, and fifth pocket structures;
- the two sets of connecting bodies in Fig. 79 have through holes;
- the two sets of connecting bodies in FIG. 80 have through holes, and the through holes of the lower connecting body are closed;
- the upper connecting body of Fig. 81 has a through hole and is closed;
- Fig. 82 is a schematic diagram of a connecting body corresponding to a plurality of supporting parts
- FIG. 83 is a schematic diagram of connecting bodies of different heights and different directions between the supporting parts, and connecting extension bodies;
- Figure 84 is an extension of the ring structure
- Figure 85 is a segmented extension
- Figure 86 to Figure 93 correspond to the seventh embodiment, in which:
- Figure 86 is a schematic diagram of the composite body of the present invention connected to a substrate with recesses;
- Fig. 87 is a schematic diagram of the composite body of the present invention and the concave portion of the base having corresponding slanted edges on both sides;
- Figure 88 is a schematic diagram of the composite body of the present invention and the concave portion of the base having a corresponding hypotenuse on one side;
- Figs. 89 to 91 are schematic diagrams of arranging storage spaces and contents based on the connection structure of Figs. 86 to 88;
- 92 is a schematic diagram of the composite body of the present invention and the concave portion of the base having buckle structures on both sides;
- Fig. 93 is a schematic diagram of the composite body of the present invention and the concave portion of the base having a buckle structure on one side;
- Figure 94 to Figure 113 correspond to the eighth embodiment, in which:
- Fig. 94 is a schematic plan view of the free-standing anchor point structure of the composite of the present invention.
- 95 is a schematic diagram of the free-standing anchor point structure of the present invention with a gap above the anchor point;
- FIG. 96 is a schematic diagram of a porous structure filled above the anchor point of the free-standing anchor point structure of the present invention.
- Fig. 97 is a schematic diagram of the anchor point of the free-standing anchor point structure of the present invention including the bottom and the periphery;
- Figures 98-101 are schematic diagrams of arranging storage spaces and contents based on the connection structure of Figures 94-97, respectively;
- FIG. 102 is a schematic plan view of the connecting anchor structure of the complex of the present invention.
- Fig. 103 is a schematic diagram of a gap above the anchor point of the coupled anchor point structure of the present invention.
- FIG. 104 is a schematic diagram of a porous structure filling the upper part of the anchor point of the connected anchor point structure of the present invention.
- FIG. 105 is a schematic diagram of the anchor point of the connected anchor point structure of the present invention including the bottom and the periphery;
- FIG. 106 is a schematic diagram of the sidewalls of the connecting bodies of the connecting anchor structure of the present invention having the same height
- FIG. 107 is a schematic diagram of different sidewall heights of the connecting bodies of the connecting anchor structure of the present invention.
- Figs. 108 to 113 are schematic diagrams of arranging accommodation spaces and contents based on the connection structure of Figs. 102 to 107, respectively;
- Figure 114 to Figure 120 correspond to the ninth embodiment, in which:
- Fig. 114 is a schematic diagram of the sensor arranged in the second pocket structure
- Figure 115 and Figure 116 are schematic diagrams of two layouts of sensor cables
- Figure 117 is a schematic diagram of a sensor and a wireless charging module arranged together;
- FIG. 118 is a schematic diagram of the arrangement of the sensor, the wireless charging module, and the electromagnetic signal trigger switch;
- Figures 119 to 124 correspond to the tenth embodiment, in which:
- Figures 119 and 120 are schematic diagrams showing the communication between the grooves in the substrate and the through holes opened in the lower connecting body. There is a gap between the substrate and the intermediate body in Figure 119, and there is no gap between the substrate and the intermediate body in Figure 120;
- Figure 121 and Figure 122 are schematic diagrams before and after drug injection based on the fourth pocket structure
- Figures 123 and 124 are schematic diagrams before and after drug injection based on the fifth pocket structure
- Figures 125 to 155 correspond to Embodiment 11, in which:
- connection structure between the first porous structure and the base of the femoral stem of the present invention is a front view of the connection structure between the first porous structure and the base of the femoral stem of the present invention
- connection structure of the first porous structure and the base of the femoral stem of the present invention is a side view of the connection structure of the first porous structure and the base of the femoral stem of the present invention
- Figure 127 is a front schematic view of a shell sheet used for femoral stems of the present invention.
- Fig. 128 is a schematic back view of a shell piece used for a femoral stem according to the present invention
- Figure 129 is a partial cross-sectional schematic view of a shell sheet used for the femoral stem of the present invention.
- FIG. 130 is a schematic view of the front side of a stem body used for the femoral stem according to the present invention when not closed;
- Figure 131 is a schematic view of the back of a stem body used for the femoral stem of the present invention when it is not closed;
- FIG. 132 is a schematic diagram of a transverse cross-section of the femoral stem wrapped with two shell sheets according to the present invention.
- Figure 133 is a front view of the stem body of the femoral stem of the present invention without skirts but connected to the composite body;
- Figure 134 is a side view of the stem body of the femoral stem of the present invention without skirts but connected to the complex;
- Figure 135 is a front view of the stem body of the femoral stem of the present invention that has a skirt and is connected to the composite body;
- Figure 136 is a side view of the stem body of the femoral stem of the present invention that has a skirt and is connected to the composite body;
- Figure 137 is a front view of the body of the acetabular cup of the present invention without a skirt and no partitioned connection complex;
- Figure 138 is a side view of the cup body of the acetabular cup of the present invention without a skirt and no partitioned connection complex;
- Figure 139 is a front view of the cup body of the acetabular cup of the present invention with skirts and not partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 140 is a side view of the acetabular cup of the present invention with a skirted body and not partitioned to connect the composite body;
- Figure 141 is a schematic diagram of the actual connection structure of the substrate and the composite body to which the prosthesis shown in Figures 136, 139, and 149 is applicable;
- Figure 142 is a front view of the body of the acetabular cup of the present invention with skirts and partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 143 is a side view of the body of the acetabular cup of the present invention with skirts and partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 144 is a front view of the body of the acetabular cup of the present invention without skirts but with partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 145 is a side view of the acetabular cup body of the present invention without skirts but partitioned connection complex;
- Fig. 146 is a cross-section B-B of Fig. 144 and a partial enlarged schematic view of the acetabular cup prosthesis of the present invention
- Figure 147 is the A-A section of the acetabular cup prosthesis of the present invention in Figure 145 and its partial enlarged schematic view;
- Figure 148 is a schematic diagram of the body of the fusion device of the present invention without skirts but connected to the complex;
- Figure 149 is a schematic diagram of the body of the fusion device of the present invention having a skirt and connecting the composite body;
- 150 is a schematic diagram of the femoral condyle body of the present invention with skirts and partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 151 is a schematic diagram of the femoral condyle body of the present invention without skirts and zoned connection complexes;
- Fig. 152 is a schematic diagram of the C-C cross section of Fig. 151 and a partial enlarged view of the femoral condyle prosthesis of the present invention
- Figure 153 is a schematic diagram of the tibial platform body of the present invention with skirts and partitioned connection complexes;
- Figure 154 is a schematic diagram of the tibial platform body of the present invention without skirts and partitioned connection complexes;
- Fig. 155 is the D-D cross section of Fig. 154 and a partial enlarged schematic view of the tibial plateau prosthesis of the present invention.
- connection structure including a substrate, an intermediate, and a first porous structure.
- the intermediate includes: an insertion part and/or a sandwich part; the insertion part has at least a part of the structure and is located in the first porous structure; the sandwich part has at least a part of the structure and is located between the first porous structure and the substrate.
- Figures 2 and 3 show a structure with an interlayer between the first porous structure 10 and the substrate 30,
- the interlayer portion of 2 is the intermediate body 20
- the interlayer portion of FIG. 3 includes the intermediate body 20 and the raised structure 21
- FIG. 4 is a schematic arrangement of the raised structure
- the sandwich portion of FIG. 17 includes the raised Structure 21
- FIG. 34 shows an example of a support portion 801 as an insertion portion
- the intermediate body shown in FIG. 52 includes a support portion 81, an intermediate body 20 and a protruding structure 21 at the same time
- the intermediate body of FIG. 54 includes a support portion 81 and
- the protruding structure 21, the intermediate body of FIG. 58 includes both the support portion 82 and the intermediate body 20.
- the description here is not intended to limit the respective shapes or cooperation of the insertion portion and/or the interlayer portion. Other examples will be specifically described below. .
- the first porous structure 10 and at least a part of the intermediate body are bonded in advance to form a composite body.
- the composite body is connected to the substrate 30 through the connection between the intermediate body and/or the first porous structure 10 and the substrate 30.
- at least a part of the surface of the composite body such as at least a part of the surface of the first porous structure 10 can be exposed to become the outer surface of the product (as shown in Figure 2 for the first porous structure).
- the top surface of the structure 10 is exposed; but the exposed surface is not limited to the surface in this direction, nor is it limited to the first porous structure 10).
- first porous structure 10 and at least a part of the intermediate body are pre-connected to form a composite; or, the first porous structure 10 and at least a part of the intermediate body are an integrally formed structure, for example, through a 3D printing additive manufacturing process , Or vapor precipitation process, or sintering and so on.
- the timing or manner of pre-combining the different parts contained in the intermediate body (not limited to the interlayer part and the insertion part) with the first porous structure 10 into a composite body may be the same or different .
- the interlayer part and the first porous structure 10 are integrally formed; and the insert part is later set into the first porous structure 10, and the first porous structure 10 and/ Or the sandwich part is connected or contacted; the composite formed thereby is connected to the substrate 30 again.
- the insertion portion and the first porous structure 10 are integrally formed, and the interlayer portion is then fixedly connected to the first porous structure 10 by other means, thereby forming a composite body and then being connected to the substrate 30.
- a part of the first porous structure 10 and/or a part of the intermediate body may be removed, thereby expanding subsequent application scenarios.
- the density of the intermediate is higher than that of the first porous structure 10.
- the intermediate may be solid or a porous structure (referred to as the second porous structure 20', as shown in Figs. 5 and 6).
- the first porous structure 10 and the second porous structure 20' may be clearly demarcated, such as a combination of independent components; or, they may not be clearly demarcated and formed in a certain fusion state, for example,
- the density in the same porous structure is layered or gradual, and the part with lower density that will be exposed later corresponds to the first porous structure 10, which will connect the substrate 30 with higher density.
- the part corresponds to the second porous structure 20'.
- the intermediate body 20 shown in Figures 2 and 3 is solid, and the interface with the first porous structure 10 is relatively clear;
- the intermediate body shown in Figures 5 and 6 uses the second porous structure 20' structure, it has a certain fusion with the first porous structure 10 at least at the interface of the two, or the two are originally integrally formed;
- Figures 3 and 6 show the solid intermediate body 20 and the second An example in which the porous structure 20' is connected to the protruding structure 21, wherein the protruding structure 21 and the second porous structure 20' of FIG. 6 are also fused with each other.
- the intermediate body 20 in the following, it can be replaced by the intermediate body of the second porous structure 20', which will not be repeated one by one.
- the above-mentioned porous structure includes numerous staggered scaffolds (or beams), and a number of multi-directional penetrating pores with regular or irregular shapes are formed between these scaffolds (or beams).
- the intermediate is composed of the second porous structure 20'
- the density of the second porous structure 20' is higher than that of the first porous structure 10, as shown in the second porous structure 20'
- the scaffold (beam) is thicker and/or has a lower porosity.
- the density of the insertion part and the interlayer part of the intermediate body may be the same or different, but the density of the two parts is higher than the density of the first porous structure 10.
- both the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body are made of metal materials.
- the density of the substrate 30 is higher than that of the first porous structure 10.
- the base 30 is solid, which is beneficial to the overall strength of the connection structure.
- the exemplary substrate 30 is made of a metal material, and is formed by various methods such as forging, casting, powder metallurgy, or metal powder injection molding, and can be subjected to various mechanical processing.
- a porous structure (called a third porous structure) may be used at the substrate 30.
- the entire substrate 30 is made of a third porous structure, or the substrate 30 will be combined with the first porous structure.
- the porous structure 10 and/or certain surfaces in contact with the intermediate body are pre-made or provided with a third porous structure in advance.
- the third porous structure used at the substrate 30 has a higher density than that of the first porous structure 10.
- the scaffold (beam) in the third porous structure is thicker and /Or the porosity is lower.
- the density of the third porous structure may be the same as or different from the density of the second porous structure 20' used in the intermediate, and it is preferable that the density of the third porous structure is higher.
- both the composite body and the base 30 are made of conductive materials, and the two are effectively bonded by welding (such as laser welding, resistance welding, etc.).
- the base 30 and the composite body are made of materials with the same or similar melting point.
- the symbol 40 schematically indicates that there is a welding connection between the two (as shown in FIG. 2), and the welding position can be freely selected or adjusted according to application requirements.
- some parts between the composite body and the base 30 are combined by bonding, using connectors (screws, etc.), or other various connection methods, or in these ways as welding connections. The assistance of this article will not go into details.
- the application of laser welding in the present invention is to make a focused laser beam pass through the first porous structure 10, and at each welding point position, the sandwich part of the intermediate body and the base 30 are respectively welded.
- the application of resistance welding in the present invention is to press two metal workpieces to be welded between two electrodes, forming a current loop between the two electrodes of different polarity, so that the current flows through the two workpieces.
- the contact surface and the adjacent area of the two generate resistance heat, so that the contact surface and the adjacent area are in a molten or plastic state, thereby effectively combining the two workpieces.
- the resistance heat Q is proportional to IR 2 , R is the contact resistance, and I is the current passing through the workpiece;
- the contact resistance refers to the resistance generated by the current between two independent workpieces when they are in contact; it can be seen that the greater the current, the resistance The greater the value of heat; the greater the contact resistance, the greater the value of resistance heat; in this way, the contact surface and adjacent areas of the two workpieces can enter the molten or plastic state more quickly, and the mutual bonding is stronger.
- the electrodes can be hard, have a fixed shape, and have any shape, such as plate (flat or curved, etc.), block, column, etc.; for example, the electrodes 401, 402 shown in FIG. 3 It is a large flat electrode that can cover most of the top surface of the first porous structure 10 at the same time; FIG. 59 shows a single electrode 405 that is in contact with one conductive support part at a time.
- the electrode is flexible, a flexible body that can be deformed to a certain extent (FIG. 7 shows an electrode 401' made of a flexible body), and the shape and coverage area of the flexible body are not limited (for example, a film-like shape).
- the electrode may be in conductive contact with the exposed surface of the first porous structure 10 and/or the intermediate body, and these surfaces may correspond to one or more directions.
- the electrode 401 in FIG. 3 is in direct contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10
- the electrode 406 in FIG. 62 is in direct contact with the side surfaces of the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body 20
- the electrode 401 in 63 is in direct contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10, while the electrodes 407 and 408 are in direct contact with the side surfaces of the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body 20.
- the flexible electrode 401' in addition to covering the exposed surface of the first porous structure 10, there may also be a part of the pores passing through the surface to a certain extent into the first porous structure 10. Therefore, the conductive contact area between the electrode 401' and the first porous structure 10 is increased, or the electrode further touches the intermediate body (not shown in the figure).
- the monomer 409 of the electrode can be inserted into the first porous structure 10, and conductively contact with the first porous structure 10 and/or with the intermediate body (as shown in Fig. 64 and Fig. 66 directly with the intermediate body).
- the main body 20 is in contact); or, the electrode monomer 409 can also be inserted into the intermediate body to directly conduct conductive contact with the intermediate body (the electrode monomer 409 in FIG. 67 is directly inserted into the recess provided by the support portion 931).
- multiple cells can be powered independently, or they can be connected in parallel; or, only one cell corresponds to the same pole With a flexible electrode, the cell is moved to each welding position.
- the conductive medium is a variety of regular or irregular forms such as powder, foil, wire, microspheres, and particles (schematically represented by the symbol 404 in FIG. 9), or a film-like flexible body (in FIG.
- the symbol 403 of is schematically indicated), or various hard structures (such as a grid, which can be covered on the top surface of the first porous structure 10; for example, a conductive column with one end contacting a large plate electrode, and the other One end is inserted into the first porous structure 10 or a conductive support part, interlayer part, etc.); or, the conductive medium is a molten substance with conductive properties and can be injected, or a sprayable conductive medium, and so on.
- various hard structures such as a grid, which can be covered on the top surface of the first porous structure 10; for example, a conductive column with one end contacting a large plate electrode, and the other One end is inserted into the first porous structure 10 or a conductive support part, interlayer part, etc.
- the conductive medium is a molten substance with conductive properties and can be injected, or a sprayable conductive medium, and so on.
- the conductive medium shown in Figures 8 and 9 can prevent the electrode 401 from directly contacting the first porous structure 10
- the porous structure 10 avoids pressure or excessively high resistance heat exerted on the electrode 401, and directly acts on the first porous structure 10 to cause damage (such as depression, blackening, reduction of pore space, etc.), effectively protecting The surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the conductive medium 403 or 404 can also compensate for the irregular shape of the surface of the first porous structure 10, so that the current obtained from the electrode 404 on the surface of the first porous structure 10 is more balanced;
- the conductive medium 403 or 404 on the surface of the structure 10 makes the pressure or heat distribution more uniform, increases the conductive contact area on this side (the top surface in the figure), and reduces the contact resistance on this side and the resulting resistance The heat protects the surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the conductive medium can also fill a part of the pores (or further touch the intermediate) from the surface of the first porous structure 10 to temporarily increase the first porous structure 10 (filling position). ), so that the weaker conductivity at the pores can be improved, the current conduction in the entire circuit is increased, and the welding efficiency is improved.
- the conductivity is better, and the intermediate may not be on the surface of the connecting structure.
- the surface damage of the intermediate due to electrode pressure or resistance heat is relatively affected. It is small, therefore, the above-mentioned conductive medium can be similarly provided between the electrode and the intermediate body, or the conductive medium can be not provided and the two can be directly contacted.
- the material of the conductive medium When choosing the material of the conductive medium, you can consider whether the conductive performance is good, such as using copper, tin, etc., or you can consider using the same or similar performance as the first porous structure 10 or intermediate material, such as the connection structure as a prosthesis
- the material used, such as titanium, etc.; or, similar performance refers to similar density or similar conductivity, and so on.
- the conductive medium is poured out of the pores, or the conductive medium is used with the first Different states of the porous structure 10 (for example, the melting point of the molten substance may be lower than the melting point of the first porous structure 10), the conductive medium is removed by physical or chemical methods, etc.; if it does not affect the subsequent use of the connection structure, such as If the conductive medium is made of the same or similar material as the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate, and is not easy to fall off during subsequent use, a small amount of conductive medium may be allowed to adhere to the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate.
- the composite body can be welded on two opposite sides of the substrate 30 at the same time or sequentially (as shown in FIG. 16). If welding at the same time, a current loop is formed between the electrodes 401 and 402 of two polarities.
- the composite body on the first side, the base 30, and the composite body on the second side are connected to the current loop (the base and the two composite The welding interface is in close contact), each electrode of polarity can use one or more of the above methods to make conductive contact with the composite on the corresponding side (the composite in Figure 16 uses the first porous structure 10, the intermediate
- the main body 20 plus the bump structure 21 is taken as an example, which can be replaced by any other exemplary composite body of the present invention; the electrodes 403 and 404 in this example respectively contact the first porous structure 10) of the two composite bodies.
- an electrode of one polarity can be in conductive contact with the first composite using one or more of the above methods, and an electrode of the other polarity can be similarly in conductive contact with the substrate 30 using one or more of the above methods.
- the electrode of each polarity can use one or more of the above methods to make conductive contact with the composite on the corresponding side; or, the electrode of one polarity can use one or more of the above methods to make conductive contact with the second composite.
- the electrode of the other polarity can similarly be in conductive contact with the substrate 30 using one or more of the aforementioned methods (the composite body passing through the first side).
- the connecting structure of the present invention is provided with one or more accommodating spaces, in which contents are placed as required.
- the first porous structure 10, the intermediate body, and the substrate 30 may be separately provided with accommodating spaces; or, the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body and/or the substrate 30, or the intermediate body and the substrate 30 , You can set the accommodation space in coordination.
- the present invention does not specifically limit the contents, and can be determined according to actual applications.
- the shape, size, and quantity of the storage space are not limited, and are generally determined comprehensively based on the contents, composite, base 30, connection structure or the actual use of the storage space and the contents, for example, considering the shape, type, and size of the contents. Consider the structure, connection location, overall strength, etc. of the composite and/or substrate 30, but not limited to these factors.
- the accommodating space may be formed before, during, or after the connection between the composite body and the substrate 30.
- the contents can be solid, liquid or gaseous.
- the content can be in a more dispersed state similar to particles or powder; it can also be an entity with a relatively stable shape and structure (the volume of the entity can be less than, equal to, or greater than the volume of the containing space; or the entity can be less than, It is equal to or larger than the edge interface of the accommodation space to fix it in a certain direction).
- the entity 61 on the left exceeds the containing space 506 where it is located; the entity 61 in the middle exceeds the edge interface 511 of the containing space 510 at its bottom; the other entity 61 on the right does not exceed the containing space 512 at its bottom.
- the edge interface 513 As shown in Figure 13, the entity 61 on the left exceeds the containing space 506 where it is located; the entity 61 in the middle exceeds the edge interface 511 of the containing space 510 at its bottom; the other entity 61 on the right does not exceed the containing space 512 at its bottom.
- the edge interface 513 As shown in Figure 13, the entity 61 on the left exceed
- the accommodating space can be relatively closed (such as the accommodating spaces 502 and 503 in Figure 10 and Figure 11) or unclosed.
- the edge interface is intermittent, or one or more connected to the outside of the accommodating space can be provided.
- the channels or openings (such as the accommodation spaces 501, 504, 505, 506, 508, etc. in Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 12); the channels or openings can be used to place or take out the contents, or to use the contents Time is used for the transmission of information and/or substances.
- some channels or openings may always be open, and some channels or openings may be closed after use; the channels or openings can be closed for a long time, generally in the subsequent use of the connection structure. Do not consider opening it again; alternatively, the channel or opening can also be temporarily closed until it is opened next time it is used.
- the containing space or its channels/openings may be connected to the first porous structure 10, the intermediate body, the substrate 30, etc., or pass through these The components are connected to the external open space, which is not specifically limited.
- the opening 77' of the containing space 508 shown in FIG. 12 communicates with the pores of the first porous structure 10 and further communicates outside the exposed top surface of the composite body.
- the member for closing the passage or the opening is called a closed body (closed bodies 93 and 94 as shown in FIG. 40, which close the openings of the containing spaces 440 and 441).
- the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate or base 30 can be made of the same material as a closed body. Alternatively, after the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate body 20 or the substrate 30 is cut somewhere to form a channel or an opening, the cut part is used as a closed body. Or, depending on the position and function of the channel or opening, the shape and purpose of the contents, etc., another suitable material and shape are selected to design and manufacture the enclosure.
- the gap 105 is connected to the containing space.
- the opening of 442 the mounting position of the supporting part 826 corresponds to the gap 105, after placing the contents in the accommodating space 442, the supporting part 826 is installed in place to close the opening).
- first porous structure 10 There may be no first porous structure 10, or intermediate, or substrate 30 in the containing space. Or, in some examples, if it does not affect the placement or use of the contents, a portion of the first porous structure 10 or intermediate body or substrate 30 may be allowed to remain in the accommodating space (as in the accommodating space 508 in FIG. 12, A portion 11) of the first porous structure 10 is left.
- the accommodating space is formed with edge interfaces in all or at least part of its directions to clearly divide the boundary of the accommodating space.
- the accommodating space may not have a clearly divided edge interface.
- the edge interface can be used to close the accommodating space, or can be used to carry or connect the accommodating objects, or to set other components for fixing the accommodating objects, or can be used to connect the accommodating space and
- the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate body or the substrate 30 are connected, or a channel or opening communicating with the outside may be provided at the edge interface, and it is not limited to these examples.
- some parts of the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate body or the substrate 30 can simultaneously serve as the edge interface of the containing space in a certain direction (as shown in FIG. 48, the side of the support portion 820 is the edge interface). Sometimes these parts of the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate or substrate 30 can be directly used as the edge interface of the containing space in their pre-fabricated form, and sometimes these parts need to be processed separately. In some examples, the edge interface of the container in certain directions coincides with the edge interface of the container space in certain directions.
- all or part of the edge interface of the accommodating space is an additional component structure, which may be provided before the composite body is connected to the substrate 30, for example, by pre-connection or integral molding, combined with the first A porous structure 10 or intermediate or substrate 30; it can also be set during the process of connecting the composite to the substrate 30 or after the connection.
- the first porous structure 10 is used to design the accommodating space and place the contents.
- the receiving space is formed at the first porous structure 10.
- the shape of the accommodating space can be regular or irregular.
- the edge interface of the containing space can be regular or irregular; the shape of the edge interface of the same containing space in different directions can be the same or different; the shape of the edge interface, for example, refers to whether it is closed, for example, refers to the shape or nature of the surface , For example, refers to whether it is in contact with the contents, for example, whether to additionally provide other component structures, etc., but is not limited to these examples.
- One or more directions around the periphery of the accommodating space may be adjacent to the first porous structure 10 or other parts of the connecting structure, and a certain direction of the periphery may not be adjacent to the first porous structure 10 or other parts, but connected to External open space.
- a part of the first porous structure 10 may be left in the range of the accommodating space, or there may be no first porous structure 10 but only voids.
- the accommodating space may be formed in the process of manufacturing the first porous structure 10, for example, it may be reserved in the first porous structure 10 through a process such as integral molding; or, the accommodating space may be made in a later stage.
- the first porous structure 10 is formed by removing part of it, for example, by cutting, digging and other machining means.
- the first porous structure 10 does not form an accommodation space in advance, but when placing the contents, the first porous structure 10 in the area to be placed is compressed to a certain extent by external force, so that the area is recessed. As a containment space.
- the accommodation spaces 501, 502, 503, and 505 shown in FIGS. 10 and 11 have edge interfaces, and the accommodation space 501 is close to the top of the first porous structure 10, has an opening connected to the exposed top surface, and is open;
- the container 60 is schematically placed in the container space 501.
- the accommodating space 502 has edge interfaces in all directions; the accommodating space 503 schematically represents an irregular edge interface, and the positions of their respective openings or closed bodies are not shown in the figure.
- the accommodating space 505 has an opening opened on the side of the first porous structure 10, and the edge interface of the accommodating space 505 in other directions may be unclosed (indicated by dashed lines in the figure).
- the accommodating space 504 is a gap opened at the first porous structure 10, extending from the top surface of the first porous structure 10 to the top surface of the intermediate body 20 of the interlayer part; the side of the accommodating space 505 is located.
- the first porous structure 10 next to the void is surrounded, and no edge interface is additionally formed.
- the receiving space 506 shown in FIG. 12 is a depression formed on the surface of the first porous structure 10 for placing the entity 61, a part of the entity 61 is embedded in the depression, and the other part is left outside the depression.
- the accommodating space 508 itself is opened in the first porous structure 10, with openings 77' connected to the pores of the first porous structure 10, and then communicated with the outside from the top surface of the first porous structure 10; A part 11 of the porous structure 10 (such as the end of the bracket) remains in the range of the receiving space 508.
- a larger pore in the first porous structure 10 is directly used as an accommodation space (see the accommodation space 507 in FIG. 12, which is schematically filled with granular substances); or, the first porous structure
- Some small pores in the sexual structure 10 are connected to each other (the brackets or beams between the pores can be retained or removed) to form a larger pore range, which is used as a containment space (not shown in the figure). This can be achieved by pre-designing the shape and size of certain pores or pores, or by reprocessing certain pores or pores at a later stage.
- the first porous structure 10 around the accommodating space can carry the contents or be connected to the contents.
- Bearing the contents refers to supporting the contents from at least one direction, for example, supporting the bottom of the contents from below, but is not limited to this.
- the connection with the contents can refer to the connection to the contents itself, or to the connection to the outer covering of the contents (such as containers, shells, etc.); the connection is, for example, It is bonding, welding, the use of matching connectors, limiting structure, etc., and there is no restriction on the specifics.
- other component structures intermediate, base 30, etc.
- Some contents are entities 61 with relatively stable structure and shape when placed and/or in use, and can be tightly fitted with the first porous structure 10 on the periphery (on both sides of at least one direction), so as to be completely embedded In the accommodating space formed.
- the width of the content is equal to or slightly larger than the gap between the first porous structure 10 on its left and right sides, and the content is in close contact with the first porous structure 10 at least on the left and right sides to implement fixation after being embedded.
- the outer covering body of the container is the above-mentioned stable entity, it can be tightly fitted with the first porous structure 10 around it in a similar manner.
- the accommodating space at the first porous structure 10 can be provided with channels or openings along certain directions (such as the top surface or the side surface), and penetrate to the external open space (such as the accommodating spaces 501, 504, and 505 in Figure 10 and Figure 11). There are openings communicating with the outside); the accommodating space can also be provided with channels or openings along certain directions, which penetrate to the intermediate body and/or the base 30. Related examples will be described below.
- the first porous structure 10 near the channel or opening, or the first porous structure 10 in other directions, or the closed channel or opening, can carry the contents or be connected to the contents.
- the top surface of the intermediate body 20 shown in FIG. 11 is used as the edge interface of the bottom of the containing space 504; the containing space 509 shown in FIG. 12 is mostly formed in the first porous structure 10, and the bottom penetrates the intermediate body 20 of the interlayer part. And the convex structure 21 and extend to a depression on the top surface of the base 30.
- the portion of the base 30 within the accommodating space 509 becomes the edge interface at the bottom of the accommodating space 509, and the accommodating space 509 forms an edge interface in other directions (with The thick solid line indicates).
- a limiting protrusion extending in the accommodating space may be formed to contact the surface of the solid container (or its covering) for limiting Position; the limiting protrusions can be arranged towards the entity from one, two or more directions respectively.
- a number of limiting protrusions adjacent to one direction of the containing space may be located on the same side of the entity at the same time; the limiting protrusions may be some brackets or beams of the first porous structure 10 at the edge interface of the containing space.
- the end may also be a separately formed part (for example, bumps, pins, bolts, etc., and the density may be the same as or different from the first porous structure 10).
- the corresponding position on the surface of the container (or its covering body) is further formed with a limiting recess to match the limiting protrusion, and the limiting protrusion can be correspondingly embedded in the limiting recess.
- an outward limiting protrusion is formed on the surface of the container (or its covering), which can be embedded in the pores of the first porous structure 10 to limit the contents; the pores corresponding to the limiting protrusions, It may maintain the shape of the first porous structure 10 when it is made, or it may be processed to make it more compatible with the shape and size of the limiting protrusion.
- the receiving space 506 is formed by using the depression at the first porous structure 10 (see FIG. 12), so that the entity 61 is at least partially embedded; the receiving spaces 510 and 512 are formed in the first porous structure 10 by using
- the accommodating space 510 is formed with two gaps in the two directions.
- the edge interface 511 at the bottom does not cover the entire bottom surface of the accommodating space 510, and the edge interface 511 is smaller than the entity 61 that it carries.
- the part of the entity 61 that is not carried by the edge interface 511 is suspended in the air, and extends to other areas of the containing space 510.
- the accommodating space 512 has an edge interface 513 on one side, which carries the entity 61 placed in the accommodating space 512, and the entity 61 does not exceed the range of the edge interface 513 (not shown in the figure that the entity 61 is placed in its corresponding accommodating space 510 or 512 channels or openings).
- the accommodation spaces 514, 515, and 516 each include a void formed in the first porous structure 10; the top of the void corresponding to the accommodation space 514 forms an edge interface, which can be used to connect the contents, or In a tight-fitting manner, the entity 61 is closely attached to the upper edge interface and the lower base 30 (the part located within the bottom of the gap) for fixing.
- the accommodating space 515 forms an edge interface on the left and right sides of the gap to fix the entity 61 in a tight-fitting manner (the edge interface at the bottom of the gap is composed of a bracket or beam adjacent to the first porous structure 61);
- the side edge interface respectively forms a limiting protrusion 591 extending into the gap, which limits the moving range of the entity 61 and can prevent the entity 61 from falling out through the upper opening (assuming a single limiting protrusion 591 is wide enough, it is set on one side separately
- the limiting protrusion 591 can also block the entity 61) at the opening of the gap.
- the accommodating space 516 (see the enlarged image) forms edge interfaces on the upper and lower sides of the gap.
- the lower edge interface forms a limited protrusion 593, and the corresponding position of the entity 61 forms a limited recess 594 to cooperate with it; the upper and lower edge interfaces also correspond to
- the limiting protrusions 592 are formed to closely contact the entity 61 from two directions to limit it, and there is no limiting recess on the entity 61 corresponding to the location of the limiting protrusion 592.
- the first porous structure 10 or other components next to it can be used to fix the physical edge interface of the containment space (not limited to the bearing , Connection, tight fit or limit); and the physical edge interface of the containing space can also fix the internally placed physical containment or its wrapper in a similar manner.
- the pores of the first porous structure 10 itself can be used as channels or openings for the containing space; or, more regular-shaped channels or openings can be additionally provided at the first porous structure 10.
- the various channels or openings in the containing space can be open all the time, or closed by a closure (short-term or long-term); for example, some channels or openings are closed after the content is placed in the containing space ; Or, some channels or openings are pre-closed (open again in subsequent use).
- the density of the closed body is designed according to actual application needs.
- the closing body may be solid; or, the closing body may be a porous structure (the density may be the same as or different from the density of the first porous structure 10).
- the material of certain enclosures or their dense design may allow the contents to pass through the enclosure (for example, for entering and exiting the containing space).
- the exemplified closed body may be integrally formed with the first porous structure 10. It can also be set at a later stage, for example, after the first porous structure 10 forms a complex with the intermediate, or after the complex is connected to the substrate 30, or after placing the contents; for example, injecting a certain molten substance (Polymer materials can be injected, or materials with the same or similar properties as the first porous structure 10 or intermediate or substrate 30 can be injected, but not limited to this), the material is solidified to form a closed body, or directly molded
- the component is embedded or covered at a position adjacent to the first porous structure 10 within the accommodating space (if necessary, the embedded or covered component can be further integrated with the adjacent first porous structure 10 or intermediate or substrate 30). Fixed connection, or connecting multiple embedded or covered components to each other). For example, the part of the first porous structure 10 removed when the channel or opening was opened can also be returned to the channel or opening as a closed body.
- a number of molding parts and/or filling surfaces are further provided (the shape and size are arbitrarily set as required).
- the molded part is set to the corresponding position in the connecting structure after being made from the outside.
- the edge interfaces of the accommodation spaces 514, 515, and 516 shown in Fig. 14 are formed by a certain shaped wall plate, including the upper limit protrusions 592, 593, etc., which can be integrally formed with the wall plate or pre-connected, Such a wall plate is inserted into an appropriate gap position of the first porous structure 10 as a whole.
- FIG. 15 shows the situation before a part 517 of a pore of the first porous structure 10 is filled, where the pore is open; the middle picture shows that the part 517' of the pore is filled The filling body 91 is filled, and some of the ends of the stent still protrude from one side to the other side of the filling body 91; the picture on the right shows that the part 517" of the pore is filled by another filling body 92 and is within the corresponding range The end of the bracket is completely buried in the filler 92.
- the molded part and/or the filling surface can be used as a closed body to close the channel or opening of the containing space.
- the molding part and/or the filling surface can also be used to construct a certain part of the edge interface of the containing area: for example, to achieve boundary division; or, alone or in conjunction with other edge interfaces, or in conjunction with other parts of the connecting structure, to For fixing (such as load bearing, connection, tight fit or limit, etc.), it is not limited to these situations.
- the molding part and the filling body of the filling surface can be formed in a manner similar to a closed body, and are not limited to these methods.
- a molded part or a piece of filling surface can independently cover all areas corresponding to a certain side edge interface, or it can cover only a part of this side edge interface.
- multiple molded parts cooperate with each other to cover all or part of the area corresponding to a certain side edge interface (multiple molded parts covering part of the area may be arranged at intervals or close to each other without intervals).
- all or part of the area corresponding to the edge interface on a certain side is formed with a filling surface.
- the forming part and the filling surface may be arranged at the same time, for example, the edge interface on the same side or the edge interface arranged in different directions.
- the forming part or filling surface in one or certain directions, or the edge interface where it is located does not need to be completely closed, it is allowed to open the channel or opening of the containing space on the forming part or filling surface or where it is located Other positions of the edge interface; or, allow spaced arrangement between adjacent molded parts (or between the filling surfaces) in the edge interface domain; or, allow the first porous structure 10 to be at the filling surface (or where the edge interface is not A part of the pores of the covered area is open; or, it is allowed to use a material (or dense) that allows the content to pass through to form the molded part or the filling surface.
- the characteristics of the accommodation space or the contents related to the first porous structure 10 can be applied to other embodiments.
- the accommodating space and the contents are designed by the cooperation of the first porous structure 10 and the interlayer part of the intermediate body. At least a part of the interlayer part of the intermediate body is located between the first porous structure 10 and the substrate 30.
- connection between the sandwich portion of the intermediate body and the base 30 is performed by laser welding or resistance welding.
- the beam of laser welding or the electrode of resistance welding can directly contact the exposed surface of the sandwich part of the intermediate body from some directions; in some examples, the beam of laser welding or the electrode of resistance welding can pass through. Go through the first porous structure 10 itself or the gap opened in it to reach the position of the interlayer portion, and directly contact the interlayer portion (as shown in Figure 71 to Figure 73, the beam energy of laser welding can directly penetrate the first porous structure 10 reaches the position to be welded between the bottom 21 and the periphery 22 of the intermediate body 20; the electrode monomer 409 as shown in FIG. 64 and FIG. 66 passes through the gap to contact the top surface of the intermediate body 20).
- the electrode directly contacts the first porous structure 10 and/or the insertion part of the intermediate body, etc., and the current is conducted to the interlayer part through the first porous structure 10 and/or the insertion part (such as The first porous structure 10 of FIG. 3 contacts the electrode 401 to conduct current to the intermediate body 20 and the protrusion structure 21; the supporting portion 83 of FIG. 56 contacts the electrode 401 to conduct the current to the intermediate body 20 and the protrusion Structure 21).
- the interlayer portion may include a protruding structure 21 protruding toward the direction of the substrate 30.
- the protrusion structure 21 can increase the contact resistance by reducing the contact area of the welding interface, generate more resistance heat, and improve the welding efficiency and the welding efficiency between the sandwich portion and the substrate 30. Welding strength.
- the sandwich portion may include an intermediate body 20, which can be applied in laser welding, resistance welding, or other connection methods.
- the exemplary intermediate body 20 is in the shape of a layer, sheet, or plate; the intermediate body 20 is not limited to a plane, and can be bent or adjusted with the substrate 30 (surface shape, etc.) so that the intermediate body 20 and the substrate 30 are connected Time is more suitable. It is also possible to make local adjustments in the intermediate body 20 for the purpose of improving the structural strength, adapting to the shape of the substrate 30, facilitating the connection of the first porous structure 10 or the substrate 30, improving the electrical conductivity, and connecting to the outside, such as increase or decrease.
- the thickness or other dimensions of a certain place such as adjusting a certain place to other shapes, such as forming a regular or irregular hollow figure in a certain place, and so on.
- the intermediate body 20 and the first porous structure 10 shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 are partially fused with each other (the symbol 20a schematically represents the fusion of the top of the intermediate body 20 and the bottom of the first porous structure 10,
- the symbol 20b schematically indicates that both the top and bottom of the intermediate body 20 are fused with the first porous structure 10, that is, the intermediate body 20 is laterally arranged near the bottom of the first porous structure 10;
- FIGS. 20 and 21 are also at the same time
- the raised structure 21 (and the support portion 80 of the insertion portion) including the interlayer portion, Figure 20, Figure 21 can be connected to the substrate 30 through the raised structure 21, and Figure 21 may also be located in the intermediate body through the first porous structure 10
- the base 30 is connected to the part below the main body 20.
- the intermediate body 20 and the protruding structure 21 can be provided separately or at the same time.
- the intermediate body 20 or the raised structure 21 is separately provided (FIG. 2 and FIG. 17)
- the intermediate body 20 or the raised structure 21 is pre-bonded to the bottom surface of the first porous structure 10 (the surface on the side close to the base 30) .
- a convex structure 21 protruding toward the base 30 can be formed on the bottom surface of the intermediate body 20 (the surface on the side close to the base 30); the intermediate body The top surface of 20 (the surface on the side away from the base 30) is pre-bonded to the bottom surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the protruding structure 21 is formed at the bottom of the second porous structure 20', and the two may be fused to a certain extent.
- the present invention does not limit the number and shape of the raised structures 21, or the texture patterns formed on the surface of the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate body 20 by distributing a number of raised structures 21, as shown in FIG. 4
- An example of the distribution of the raised structures 21 is presented.
- any raised structure 21 can be formed in the form of dots, lines, or planes.
- multiple protruding structures 21 they can be evenly distributed; or according to the shape of the welding interface or the requirement of welding strength, the distribution position and density of the protruding structures 21 can be specifically designed.
- the longitudinal cross-sectional shape of the protruding structure 21 is not limited. It can be a shape with a large top and a small bottom, such as an arched shape, to reduce the contact area of the welding interface during resistance welding.
- the convex structure in this example is a number of convex points protruding downward.
- the top surface of the base 30 is provided with a base protrusion structure 202 that protrudes toward the bottom surface (the direction) of the intermediate body 20, which is an example of performing resistance welding
- the base protrusion structure 202 can also increase the contact resistance between the intermediate body 20 and the base 30 by reducing the contact area of the welding interface, thereby generating more resistance heat and improving welding efficiency and welding strength.
- the base raised structure 202 may be solid or a highly dense porous structure (higher density than the first porous structure 10); the base raised structure 202 may be integrally formed with the base 30, or it may be It is additionally provided on the substrate 30 (it can be combined with the substrate 30 before the resistance welding is performed), or the substrate protrusion structure 202 is formed on the top surface of a surface connection layer 202, and the bottom of the surface connection layer 202 is pre-connected ( Such as welding) on the top surface of the base 30. Except that the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion direction and the longitudinal direction are opposite, the structure arrangement of the base protrusion structure 202 can refer to the protrusion structure 21 of the interlayer portion, which will not be repeated one by one.
- the accommodating space is provided by the first porous structure 10 and the interlayer part of the intermediate body, at least a part of the accommodating space is formed in the first porous structure 10.
- the accommodating space can extend to the interlayer part of the intermediate body in some directions: the position on the interlayer part corresponding to these extension directions may not form a gap, so that the interlayer part becomes the edge interface of the accommodating space in these directions (as shown in the middle of Figure 11).
- the body main body 20 uses its top surface in the corresponding gap as the edge interface of the bottom of the containing space 504); or the position on the interlayer corresponding to these extension directions may also be formed with gaps, such as forming a recessed structure (not limited to holes).
- the accommodating space can extend into the interlayer part, and for example, form a structure that penetrates the interlayer part (not limited to the shape of holes, grooves, etc.), so that the accommodating space can be further extended to the base 30 (as shown in Figure 12
- the bottom of the space 509 passes through a groove at the bottom of the base 30 to which the intermediate body 20 and the protruding structure 21 extend).
- the positions on the base 30 corresponding to these extension directions may be notched or not formed, so that the base 30 becomes the edge interface of the accommodating space in these directions, or the base 30
- the recesses or through structures formed at the corresponding positions allow the containing space to extend into the base 30 and even pass through the base 30. In this way, the volume of the containing space can be increased; when necessary, the content can also be fixed through the interlayer portion or the base 30.
- the intermediate body 20 of the sandwich portion can be used as an edge interface on the side of the containing space close to the base 30 (as shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 14).
- the intermediate body 20 alone or in conjunction with other edge interfaces, or with other parts of the connecting structure, can provide Body) for fixing (such as load bearing, connection, tight fit or limit, etc.).
- the edge interface at the bottom of the containing space 514 is constructed by the intermediate body 20 in the corresponding range, and is used to carry or connect the entity 61.
- the thickness of the upper surface of this part of the intermediate body 20 can be reduced to form a recessed structure that can extend the accommodating space.
- the intermediate body 20 in the range of the containing space may be closed, or provided with a channel or an opening.
- the gap between the adjacent protrusion structures 21 within the accommodating space may become a channel or opening through which the accommodating space communicates with the outside.
- the channel or opening may be open or closed by a closing body (short-term or long-term).
- the cut-out part of the intermediate body 20 for opening a channel or an opening can also be used as a closed body, which can be used for sealing after placing the contents.
- the intermediate body 20 may further form a limiting protrusion extending in the range of the containing space to contact the surface of the containing object (or its covering body) to restrain it; the containing object (or its covering body)
- the surface of the intermediate body 20 may be further formed with a limiting recess to correspond to the limiting protrusion; or, the surface of the container (or its covering body) may form a limiting protrusion extending outside the range of the accommodation space, and the intermediate body 20 forms a corresponding Sunken.
- the limiting protrusions or limiting recesses of the intermediate body 20 can be provided separately, or can be provided in cooperation with the limiting protrusions or limiting recesses of the first porous structure 10, respectively, for the content of the container (or its covering body).
- the surface in different directions is limited.
- the separation distance between the adjacent raised structures 21 is set reasonably: in some examples, a part of the content (or its covering) is embedded in In the space between adjacent protruding structures 21, the peripheral first porous structure 10, the base 30 between the protruding structures 21 and other components can be matched and fixed (as shown in FIG. 17); or, in some examples , One or more protruding structures 21 support the solid content (or its covering) from below (the entity 61 on the left side of FIG. 18 is carried by the protruding structure 21). In the middle of FIG. 18, by connecting with some extension bodies 520, the convex structure 211 of this example can be within the range of the accommodating space 518.
- the extension 520 is connected to the first porous structure 10
- another part of the extension 520 is connected to the protruding structure 211, and
- the protruding structure 211 extends into the range of the accommodating space 518.
- another part of the physical edge interface at the bottom of the receiving space 518 may be supported by an adjacent raised structure 212.
- the protruding structure 21 is provided to reduce the contact resistance, the volume of the protruding structure 21 may be relatively small. Therefore, the protruding structure 21 may not be provided with a limiting protrusion or a limiting recess. In some examples, it is allowed to arrange the limiting protrusions or the limiting recesses on the surface (such as the top surface or the side surface) of the protruding structure 21, or on other components extending and arranged based on the surface.
- some edge interfaces of the containing space are in the form of molded parts (see Embodiment 1).
- the wall panel is taken as an example here.
- the wall panels can be supported by the interlayer part of the intermediate body or connected with the interlayer part; for example, wall panels arranged longitudinally can be erected on the top surface of the intermediate body 20; for example, wall panels arranged horizontally can be stacked on The top surface of the intermediate body 20 (in contact or connection with each other).
- wall panels arranged longitudinally or horizontally can be supported or connected by the upper surface of the raised structure 21 (the wall panel 519 on the right side of FIG. 18 is erected on the corresponding raised structure 21).
- the wall plate may not have any connection or contact with the interlayer part.
- the first porous structure 10 (such as the edge interfaces 511, 513, etc. in Fig. 13) may be formed between the wall plate and the interlayer part. It may be a gap (such as the edge interface 514 in FIG. 14, with additional content provided in the gap).
- the intermediate body 20 or the protruding structure 21 of the interlayer portion can be applied to other embodiments.
- the first porous structure 10 and the base 30 are connected by an injected polymer material to form a polymer material intermediate layer 400.
- the first porous structure 10 in this example can be arranged separately (not forming a complex with the intermediate); it can also belong to a complex, which is the first part of the complex that is in direct contact with the substrate 30.
- the porous structure 10 (it is not limited to the case where the composite body includes an intermediate at the same time, or the first porous structure 10 and/or the intermediate is also connected to the substrate 30 in other ways at the same time), not shown in the figure.
- the interlayer itself pre-combined with the first porous structure 10 uses the second porous structure 20', as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the second porous structure 20' and the substrate 30 , The connection is performed by the injected polymer material to form the polymer material intermediate layer 400.
- the substrate 30 connected to the first porous structure 10 or the second porous structure 20' by a polymer material may be solid.
- the surface of the substrate 30 is rough or formed with pores.
- the substrate 30 connected to the first porous structure 10 or the second porous structure 20' through a polymer material is a third porous structure as a whole (the density is higher than that of the first porous structure 10), Or at least the surface of the substrate 30 is made into a third porous structure.
- at least part of the surface (such as the top surface) of the first porous structure 10 is exposed to the outside.
- the first porous structure 10 has been connected to the substrate 30, or the composite body containing the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate has been connected to the substrate 30 (as shown in FIG. 31, the first porous structure 10 has been connected to the substrate 30).
- the structure 10 has been connected to the substrate 30 through the intermediate body 20c bonded at the bottom thereof); such a first porous structure 10 is still on some other surfaces (such as the surface on the side away from the substrate 30, which is the top surface in this example).
- the fourth porous structure 10' are connected by the injected polymer material to form the polymer material intermediate layer 400.
- the fourth porous structure 10' is independently arranged, or, the fourth porous structure 10' and the fifth porous structure 10" are combined in advance to form another composite body (similar to the first porous structure 10 and the first porous structure 10).
- the two porous structures 20' are pre-combined to form a composite form), then the fourth porous structure 10' has at least part of the surface (for example, on the side not connected to the first porous structure 10, this example Is the top surface) is exposed to the outside.
- the fourth porous structure 10' and the fifth porous structure 10" have different densities, while the fourth porous structure 10' and the fifth porous structure 10" each The density may be the same as the density of any one of the first porous structure 10, the second porous structure 20', and the third porous structure, or may be different from the density of these porous structures.
- the corresponding parts are connected by injecting polymer materials, and a porous structure that can be exposed is formed on at least one side of the substrate 30.
- the exposed top surface of each porous structure (the exposed top surface of the first porous structure 10 in FIG. 25 or the fourth porous structure 10' in FIG. 31)
- the design of compactness takes more consideration of satisfying the effect of "bone ingrowth"; and each injects the porous structure of polymer material into the pores on the surface (as shown in Figure 25, the bottom of the first porous structure 10, which is connected to the base 30, Or the bottom of the fourth porous structure 10' in Fig. 31 and the top of the first porous structure 10 connected to it).
- more consideration should be given to how to facilitate the injection of polymer materials and the reliability of the corresponding parts. connection.
- the thickness of the base 30 layer can be appropriately reduced by the added polymer material, which not only can ensure the basic strength of the entire connection structure, but also can improve the stress shielding phenomenon.
- the phenomenon of stress shielding refers to the fact that when two materials with different elastic modulus are stressed together, the larger elastic modulus will bear more stress; the elastic modulus of the substrate 30 is much larger than the elastic modulus of bone, so The bones bear less stress, which can lead to postoperative osteolysis in severe cases. Since the present invention adds a polymer material with an elastic modulus smaller than that of the base 30, the stress shielding phenomenon will be improved accordingly.
- a spacer layer 401 can be further provided in the parts to be connected.
- the spacer layer 401 can prevent the polymer material on one side from flowing to the other side, and can avoid the injection of polymer material. Spread beyond the set area.
- the spacer layer 401 is arranged at the edge of the region where the polymer material is to be injected in the connecting member.
- a spacer layer 401 may be provided.
- the spacer layer 401 in FIG. 28 and FIG. 29, taking the separator as an example, is arranged at the edge of the area to be injected with the polymer material of the first porous structure 10.
- the spacer layer 401 may be solid, or a denser porous structure (higher than the part to be connected where the spacer layer 401 is located), or other suitable materials.
- the spacer layer 401 may be integrally formed with the parts to be connected, or may be separately provided (all can be provided before the polymer material is injected).
- the injected polymer material and the part connected by the polymer material on the two parts are referred to as the polymer material intermediate layer 400.
- the connection structure of this embodiment includes at least one intermediate layer 400 of polymer material.
- the location of the containing space can avoid the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and be arranged at other porous structures that are not connected to the polymer material intermediate layer 400, or set in the same porous structure without contacting the polymer material intermediate layer 400 Of the site. Alternatively, it is provided at a portion of the intermediate or substrate 30 that is not in contact with the high molecular material intermediate layer 400.
- the accommodating space 413 of FIG. 27 is located at the first porous structure 10 where the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is not provided (the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is provided between the second porous structure 20' and the substrate 30) .
- the accommodating space 410 of FIG. 24 is located in a region where the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is not provided at the first porous structure 10 (the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is provided between the bottom of the first porous structure 10 and the base 30) .
- the accommodating space 416 of FIG. 30 is located in a region where the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is not provided in the first porous structure 10 (the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is blocked on the other side by the spacer layer 401).
- the accommodating space 422 of FIG. 32 is located in the fourth porous structure 10 where the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is not provided '(The polymer material intermediate layer 400 is provided between the fifth porous structure 10" and the first porous structure 10).
- the polymer material layer or the spacer layer 401 or the like is used to provide the accommodation space and fix the contents.
- the accommodating space can be entirely or partially opened in the polymer material intermediate layer 400.
- a part of the accommodating space is located in the polymer material layer, and the accommodating space may extend to the parts connected by the polymer material (such as the porous structure, the base 30, etc.), or extend to the connecting structure through the gaps opened by the connected parts
- the accommodating space may not be extended, and all are located in the polymer material layer.
- the receiving space 411 in FIG. 24 is partially located in the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and partially located in the connected first porous structure 10; the receiving space 412 is entirely opened in the polymer material layer 400.
- the accommodating space 418 in FIG. 30 is also entirely opened in the polymer material layer 400.
- the accommodating space 415 in FIG. 27 is opened at the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and the first porous structure 10 and the base 30 connected thereto, and the accommodating space 415 is further connected to the external open space.
- the accommodation space 419 in FIG. 31 is opened at the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and the first porous structure 10 and the fourth porous structure 10' connected to it.
- the accommodation space 419 has the first porous structure 10
- the bottom intermediate body 20c is the edge interface of the bottom.
- the accommodating space 423 of FIG. 32 is opened at the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and the fourth porous structure 10' and the fifth porous structure 10" on one side.
- the accommodating spaces 425, 425', and 426 of FIG. 33 are all Located at the first porous structure 10 on the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and one side, the containing space 425 extends through the intermediate body 20c to the base 30; the containing space 425' does not extend to the base 30, but The intermediate body 20c serves as the edge interface at the bottom; the accommodating space 426 has the intermediate body 20c as the edge interface at the bottom and the spacer layer 401 as the edge interface at the top.
- the contents may directly contact the polymer material or the spacer layer 401.
- the polymer material layer or its spacer layer 401 can be used to form an edge interface on one side of the containing space.
- the accommodating space can be formed on the side of the spacer layer 401 close to the polymer material, or on the other side away from the polymer material.
- the spacer layer 401 can be used alone or in conjunction with other component structures to fix the content or its covering body (carrying, connecting, tightly fitting, limiting, etc.). If the polymer material layer has a suitable shape, it can also be used alone or in conjunction with other component structures to similarly fix the content or its covering (the polymer material can at least support the content).
- the polymer material intermediate layer 400 as an example of a side edge interface
- the accommodating space 412 (with the polymer material intermediate layer 400 as its peripheral edge interface in multiple directions); the accommodating space 414 of FIG. 27 (the accommodating space 414 is formed in the first porous structure 10 and the second In the second porous structure 20', the polymer material intermediate layer 400 is the bottom edge interface), the accommodation space 415 of FIG.
- the spacer layer 401 can also carry the entity 61 placed on it.
- the accommodating space 419 in FIG. 31 has a spacer layer 401 as its bottom edge interface.
- the accommodating space 426 in FIG. 33 has the spacer layer 401 as its top edge interface.
- the range of the polymer intermediate layer 400 or the spacer layer 401 corresponding to the accommodating space may be closed, or a channel or opening for the accommodating space may be provided on it.
- the arrow 71 at the accommodating space 419 as shown in FIG. 31 schematically represents a channel opened along the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and connected to the outside; as shown in FIG. 32, the accommodating space 423 has an opening 72 connected to the peripheral first
- the pores of the four porous structure 10' can be connected to the outside or to other components; the containing space 424 is directly formed with an opening to communicate with the external space; Fig.
- FIG. 33 schematically shows a place opened along the base 30 and connected with an arrow 73
- the passage to the containing space 425; arrows 74 schematically indicate a pore connected to the fourth porous structure 10' and pass through the polymer material intermediate layer 400 to connect to the containing space 425'.
- the passage openings of other accommodating spaces or the closed bodies closed to them are not marked in the figure.
- a certain form of polymer material or spacer layer 401 can allow content to pass through the polymer material or spacer layer 401.
- the method of injecting polymer materials or the method of forming the spacer layer 401 can also be used to make a molded part or a filler in a certain place, or a closed body in a certain place.
- the injection of polymer materials, the polymer material intermediate layer 400 and the spacer layer 401, and the characteristics related to the accommodation space or the contents can be applied to other embodiments.
- the supporting portion is provided, or the supporting portion is matched with the first porous structure 10 (or the interlayer portion of the intermediate body, or the base 30) to design the accommodation Space and placement of contents.
- One or more supporting parts each of which has at least a part inserted in the first porous structure 10.
- the preferred supporting part is inserted roughly from the side of the first porous structure 10 away from the substrate 30 to the direction of the side close to the substrate 30.
- the angle of insertion is not limited. Take the direction shown as an example, it can be inserted vertically or inclined. When there are multiple supporting parts, their respective insertion angles can be the same or different, and they can be set according to the actual application.
- the support part can be used alone, or cooperate with other support parts, or cooperate with other component structures to fix the contents (such as bearing, connecting, tightly fitting or limiting, etc.), and is not limited thereto.
- the covering body of the container, or the physical edge interface of the container space, etc., can be similarly fixed, which will not be explained one by one.
- the supporting part may be connected to the content; at least one side surface of the content may be connected to one or more supporting parts.
- the supporting part can carry the content; one content can be carried by one or more supporting parts.
- the multiple supporting parts can carry or connect the contents from the same direction, and can also carry, connect, tightly fit or limit the contents from different directions.
- the supporting part may also be provided through the content.
- the surface where the content is not carried or connected by the supporting part may be suspended, or may be fixed by other components such as the first porous structure 10 or the intermediate interlayer part or the base 30.
- the adjacent supporting portions 801 implement a tight fit to the entities 61 disposed therebetween; taking FIG. 35 as an example, the supporting portions 802 carry the physical edge interface of the accommodating space 427, and the accommodating space is formed A groove of the first porous structure 10 above the supporting portion 802; the supporting portion 803 cooperates with the base 30 and the first porous structure 10 to form the edge interface of the containing space 428 in various directions, and the supporting portion 803 also cooperates with Another adjacent supporting portion 804 connects the physical edge of a receiving space 429 to the supporting portions 803 and 804; the supporting portion 808 of FIG. 37 is flush with the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and fits The top surface of the first porous structure 10 carries an entity 61.
- the supporting part 821 of FIG. 39 penetrates the accommodating space 437.
- the physical edge interface of the receiving space 431 is located between the adjacent supporting parts 812 (which can be tightly fitted or connected by the supporting parts 812); the receiving space 432 of FIG. 44 is located between the adjacent supporting parts 813, and the receiving space 432 is located between the adjacent supporting parts 813.
- the physical edge interface of the space 432 is embedded in the support portion 813 (for example, the support portion 813 is provided with a gap, etc.); the support portion 814 of FIG.
- the volume of the supporting portion itself is large enough, or the supporting portion is hollow, one or more containing spaces can be directly formed inside the supporting portion (such as the supporting portion in Figure 38). Inside the 810, there is an accommodation space).
- the structure of the supporting part itself will have some gaps or gaps, and the gaps or gaps can be used to construct all or part of the containing space, or to provide other components that can fix the content.
- the support portion 813 in FIG. 44 has a gap so that the edge interface on the corresponding side of the accommodating space 432 can extend into the support portion 813.
- the supporting parts 816 and 817 are respectively provided with notches, and the two ends of a wall plate 991 are respectively embedded in them; in contrast, the wall plate 992 between the supporting parts 818 and 819 is not embedded in the two supporting parts.
- the inside of the parts 818 and 819; the wall plate 993 is connected to the outside of the supporting parts 816 and 818; the wall plate 994 is connected between the other wall plates 991 and 992 that have been fixed by the supporting parts.
- These wall panels 991 to 994 in FIG. 47 respectively serve as edge interfaces of the accommodation space 435 in different directions.
- the supporting portion 814 of FIG. 46 cooperates with a wall plate 99 in the opposite direction to set an edge interface of the receiving space 434.
- the accommodating space, gap, or notch constructed based on the support part can be pre-designed and formed at the same time as the support part is made, or it can be formed by post-processing (formed before placing the contents, and is not limited to being made. After the support part, or after the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body form a composite body, or after the composite body is connected to the base 30).
- the supporting part may be an edge interface located in one or more directions of the accommodating space.
- the interval between adjacent supporting parts may not be closed, and may be connected to the first porous structure 10 beside it or further connected to the outside; or, adjacent supporting parts are close to each other without a gap; or, between adjacent supporting parts
- the interval is closed (for example, by forming wall panels, filling surfaces, polymer material layers, partitions, etc., as described in other embodiments, it is not limited to this).
- the surface of a supporting part in one or more directions (which can be the outer surface or the inner surface formed by opening a gap, etc.) is used as the edge interface of the accommodation space in one or more directions (such as The side surface of the supporting portion 820 in FIG. 48 is used to form an edge interface in the corresponding direction of the containing space 436).
- the passage or opening of the accommodation space can be opened at the edge interface where the support part is located (such as avoiding the support part itself), or the gap between adjacent support parts can be used as the passage or opening, or a certain part of the support part
- the penetration directly forms a channel or an opening (the penetration in the transverse, longitudinal or other directions can be implemented separately or in combination).
- the passage or opening may be opened after the contents are placed, or may be closed by a closure (short-term or long-term).
- the support part 810 of FIG. 38 is provided with a receiving space inside, and an arrow 75 schematically indicates a channel connected to the first porous structure 10 and the outside.
- An arrow 76 in FIG. 39 schematically represents a channel opened inside the support portion 821, and the channel communicates with the outside and the accommodation space 437.
- the accommodating space 440 of FIG. 40 uses the base 30 as the bottom edge interface, and the lower side of a supporting part 823 adjacent to it is used as a partial edge interface in the corresponding direction.
- the edge interface in this direction is also provided with an opening connected to The pores of the first porous structure 10 below the supporting portion 823 are closed by the closing body 93; the accommodating space 441 also has the base as the bottom edge interface, and the accommodating space 823 is not in contact with the nearby supporting portion 824 and the like.
- An opening at the top of the accommodating space 441 is connected to the outside through a gap 103 corresponding to the first porous structure 10; the opening is closed by a closing body 94.
- the accommodating space 442 of FIG. 41 has an opening at a side edge interface, which is connected to a gap 105 at the first porous structure 10, and the gap 105 corresponds to the predetermined installation position of the supporting portion 826.
- the accommodating space 442 is placed and accommodated. After the object, the supporting portion 826 is installed in place to completely fill the gap 105 and at the same time close the opening of the receiving space 442 on this side.
- the support portion and the first porous structure 10 around the insertion site may be in direct contact or connection; or, the support portion and the first porous structure 10 around the insertion site are not in contact or connected, but inserted in the first porous structure 10 formed at the periphery of the insertion site.
- a void in a porous structure 10; the void can be pre-designed and formed when the first porous structure 10 is made, or it can be formed by post-processing (the timing of post-processing is not limited to the first After the porous structure 10, or after the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate form a complex, or after the complex is connected to the substrate 30).
- the structure, number, shape, size and arrangement position of the supporting part are not limited, and can be determined according to the application situation.
- the supporting part can be plate-shaped, strip-shaped, block-shaped, column-shaped, bolt-shaped, etc., but is not limited to this;
- the horizontal (or longitudinal) cross-section of the supporting part can be a certain geometric shape or an irregular shape; the same
- the cross-sectional shape and size of each height of the support portion can be the same or different; a certain side surface of the support portion can be flat, curved, arbitrarily curved, or a combination of multiple shapes.
- a supporting part can be an integral part or an assembly of multiple parts.
- FIG. 47 schematically provides a support portion 818 with a different shape and a square cross-section
- FIG. 46 schematically provides a semi-circular cross-section
- the straight side corresponds to the supporting portion 815 of the receiving interface 434
- the supporting portion 815 can be made into a semicircular cross-section, or it can be formed into the aforementioned shape through post-processing.
- the material of the support part is not limited; the support part itself can be integrally formed with the first porous structure 10, etc., or it can be additionally installed in the later period (before the contents are placed) .
- the support part is made of molten material after solidification at the injected first porous structure 10.
- the composite body and the substrate 30 are connected by resistance welding.
- the support part can be used as an intermediate insertion part, which is set into the first porous structure 10 before welding, and functions as an electrical limit and/or enhancing current conduction.
- a support column is used as an example structure of the support part.
- the features of the support column described in each example can be applied to other support parts, and vice versa.
- the cross-sectional shape of the support column is not limited (it can be a geometric figure, a circle, a certain polygon, or an irregular shape).
- Each figure uses a cylinder as an example, and the directions described are all directions shown in the figure.
- the support part can be used to limit the electrode. Since the electrode of resistance welding needs to be pressed tightly on the workpiece to be welded while providing current, it is easy to cause damage to the surface of the workpiece due to the generated resistance heat or the applied pressure.
- the first porous structure 10 itself has many pores, and usually exposes at least part of the surface of the first porous structure 10, which is more susceptible to resistance heat or pressure; for example, the first porous structure 10
- the pores of the compressed part of the porous structure 10 may become smaller, the support or beam may be broken or displaced, which may affect the originally designed porous morphology of its surface, and may also produce indentation; if the resistance heat is too high, it may be in the first place.
- the surface of the porous structure 10 leaves traces similar to burning.
- the following example mainly uses the support part to limit the electrode on the side of the first porous structure 10 (referred to as the electrode 401 of the first polarity).
- the electrode 402 of the second polarity is, for example, in contact with the bottom surface of the substrate 30, or in contact with other complexes connected to the bottom surface of the substrate 30; and the substrate 30 or the intermediate has a higher density than the first porous structure 10, and there may be no exposed surface; therefore, a similar manner can be used to set the support portion to limit the electrode 402 of the second polarity, or it is not necessary to limit the electrode 402 of the second polarity.
- the top surface of the support portion 81 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, that is, the support portion 81 is buried in the first porous structure 10, then
- the first polarity electrode 401 is pressed against the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the top surface of the first porous structure 10 is compressed downward by a certain distance (see the enlarged view in FIG. 52). If the electrode touches the top surface of the supporting portion 81, it will be restricted and will not continue to move downward; that is, the top surface of the first porous structure 10 can still be in contact with the top surface of the supporting portion 81 after being compressed to the maximum. The surface is substantially flush (if it is not compressed to the maximum, the top surface of the first porous structure 10 is higher than the top surface of the supporting portion 81).
- the top surface of the support portion 82 is flush with the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the electrode 401 of the first polarity (or the single electrode 405 ) It is pressed against the top surface of the supporting portion 82 and the first porous structure 10, and due to the limiting effect of the supporting portion 82, the electrode will not continue to move downward, that is, the first porous structure 10 will not be removed.
- the top surface collapsed As shown in FIGS. 56 to 57, the top surface of the support portion 82 is flush with the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the electrode 401 of the first polarity (or the single electrode 405 ) It is pressed against the top surface of the supporting portion 82 and the first porous structure 10, and due to the limiting effect of the supporting portion 82, the electrode will not continue to move downward, that is, the first porous structure 10 will not be removed.
- the top surface collapsed As shown in FIGS. 56 to 57, the top surface of the support portion 82 is flush with the top surface of the first
- the top surface of the support portion 83 is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and then the electrode 401 (or the electrode unit 405) of the first polarity When pressed, it mainly touches the top surface of the supporting portion 83, and is restricted by the supporting portion 83 and will not continue to move downward; in this way, the electrode 401 does not contact the top surface of the first porous structure 10 and will not affect The top surface morphology of the first porous structure 10.
- the support portion 81 or 82 may be made of insulating material or conductive material;
- the electrode 401 (or the electrode unit 405) is not in conductive contact with the first porous structure 10, and the supporting portion 83 needs to be made of a conductive material, so that the electrode 401 (or the electrode unit 405) )
- the applied current can be conducted through the support portion 83.
- the support part 81 or 82 made of insulating material, the present invention utilizes its position limiting function.
- the supporting parts 81, 82, 83 made of conductive materials can further enhance current conduction.
- the density of the supporting portion is higher than that of the first porous structure 10, if the supporting portion is solid or a porous structure with higher density, on the one hand, the strength of the structure is enhanced to effectively resist the compression of the electrode. The force of time.
- a support part is a good conductor, compared with the first porous structure 10 with pores nearby (the pores are poor conductors such as air), the support part itself has lower electrical resistance and better conductivity.
- the current will preferentially be conducted to the interface between the composite and the substrate 30 through the support part; according to the above, the resistance heat Q is proportional to IR 2 , if other structures remain unchanged, the support part of a good conductor is used to reduce the current conduction
- the resistance in the path increases the current I in the loop, which in turn increases the value of the resistance heat, which improves the efficiency and strength of the welding joint.
- the limit function is mainly considered, in addition to the design of the top surface height of the support part (see the first example to the third example), other parts can be set arbitrarily as needed. Even if the support part of a good conductor is entirely embedded in the first porous structure 10, there is still the first porous structure 10 above and below (the support part 801 shown in FIG. 34; the support part 827 in FIG. 41, as shown in FIG. 42 of the support portion 830), compared to the surrounding first porous structure 10, the resistance at the support portion is still smaller, and can more efficiently guide current through.
- the bottom of the support part of a good conductor may extend down to the bottom of the first porous structure 10, and contact the interlayer part or the substrate 30, and conduct the current faster to the vicinity of the interface where the composite body and the substrate 30 are connected.
- the supporting portion 811 of FIG. 38 and the supporting portion 822 of FIG. 39 each have their bottoms in contact with the substrate 30; the supporting portion 81 of FIGS. 52, 53, and 55, the supporting portion 82 of FIGS. 56 and 57, and FIGS. 58, 59
- Each bottom of the supporting portion 83 directly contacts the interlayer portion (and the shape of the interlayer portion in each figure is different, including the intermediate body 20 and/or the protruding structure 21).
- the bottom of the supporting portion 81 in FIG. 54 extends to the bottom of the first porous structure 10 without direct contact with the interlayer portion (protrusion structure 21), but the current can be conducted through the first porous structure 10.
- the support part can be inserted into the gap of the first porous structure 10 and not in contact with the surrounding first porous structure 10 to prevent the resistance heat from being conducted to the surface of the surrounding first porous structure 10 to cause damage (such as The periphery of the support portion 806 shown in FIG. 153 is separated by a gap 100).
- the support part may also be in contact with or connected to the surrounding first porous structure 10, and conduct current to the surrounding first porous structure 10 (see FIGS. 52 to 61, etc.).
- the contact resistance R can be increased on the basis of the increase of the current I, the resistance heat can be increased.
- the contact resistance R has a great relationship with the shape of the contact interface of the workpiece (composite body, base 30) to be welded.
- the support part and the interlayer part of the intermediate body can be arranged together.
- the intermediate body includes the support part and the intermediate body 20 at the same time.
- the supporting part and the convex structure 21 are included, and at the same time, the supporting part, the intermediate body 20 and the convex structure 21 are included.
- the supporting portion and the intermediate body 20 can be in contact or not (the intermediate body 20 is provided with a raised structure 21 or no raised structure 21); the number of the supporting portion and the raised structure 21 can be the same or different, and the number of the support portion and the raised structure 21 can be the same or different.
- the arrangement positions can correspond to each other or staggered (the raised structure 21 can be located below the intermediate body 20, or directly below the first porous structure 10), and the support portion can be in direct contact with the raised structure 21 or not.
- the support part and the interlayer part are directly conductively contacted, and/or the electrode and the support part are directly conductively contacted, so as to avoid loss of current conduction through the first porous structure 10.
- the current applied by the electrode is first conducted to the supporting part through certain parts of the first porous structure 10, or the current obtained by the supporting part is conducted through certain parts of the first porous structure 10 To the interlayer or base 30.
- the supporting part is not provided at the same time as the sandwich part; as shown in Figures 153, 41, and 42, the supporting part and the sandwich part are provided at the same time.
- the sandwich part of Figure 153 includes The intermediate body 20 is in direct contact with the supporting portions 805, 806, etc.; the interlayer portion of FIG. 41 includes the intermediate body 20 and the raised structure 21, but none of them is in contact with the supporting portion 827, etc.; the interlayer portion of FIG. 42 includes the intermediate body 20. It is not in contact with the supporting portion 830 or the like.
- the interlayer portions of FIGS. 52 and 53 both include the intermediate body 20 and the raised structure 21, and the supporting portions 81 are in contact with the intermediate body 20, but the number of the supporting portions 81 in FIG. 52 is the same as that of the raised structures 21 and There is a one-to-one correspondence. In FIG. 53, the number and positions of the supporting portions 81 do not correspond to the protrusion structure 21.
- the interlayer portions of FIGS. 54 and 55 all include the raised structure 21.
- the supporting portion 81 of FIG. 54 does not correspond to the raised structure 21 and does not directly contact each other; while the supporting portion 81 of FIG. 55 is one-to-one with the raised structure 21 Corresponding and touching each other.
- the interlayer portion of FIG. 58 and FIG. 59 includes the intermediate body 20 and the raised structure 21, and the support portions 83 are in contact with the intermediate body 20, and the number of the support portions 83 is the same as that of the raised structure 21 and corresponds to one to one.
- the interlayer portion of FIG. 60 and FIG. 61 includes the protruding structure 21, and the supporting portion 83 and the protruding structure 21 are in one-to-one correspondence and are in direct contact.
- the intermediate body includes an intermediate body 20, a plurality of support portions 80 connected to the upper surface of the intermediate body 20, and a plurality of raised structures 21 (toward the base) connected to the lower surface of the intermediate body 20. 30 raised on one side).
- the electrode 402 of the second polarity is in contact with the lower surface of the substrate 30, and the top surface of the first porous structure 10 is provided with a pressure head 490; the pressure head 490 and the electrode 402 of the second polarity apply force , The composite body to be connected and the substrate 30 are pressed tightly between the two; the electrode 406 of the first polarity is in contact with the side area of the first porous structure 10, and the electrode 406 of the first polarity is in contact with the electrode of the second polarity.
- a current loop is formed between the electrodes 402.
- the current flowing out of the first polarity electrode 406 passes through the side area of the first porous structure 10, and then passes through the support portion 80 and the intermediate body 20 near the side area, and is conducted to the middle.
- Other parts of the body such as the intermediate body 20 and the protrusion structure 21 in the middle area
- the composite body such as the vicinity of the protrusion structure 21
- the supporting portion 80 corresponding to the middle area of the first porous structure 10 is more used to limit the indenter 490 (to avoid excessive ground pressure), and can also be used to conduct current when necessary.
- the current entering from the side surface travels from the first polarity electrode 406 to the substrate 30 through the intermediate body (sandwich portion), and the overall resistance is smaller, which improves the effect of current conduction.
- the first polarity electrode 406 on the side surface is not limited in shape, and may be a ring frame surrounding the side surface, or a flat plate-shaped electrode, or a single electrode.
- a modification of the above example is to make the electrode of the first polarity directly contact at least one of the supporting part 80, the intermediate body 20, and the convex structure 21 at the edge from the side, and the current is conducted to the edge via the conductive part
- the intermediate body in other positions is further welded and fixed to the composite body and the base 30; the side surface of the first porous structure 10 of this modification may not be exposed, and at least one of the supporting portion 80, the intermediate body 20, and the convex structure 21 An exposed surface directly at the edge of the composite body to make conductive contact with the electrode of the first polarity; alternatively, the electrode of the first polarity can be inserted into the first porous structure 10 in the edge area to communicate with the electrode located in the edge area.
- At least one of the supporting portion 80, the intermediate body 20, and the protruding structure 21 is in conductive contact.
- the first polarity electrode 407 of FIG. 63 is inserted into the inside of the first porous structure 10 from the edge, and is in contact with the leftmost support portion 80 and the convex structure 21; the first polarity electrode 408 is connected to the intermediate body 20 is in contact with the rightmost side of the first porous structure 10.
- the first polarity electrodes 407 and 408 schematically represent two electrodes of the same polarity.
- the side electrode can also be applied to the case where there is no support part or the support part is not conductive, as long as there are other intermediates (such as the sandwich part) that can directly contact the side electrode, or the side electrode can pass through
- the first porous structure 10 in the edge area can be conducted to other intermediates (such as the sandwich portion), which can shorten the current flow path to a certain extent and improve the welding efficiency.
- FIG. 63 Another deformation, as shown in FIG. 63, while the side electrodes are provided, the indenter 490 is replaced by another electrode 401 of the first polarity (FIG. 62), and the other electrode 401 of the first polarity is simultaneously Provide another current, and apply pressure from the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and cooperate with the electrode 402 of the second polarity to compress the composite body and the substrate 30.
- the supporting part itself can be integrally formed or connected with the first porous structure 10 and/or the interlayer part, etc., or can be installed later (at any time before welding); in addition to the production or welding
- the surface to be fixed of the content is a flat surface
- a part of the side surface of the cylindrical support portion can be cut off to form a flat surface to increase the surface for fixing the content; when the surface to be fixed of the content is other shapes, similarly Process the suitable surface shape for the support part.
- a notch is opened in a certain part of the supporting part to fix the contents or to provide a component that can fix the contents. If the notch is formed before the resistance welding, it may be due to the gap at the notch. And affect the conductive effect of the support part itself.
- the supporting part can even be opened, cut off or completely removed (as shown in Figure 41, the supporting part has two sections 825a and 825b, and the section 825a is removed; the supporting section 828 in Figure 42 is removed as a whole), Therefore, more area is reserved in the first porous structure 10 to design the accommodation space and place the contents, or directly remove the space left by the support part to place the contents or fix the contents.
- the supporting portion and the accommodating space or the characteristics related to the contents can be applied to other embodiments.
- the top surface of the support portion is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (such as the support portion 83 in FIGS. 58 and 59). After the resistance welding is completed, the part of the support part higher than the top surface of the first porous structure 10 can be cut to avoid the support part protruding from the surface of the product during subsequent use.
- one or more of the supporting parts can be kept higher than the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the higher part of the other supporting parts can be removed), and the content (or package)
- Corresponding nesting structure for example, an annular structure formed by adapting the cross section of the supporting part
- the top surface of the supporting part can be higher than, Equal to or lower than the top surface of the nested structure.
- the content of this example is located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (located next to the supporting part), and is further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface can remain flush Or form a downward depression to place the contents), or the contents may be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10. As shown in FIG.
- the containing space 438 has a solid edge interface, and the nested structure 481 is set at the position where the adjacent supporting portion 822 is higher than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the containing space 438 The bottom is suspended and does not contact the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (it can be understood that if the containing space 438 is located further down, the bottom can be carried by the top surface of the first porous structure 10).
- the first porous structure 10 on the periphery of the top of one or more of the supporting parts is removed to expose the top of the supporting part to accommodate
- the nesting structure of the object or the covering body, the solid edge interface of the containing space, etc.
- the nesting structure of the object is sleeved on the top of the supporting part to fix the content.
- the top of the supporting portion 805 in FIG. 153 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the supporting portion 805 itself is inserted into the gap 100 formed in the first porous structure 10, and the accommodating space 430 has
- the nested structure 481 can be sleeved to the top of the supporting portion 805 by using the gap 100, and a depression can be formed in the corresponding area of the top of the first porous structure 10 to carry the containing space 430.
- the supporting portion 811 of FIG. 38 is directly inserted into the first porous structure 10 (without peripheral spacing gaps), and the top of the supporting portion 811 is lower than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and the first porous structure is placed in the corresponding area.
- the top of the structure 10 is removed to form a recess, and the top of the support portion 811 is exposed.
- a nested structure 481 provided by a solid body 61 is directly sleeved on the top of the support portion 811.
- the solid body 61 itself is also covered by the first porous structure 10 in the recess. Bearer.
- the nesting structure of the container (or the covering body, the physical edge interface of the accommodating space, etc.) can also be sleeved on the support part.
- the corresponding position (the first porous structure 10 near the position is removed, and there are channels or openings connected to the vicinity of the position).
- the nesting structure can be made into a closed-loop structure ( Figure 49 provides an example of a closed-loop nesting structure 481); and if it is nested on the support portion Other heights, or inconvenient to set directly from the top or bottom, the nested structure can be made into a non-closed loop structure (for example, the nested structures on both sides form an outward arch, and the cylindrical support on both sides The surfaces are in close contact to implement fixation;
- Figure 50 provides an example of a non-closed loop nesting structure 482). As shown in FIG.
- the first porous structure 10 between the lower half of the supporting parts 807 and 708 is removed, forming a gap 101 for placing the entity 61, and the entity 61 is provided with a non-closed loop nesting structure 482. It can be fixed in close contact with the supporting parts 807 and 808 on both sides.
- one or some of the supporting parts are completely removed or a part is removed to leave a corresponding gap in the first porous structure 10, in the container (or the covering body, the entity of the containing space)
- a matching embedded structure (such as column, bolt, block, plate, etc.) is formed at the edge interface, etc., and the embedded structure can be embedded in the gap left by the removal of the support part, using the side of the gap
- the first porous structure 10 restricts the embedded structure to prevent lateral sliding. If the embedded structure is tightly fitted with the gap, the contents and the like are fixed thereby; if the two are not tightly fitted, they can mainly serve as the aforementioned limiting function, and further cooperate with other parts of the connecting structure to fix the contents and the like.
- the content can be located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (located next to the gap), and can be further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface can remain flush Or form a downward depression to place the contents), or the contents may be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the supporting part of Figure 41 is composed of two sections 825a and 825b.
- Section 825a is removed and a gap 104 is left, so that the embedded structure 483 provided at the bottom of an entity 61 can be inserted into the gap 104, so that the entity 61 can be fixed.
- a supporting portion 828 is completely removed to leave a gap 106, and an embedded structure at the bottom of the entity 61 is inserted into the gap 106, so that the entity 61 can be fixed.
- the entity 61 in the two examples can be inserted deep enough to be carried by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 at the same time; or, the entity 61 can pass through the first porous structure 10 at the gap 104 or 106 and the embedded The structure is matched to implement fixation without contacting the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the embedding structure in the above example is roughly arranged vertically; in another example, a horizontal embedding structure can also be provided on the entity and inserted into the gap or gap of the support part, the pores of the first porous structure 10, etc.
- the entity is fixed.
- the accommodating space 429 of FIG. 40 has a solid edge interface, and the embedded structures 483 respectively provided on both sides are inserted into the adjacent supporting parts 823; the accommodating space 429 is also carried by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 .
- FIG. 51 shows an example of the embedded structure 483 in the horizontal direction. It can be understood that, in the example similar to FIG. 37, the nesting structure 482 of the entity 61 is replaced with a horizontal embedded structure (the supporting part 807 needs to have corresponding notches for insertion), and the entity 61 can also be fixed.
- the supporting portion is inserted into the gap formed at the first porous structure 10, and there is a gap between the supporting portion and the first porous structure 10 around it;
- a nested structure that matches the support part, or an embedded structure that matches the gap for example, a hollow cylinder
- the content A nested structure such as the like is sleeved on the support part, or an embedded structure is inserted into the gap. If the nesting or embedding is tightly fitted, the contents can be fixed by this; otherwise, other parts of the connecting structure (such as the support part, the first porous structure 10, etc.) can be used for fixing.
- the contents can be located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (next to the supporting part), and further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface can be kept in the original flush state or formed A downward depression to place the contents), or the contents, etc. may also be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the bottom of an entity 61 in FIG. 42 is provided with an integrated nesting structure and an embedded structure 484, which is inserted into the gap 107 at the periphery of the top of a supporting portion 829, and at the same time is sleeved on the top of the supporting portion 829; the top of the supporting portion 829 Originally lower than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, the first porous structure 10 at the periphery of the top of the support portion 829 removes a part of the first porous structure 10 to form the void 107. It can be understood that the support part 806 similar to FIG. 153 is inserted into a gap 100 in the first porous structure 10, and the integrated nesting structure and embedded structure can also be inserted into the gap 100 through the support part 806. (Or cooperate with the surrounding first porous structure 10, etc.) to fix the entity.
- the nested structures 481, 482 and the embedded structure 483 shown in FIGS. 37-40 and 49-51 are located on both sides of the entity 61 or the accommodation space, the actual nested structures 481, 482 or the embedded structure 483 There is no limit to the number or location of settings.
- an entity has a greater number or more directions of nested structures 481, 482 and embedded structures 483 to match more supporting parts for fixing at the same time.
- an entity has fewer nesting structures or embedded structures, and it can also be fixed by supporting parts alone or by cooperating with the surrounding first porous structure 10 or the like.
- the number or position of the structure and the embedded structure is not limited; when an entity or containing space has a larger number or more directions of embedded structures or an integrated nested structure and embedded structure, each of them can correspond to the supporting part one-to-one , Or at least one supporting part can match with one of the embedded structure or the integrated nested structure and embedded structure.
- the first polarity electrode near the side of the first porous structure 10 includes one or more single electrodes.
- the monomer of the electrode can be inserted into the gap formed in the first porous structure 10, and the intermediate interlayer part exposed in the gap (such as the intermediate body 20, the convex structure 21, the convex structure 21) The intermediate body 20, etc.) are in direct contact; or, the gap is not directly connected to the interlayer part, but a part of the first porous structure 10 remains at the bottom of the gap, and the monomer of the electrode is in contact with this part of the first porous structure.
- the sexual structure 10 is in direct contact (not shown in the figure), so that the current is conducted through this part of the first porous structure 10 to the interlayer part of the intermediate.
- the electrode unit may be in contact with the first porous structure 10 beside the gap into which it is inserted, or may be separated by a gap or an insulator.
- a plurality of monomers 409 of the first polarity electrode are respectively inserted into the voids in the first porous structure 10, and then directly contact the top surface of the intermediate body 20; as shown in Fig. 69
- the electrode 401 of the first polarity is a large plate electrode, which contacts several conductive media 4011 at the same time, and each conductive media 4011 is inserted into the gap in the first porous structure 10, and then directly contacts the top of the intermediate body 20.
- the intermediate body 20 of Fig. 64 and Fig. 69 has a raised structure 21, and the intermediate body 20 of Fig. 66 does not have a raised structure 21).
- the single electrode of the electrode can also be inserted into the gap formed in the support portion, and directly conductively contact the support portion (the top surface of the support portion can be higher or lower than or equal to the top surface of the first porous structure 10).
- the gap of the support part is recessed downward from the top surface of the support part).
- the intermediate body of this example may include only the support part, or both the support part and the interlayer part (such as the intermediate body 20, the raised structure 21, the intermediate body 20 with the raised structure 21).
- Part of the first porous structure 10 is allowed to exist between the supporting part and the interlayer part, or between the supporting part and the substrate 30. More preferably, the support part and the interlayer part have direct conductive contact to conduct current.
- the multiple cells 409 of the electrode are inserted into the recesses on the top of the support portion 831, and are in direct contact with the support portion 831; as shown in FIG. 70, the electrode 401 of the first polarity is a large plate electrode , It is in contact with several conductive media 4011 at the same time, and each conductive media 4011 is inserted into the recess at the top of the support portion 831, and directly contacts the support portion 831 (the intermediate body 20 of FIG. 70 has a convex structure 21, the middle of FIG. 67 The body main body 20 has no protrusion structure 21).
- the current may not pass (or pass less) through the first porous structure 10 to improve conductivity and avoid damage to the exposed first porous structure 10.
- the inserted electrode unit 409 or conductive medium 4011 is removed, leaving a gap 108 in the first porous structure 10 (FIG. 65) or a gap 110 in the support portion 831 (FIG. 68);
- These voids 108 or 110 can be used directly as containing spaces to place the content; or, these voids 108 or 110 can be used to set the embedded structure formed at the content (or its covering body, the physical edge interface of the containing space, etc.) ( For example, the bottom of the receiving space 443 in FIGS.
- the contents etc. can be fixed by this; otherwise, the contents etc. can be fixed by fitting the first porous structure 10 or the supporting part beside the gap.
- the content may be located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and may be further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface may remain flush or form a downward depression To place the contents), or the contents, etc. may also be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- the example is described by inserting the electrode monomer from the top, it can be understood that if the electrode monomer is inserted into the first porous structure 10 from other directions (such as the side) or into the gap of the support part (opened laterally), the implementation Resistance welding and the use of voids to set the contents or its embedded structure can also be realized.
- Figs. 71 to 85 in this embodiment, some examples of using the support portion to provide other components are provided, and the accommodating space and the contents are designed accordingly.
- the supporting part 80 in the figure still uses a supporting column as an example.
- the supporting portion 80 corresponds to and is in contact with the raised structure 21 of the interlayer portion, and the interlayer portion further includes an intermediate body 20.
- the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982 can be provided on the supporting part 80 to construct the edge interface of the containing space, or it can be directly used to fix the containment (or its covering body) (carrying, connecting, tightly fitting or restricting). Bit etc.). Both ends of each coupling body 981 are respectively connected to two supporting parts 80. One end of each extension 982 is connected to the support portion 80, and the other end may extend to other components (such as the first porous structure 10) or the other end may be open.
- the connecting body 981 of FIG. 71 is connected to the lower part of the supporting part 80 and is substantially flush with the intermediate body 21 of the interlayer part, and the top surface of the connecting body 981 becomes the edge interface of the bottom of the containing space 459.
- the connecting body 981 of FIG. 72 is connected to the upper part of the supporting part 80, which is higher than the intermediate body 21, and a pocket-shaped receiving space 460 is formed below the connecting body 981, and the connecting body 981 becomes the edge interface of the top.
- One end of the extension 982 as shown in Figure 73 is connected to the lower part of the left support part 80, and the other end is open (a part of the first porous structure 10 is left between the other support part 80 on the right); the accommodation space 461 is formed in Between the two support parts 80, one part is located above the extension body 982, and the other part laterally extends beyond the range of the extension body 982, and is opened in the first porous structure 10 between the extension body 982 and the right support part 80; The body 982 is substantially flush with the intermediate body 20.
- the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982 can also be in contact with or connected to other parts of the connecting structure, such as the first porous structure 10 supporting from below; or, the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982 can be suspended, for example at a corresponding position.
- the first porous structure 10 is removed, and the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982 is not in contact with the first porous structure 10 or the like (but is fixed by the connected supporting part 80).
- one side of the middle support part 80 is connected to an extension body 982a, and the other side is provided with a notch to connect an extension body 982b;
- the two extension bodies 982a and 982b are located at different heights, and their top surfaces respectively become accommodating spaces
- the edge interface at the bottom of 462 and 463, the opening at the top of the accommodating space 462, 463 is connected to the outer space;
- the accommodating space 463 also has an edge interface on one side of the supporting part 80 in the middle;
- the accommodating space 462 is not adjacent to the supporting part 80;
- the body 982a is suspended below the body 982a, and the left end can abut against a support end of the first porous structure 10; the part of the first porous structure 10 left under the extension body 982b can carry it; the sandwich part of this example There is no intermediate body.
- the shape, size, and quantity of the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982 are not limited, and may be plate-shaped, strip-shaped, rod-shaped, etc.; if it does not affect the placement or use of the contents, or the passage or opening of the accommodating space is formed thereby, the connection
- the body 981/extended body 982 may be hollowed out, or there may be a gap between adjacent connecting bodies 981/extended body 982 corresponding to the same edge interface.
- One connecting body 981 can correspond to a certain side edge interface of the accommodating space, covering all or part of the side edge interface; or, multiple connecting bodies 981 (or extension 982) can simultaneously correspond to the accommodating space
- a certain side edge interface of the side edge interface cooperatively covers all or part of the area corresponding to the side edge interface (multiple connecting bodies 981/extensions 982 covering part of the area, which can be arranged at intervals, or close to each other without interval of).
- the connecting body 981 and the extension body 982 can be provided at the same time or at different time; they can be located at the same side edge interface or at different edge interfaces; they can be connected to the same supporting part 80 or to different supporting parts 80.
- the two supporting parts 80 respectively connected to the two ends of the connecting body 981 may be two adjacent or opposite edge interfaces in the containing space. Between two adjacent support parts 80, one or more coupling bodies 981 may be provided.
- the two extensions 982 at the same edge interface of the accommodation space they can be arranged at the same height or at different heights, and the ends of the two extensions 982 that are not connected to the support portion 80 can be close to each other or left. There is a separation distance.
- the connecting body 981c shown in FIG. 82 is a sheet body corresponding to the edge interface in a certain direction of the containing space, and each side of the left and right sides of the connecting body 981c is connected with two supporting parts.
- the connecting bodies 981d and 981e are strip-shaped, each having one end connected to the same supporting part, the two connecting bodies 981d, 981e are located at different heights;
- the extension 982c is strip-shaped, which is connected to the connecting body 981e At the same height, they are separated from each other and are located at the edge interface on the same side of the containing space.
- the connecting body 981/extending body 982 may be integrally formed with the support portion 80, or the connecting body 981/extending body 982 may be an additional component (after being separately formed, it is connected to the support portion 80, and it can be set before fixing the contents, etc.) ).
- the wall panels, filling surfaces, polymer material layers, partitions, etc. described in other embodiments can all be used as the connecting body 981/extension body 982. If it is set before the resistance welding is implemented, it is preferable to use a conductive material (such as a solid or high-density porous structure) to make the connecting body 981/extension body 982.
- An exemplary accommodation space as shown in FIG. 72, includes: a connecting body 981, surrounding (both sides or above) support portions 80, the intermediate body 20 within the range of the accommodation space is provided with a gap; the connecting body 981 is located in the gap Above.
- the supporting portion 80 is inserted into the first porous structure 10 and connected to the intermediate body 20 adjacent to the containing space, and the connecting body 981 separates the upper first porous structure 10.
- a pocket-like containing space 460 is formed between the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, and the base (not shown in the figure) below the gap of the intermediate body 20, a pocket-like containing space 460 is formed.
- a pocket-like containing space 460 is formed between the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, and the base (not shown in the figure) below the gap of the intermediate body 20, a pocket-like containing space 460 is formed.
- the content (entity 61) can be tightly fitted with the surrounding support portion 80; or, the content (entity 61) can be carried by the base 30 under the gap of the intermediate body 20; or, the content can be at least one
- the side components (such as the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, and the base 30) are fixedly connected, and the arrangement of the contents is not limited to these examples.
- the gap opened in the intermediate body 20 can be used as a channel or opening of the accommodating space 460; the channel or opening can also be opened in other positions (such as the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, etc.).
- An exemplary containing space as shown in FIG. 75, includes: a connecting body 981, surrounding (both sides or above) supporting parts 80, the intermediate body 20 within the containing space 464 is provided with a gap, and an extension is also formed in the gap ⁇ 982.
- the supporting part 80 is inserted into the first porous structure 10 and connected to the intermediate body 20 adjacent to the containing space.
- the connecting body 981 is arranged above the gap of the intermediate body 20 and the extension body 982, which connects the upper part The porous structure 10 is separated. In this way, between the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, and the intermediate body 20 with the extension body 982, a pocket structure similar to a closed bottom is formed as a receiving space 464.
- the extension 982 in this example can be constructed from a part of the intermediate body 20; it can also be an additional component, such as the material, thickness, and height from the base 30, which can be the same as or different from the intermediate body 20.
- the extensions 982 on the left and right sides shown in FIG. 75 can be different parts of the same extension (a ring-shaped extension 982d as shown in FIG. 84); or two independent extensions (as shown in FIG. 85).
- the extensions 982e) shown are each connected to the supporting portion 80 on the corresponding side.
- the material, thickness, and height from the base 30 of the two extensions can be the same or different.
- the edge of the container can be carried by the extension 982 to prevent it from falling. If necessary, it can also be further fixedly connected with the extension 982 ( Figure 77 is also shown in a solid 61 is stuck between the extensions 982 on both sides).
- the other parts of the contents may not be in contact with the base 30, the connecting body 981, the supporting part 80, etc. under the gap of the intermediate body 20; or the contents may be formed by the base 30 (or by the base 30 and the extension 982 at the same time) Carrying; or, the contents may be further connected to one or more of the base 30, the coupling body 981, and the supporting portion 80, and the arrangement of the contents is not limited to these examples.
- the gap opened in the intermediate body 20 can be used as a channel or opening of the containing space; the channel or opening can also be opened in other positions (such as the connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, the extension body, etc.).
- a receiving space 465 through the upper connecting body 981, the supporting portion 80, the intermediate body 20 with the notch and the extension 982, forms a pocket structure similar to a closed bottom;
- the connecting body 981 is provided with a plurality of openings.
- the hole 78 can be connected to the first porous structure 10 above the connecting body 981 and further connected to the external open space.
- An exemplary accommodating space includes: an upper first coupling body 981a, a surrounding (both sides or above) support portion 80, and a lower second coupling body 981b.
- the supporting portion 80 is inserted into the first porous structure 10 and connected to the intermediate body 20 beside the containing space, and the first connecting body 981a separates the upper first porous structure 10.
- the second connecting body 981b may be a part of the intermediate body 20 or a component independent of the intermediate body 20.
- the two ends of the second connecting body 981b are respectively connected to the supporting parts 80 on both sides thereof. If it is an independently molded part, the material, thickness, and height from the base 30 of the second coupling body 981b may be the same as or different from the intermediate body 20.
- the contents placed in the accommodating space can be carried by the second connecting body 981b, and can also be fixedly connected with the second connecting body 981b when necessary; other parts of the contents may not be connected to the first connecting body 981a and the supporting part 80. Contact, or may be further connected with the first coupling body 981a and/or the supporting portion 80.
- the accommodating spaces 466 and 467 shown in Figs. 79 and 80 each include a first connecting body 981a, a supporting portion 80, and a second connecting body 981b; the first connecting body 981a is provided with a number of through holes 78, which can be connected to the connecting body 981a.
- the first porous structure 10 above the body 981 is further connected to the external open space; the second connecting body 981b is provided with a number of through holes 79, which can be connected to the gap below the second connecting body 981b, and thus can connect the protruding structure 21 and The gap between the substrates 30.
- the through hole 79 in FIG. 79 is open, and the through hole 79 in FIG. 80 is closed by the closing body 95.
- the accommodating space 468 shown in FIG. 81 includes a first connecting body 981a, a supporting portion 80, and a second connecting body 981b; the first connecting body 981a is provided with a plurality of through holes 78, which can be connected to the first connecting body 981.
- the porous structure 10 is further connected to the external open space, and the through hole 78 is closed by the closing body 96; the second connecting body 981b does not have a through hole.
- the supporting portion 80 corresponds to at least the two sides of the containing space, as shown in the left and right directions (each side has at least one); the edge interface corresponding to the front/rear direction of the paper can be There are one or more supporting parts 80, or there may be no supporting parts 80.
- the adjacent support parts 80 may be connected with other connecting bodies 981 and/ Or extending body 982, or without connecting body 981 or extending body 982, and directly facing the first porous structure 10 outside the scope of the containing space (even in some examples, it can also be connected to the external open space, or connected to the containing space
- the intermediate body 20 or the base 30 adjacent to a certain side of the space may be connected with other connecting bodies 981 and/ Or extending body 982, or without connecting body 981 or extending body 982, and directly facing the first porous structure 10 outside the scope of the containing space (even in some examples, it can also be connected to the external open space, or connected to the containing space
- the intermediate body 20 or the base 30 adjacent to a certain side of the space may be connected with other connecting bodies 981 and/ Or extending body 982, or without connecting body 981 or extending body 982, and directly facing the first porous structure 10 outside the scope of the containing space (even in some examples, it can also be connected to the external open space, or connected
- the illustration is based on the example that the base 30, the extension body 982, and the second connecting body 981b are carried on the bottom of the container, and if the entire structure is subject to changes in orientation (for example, the orientation difference between production and use, or During use, there are changes in orientation, etc.), the component structures in other directions (the upper connecting body 981 / the first connecting body 981a, the supporting portion 80, the surrounding first porous structure 10, etc.) can also be individually or in combination Fix the contents (such as load bearing, connection, tight fit or limit, etc.). Certain positions that are not in contact with and not connected to the content can be open. On the basis of ensuring that the content can be fixed, a part of the content is allowed to exceed these open boundaries (that is, beyond certain boundaries of the containing space).
- the supporting portion 80 with the connecting body 981 or the extension body 982, and the characteristics related to the accommodating space or the contents can be applied to other embodiments.
- the exemplary intermediate body 20 includes a bottom, which can be of any shape and size, and is a porous structure or a solid body with a density higher than that of the first porous structure 10.
- the intermediate body 20 includes a bottom and extends to at least one side above the bottom to form the periphery of the intermediate body 20; the bottom and the periphery of the intermediate body 20 may have the same or different shapes and sizes (such as Thickness), density, etc.; preferably, the density of the bottom and the periphery of the intermediate body 20 is higher than the density of the first porous structure 10 (it is a denser porous structure or solid body).
- FIG. 86 shows a case where a concave portion is provided on the base 30, the composite of the first porous structure 10 and the intermediate body 20 is embedded in the concave portion, and the bottom 20a and the periphery 20b of the intermediate body 20 and the concave portion of the base 30
- the top surface 30a and the side edges 30b of the device are in corresponding contact, and the contact surfaces are respectively welded and fixed (symbol 40 schematically indicates that the two are welded).
- the present invention does not limit the shape, size, or position of the recessed portion on the substrate 30; nor is it limited to other examples, only on the contact surface between the intermediate body 20 and the substrate 30 or a part of the recessed portion.
- the composite body may have both a part embedded in the recess and a part contacting the non-recessed portion of the substrate 30 (such as the part contacting the surface 33 of the substrate 30 beside the opening of the recess). These contact parts of the body can all be welded to the corresponding positions of the base 30 or only some of them are welded to the corresponding positions of the base 30.
- the following structural changes can be made:
- the side 30b of the recess of the base 30 and the top surface 30a of the recess are approximately perpendicular; the periphery 20b of the intermediate body 20 and the bottom 20a are also approximately perpendicular.
- Fig. 87 all sides of the concave portion of the base 30 (shown as both sides) are inclined inclined surfaces 321; in Fig. 5, part of the sides of the concave portion of the base 30 are inclined surfaces 321 (one side of the concave portion shown is an inclined surface, and the other side is The edge is approximately perpendicular to the top surface of the recess).
- the inclined side of the recess of the base 30 indicates that a set angle is formed between the side of the recess of the base 30 and the top surface of the recess; the angle is preferably an acute angle; then the recess (cross section) It is a trapezoid with a narrow top and a wide bottom. The farther away from the top surface of the recess, the smaller the opening of the recess.
- the periphery of the intermediate body 20 is also correspondingly provided as an inclined inclined surface 221, which also has a set angle (preferably an acute angle) with the bottom of the intermediate body 20; therefore, the first porous structure 10 and the middle
- the inclined periphery (inclined surface 221) of the intermediate body 20 can be matched with the inclined side (inclined surface 321) of the concave portion of the base 30; the bottom and periphery of the intermediate main body 20 and the base 30
- the top surface and the side edge of the recess are in corresponding contact, and these contact surfaces are respectively welded and fixed.
- the present invention does not specifically limit the location, welding position, shape (such as curved surface, arc surface, etc.), size, etc. of the contact surface between the intermediate body 20 and the substrate 30 (or its recessed portion), and can be based on actual applications. Situation design.
- a buckle structure is correspondingly provided between the concave portion of the base 30 and the contact surface of the intermediate body 20.
- Figure 92 shows that each side of the recess of the base 30 and each side of the periphery of the intermediate body 20 (shown as both sides) are correspondingly provided with a buckle structure;
- Figure 93 shows part of the side and middle of the recess of the base 30 A part of the periphery of the body main body 20 is correspondingly provided with a buckle structure (there is a buckle structure on one side of the figure, and not on the other side).
- the buckle structure for example, is provided with a limiting opening 322 on the side of the recess, for example, in the form of a recessed hole or a groove; accordingly, a limiting protrusion 222 is provided on the periphery of the intermediate body 20, such as a pin or a strip.
- the shape can be embedded in the limit opening 322 at the corresponding position.
- the limiting protrusion 222 in the buckle structure shown in FIG. 92 or FIG. 93 generally extends laterally outward from the bottom of the intermediate body 20, and is basically located at the junction between the periphery and the bottom of the intermediate body 20 (the limiting opening 322 is located at The corresponding position on the base 30); in other examples, the protrusions in the buckle structure can be formed on the periphery of the intermediate body 20 and/or other positions at the bottom of the intermediate body 20 (the limit opening is set on the base 30 The corresponding position on the upper part) is not limited to the junction between the periphery and the bottom.
- the protrusions in the buckle structure can also be formed on the top surface and/or side of the base 30 (the limit opening is set at the corresponding position on the intermediate body 20) . Therefore, the present invention does not specifically limit the location, position, shape, size, etc. of the buckle structure, and can be designed according to actual application conditions.
- the inclined surface structure and the buckle structure of the contact portion between the recessed portion of the base 30 and the intermediate body 20 can be set individually or in cooperation.
- These structures are collectively referred to as positioning structures, which are mainly used to ensure that the base 30 and the intermediate body 20 are welded to ensure that the two can be closely attached to each other without displacement; and after the welding is completed, it can also play an auxiliary fixing role. .
- the positioning structure such as the inclined surface or the limit opening at the contact surface of the substrate 30 may be formed together when the body of the substrate 30 is formed by a forming process, or may be formed by machining means after the body of the substrate 30 is formed.
- the intermediate body 20 is preferably pre-connected or integrally formed with the first porous structure 10.
- the positioning structure such as the inclined surface or the limiting protrusion at the contact surface of the intermediate body 20 is preferably integrally formed with other parts of the intermediate body 20 and made by 3D printing or other processes (but not limited to some examples, in the middle After the body of the main body 20 is formed, a certain machining method is used to form structures such as slopes or protrusions).
- each of the accommodating spaces 444 to 449 is opened in the first porous structure 10 (the accommodating space 449 is completely formed In the first porous structure 10, there is no direct contact with the intermediate body 20 or the substrate 30).
- the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 is on the side adjacent to the first porous structure 10, and can individually or cooperatively become the edge interface of the containing space; the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 can remain manufactured or implemented The shape during laser welding (such as the intermediate body 20 adjacent to the accommodating spaces 444 and 448), or the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 can be processed (such as forming a gap to expand the accommodating space, etc., such as adjacent to the accommodating space The intermediate body at 445 and 447 20).
- the edge interface in the corresponding direction of the containing space is located inside the intermediate body 20; or, if the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 penetrates through, it will accommodate The edge interface of the space further extends to the top surface or side edge of the recess of the base 30 (for example, the intermediate body 20 adjacent to the receiving space 446).
- the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 When the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20 is used as an edge interface, or when the top surface or side edge of the recess of the base 30 is used as an edge interface, it can be used alone or in conjunction with the edge interface in other directions to fix the contents or its covering. (Bearing, connection, tight fit, limit, etc.).
- the channels or openings of the containing space can be opened at the bottom or periphery of the intermediate body 20, the top surface or the side of the recess of the base 30 (for example, the arrow 77 in FIG. 89 schematically represents a passage through the side 30b of the base 30).
- the periphery 20b of the intermediate body 20 further communicates with the passage of the accommodating space 444).
- the arrangement of the aforementioned accommodation space or the passage/opening therein can avoid the position where the positioning structure (corresponding inclined surface on the contact surface or matching protrusions and limit openings, etc.) is located. Or, if it does not affect the use of other positioning structures, it may be allowed to provide the aforementioned accommodation space or the arrangement of the passage/opening therein at a part of the positioning structure. Or, the positioning structure mainly functions during the welding process. If the receiving space or the channel/opening therein is set after welding, the position of the positioning structure may not be avoided, or the positioning structure may be further used to set the edge interface of the receiving space Or open channels or openings for accommodating space.
- the structure in which the bottom/periphery of the intermediate body 20 is matched with the top surface or side of the recess of the base 30, as well as the accommodating space or the characteristics related to the contents, can be applied to other embodiments.
- the intermediate body is in the form of an anchor point and its application in resistance welding are provided, and the accommodating space and the contents are designed accordingly.
- the intermediate body roughly includes the bottom (or both the bottom and the periphery), and the bottom is roughly in the shape of a sheet or thin plate; the shape and size of an intermediate (or a combination of multiple intermediates) can be combined with the substrate
- the shape and size of the connecting area of the intermediate body are basically the same; the connecting area of the intermediate body and the substrate is welded, so that the first porous structure forming a complex with the intermediate body covers the connecting area of the substrate, forming an exposed surface at the connecting area.
- the main difference from the seventh embodiment is that among the connecting structure of the first porous structure and the substrate described in the eighth embodiment, the intermediate between the first porous structure and the substrate uses the anchor point form.
- the porous structure and a plurality of anchor points are formed into a composite body, and the composite body and the substrate are connected by welding the anchor points and the substrate.
- the anchor point may be solid or a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure.
- Fig. 94 is a top view when the independent anchor point structure is set.
- the intermediates of each anchor point form are independent of each other and are distributed in the first porous structure 10, which is called the independent anchor point structure 200;
- 95 to 97 are three examples, corresponding to the side view in the AA direction shown in FIG. 94.
- a substrate 30 with recesses is used, and the composite of the free-standing anchor structure 200 or 210 and the first porous structure 10 is embedded in the recess of the substrate 30 (the use of other types of substrates 30 and the composite of this example is not limited Body connection).
- Each of the independent anchor point structures 200 shown in FIG. 95 includes a bottom, and the upper part of each independent anchor point structure 200 is spaced apart, leaving a gap 113, and the first porous structure 10 is not formed in the gap 113.
- Each of the independent anchor point structures 200 shown in FIG. 96 includes a bottom, and no gap is left above the bottom of each independent anchor structure 200, and is filled by the first porous structure 10.
- the bottom of each independent anchor structure 200 shown in FIG. 95 or FIG. 96 is welded and fixed to the corresponding position of the top surface of the recess of the base 30 (the symbol 40 in the figure schematically indicates that the connection of the two parts is welding), so as to realize the composite body and Reliable connection of substrate 30.
- Each stand-alone anchor point structure 210 shown in FIG. 97 includes a bottom and a periphery; the side height of the recess of the base 30 and the height of the perimeter of the stand-alone anchor point structure 210 may be equal or unequal (for example, the periphery of the anchor point is not the same). Exceed the height of the side of the recess). In this example, a gap 114 is left above the bottom of the anchor point and in the space enclosed by the periphery, and the first porous structure 10 is not formed; The bottom and the top surface of the concave portion of the base 30 are welded and fixed to the corresponding position to realize the reliable connection between the composite body and the base 30.
- the periphery or bottom of the free-standing anchor structure 210 corresponds to a certain edge interface of the containing space, it is allowed to open a channel or opening to it.
- FIGS. 95 to 97 use laser welding (the free-standing anchor point structure 210 including the periphery shown in FIG. 97 can also be used for resistance welding).
- the gaps 113 and 114 reserved in Fig. 95 or Fig. 97 can be used as accommodating space to place the contents.
- FIG. 99 shows that the free-standing anchor point 200 on the left carries the entity 61 placed in the gap 113, and the free-standing anchor point 200 in the middle further expands the gap 113 to form an accommodation space 453.
- FIG. 98 shows that several independent anchor points 200 carry an entity 61, and the first porous structure 10 above these independent anchor points 200 forms a groove gap for placing the entity 61.
- the gap 114 on the left side of FIG. 101 has scattered contents, and the gap 114 in the middle is embedded in the entity 61 (the entity 61 may partially protrude beyond the top surface of the first porous structure 10);
- the periphery of the free-standing anchor structure 210 can directly become an edge interface of a receiving space 451 between the two.
- these gaps 113, 114 can also be used to set the embedded structure formed at the container (or its covering body, the solid edge interface of the container space, etc.) (see Embodiment 5 for coordination; FIG. 99
- the embedding structure 483 at the bottom of the physical edge interface of the receiving space 454 is inserted into the gap 113 on the right; the embedding structure 483 at the bottom of the physical edge interface of the housing space 452 in FIG. 101 is inserted into the gap 114 on the right).
- the contents can be fixed by this; otherwise, the first porous structure 10 or the periphery of the anchor point or the side of the base 30 can be used to accommodate the first porous structure 10 beside the gap 113 or 114. Entities such as objects are fixed.
- the contents may be located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and may be further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface may remain in the original flush state or form a downward depression To place the contents), or the contents and other entities may also be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- brackets/beams above the free-standing anchor point structure 200 may be cut during laser welding to form a gap 113 similar to that in Figure 95, or the free-standing anchor point structure may be directly welded after welding.
- the first porous structure 10 above 200 is removed, forming a void 113 similar to that in FIG. 95 for placing contents or fixing the embedded structure.
- the independent anchor point structures 200 and 210 of the above examples are not arranged at the edge of the composite body; the first porous structure 10 at the edge is located on the periphery of the corresponding independent anchor point structures 210 and the side of the recess of the base 30 Between the edges, they are in direct contact with the side edges of the recesses of the base 30 (you can only keep the two in contact ( Figure 97); or in some examples, the anchor point and the base 30 are still welded as the main material, but in the first porosity Welding points are added between the structure 10 and the side of the recess of the base 30).
- the anchor point can be set to the edge of the composite body, so that the free-standing anchor point structure 210 is closer to the periphery of the edge, and directly contacts the side of the recess of the base 30; or it can be placed in the free-standing anchor point structure.
- Welding points are added to the periphery of 210 and the side of the recess of the base 30; or, a matching inclined surface and/or a buckle or other positioning structure can be further provided between the two.
- the content of the accommodation space and the content, and the opening of the channel/opening can also be referred to the bottom/periphery of the intermediate body and the recess of the base in the seventh embodiment.
- the independent anchor point structure For the above-mentioned independent anchor point structure, several intermediates in the form of anchor points are independent of each other and form a complex with the first porous structure; the shape and size of a complex (or a combination of multiple complexes), It can be basically consistent with the shape and size of the connection area on the substrate; the independent anchor point structure is welded to the corresponding point of the connection area of the substrate, so that the composite body covers the connection area of the substrate, (mainly composed of the first porous structure) The exposed surface of the connection area.
- the intermediate between the first porous structure and the substrate uses a connected anchor point structure, that is, it contains a plurality of anchor points, and each anchor point The points and at least one other anchor point are also connected to each other through a connecting body.
- the first porous structure, the anchor point and its connecting body are formed into a composite body, and the composite body and the substrate are connected by welding the anchor point and the substrate.
- the material of the connecting body and the anchor point are the same, and the shape can be the same or different;
- the anchor point can be solid, or a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure;
- the connecting body between the anchor points can be solid , Or a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure; when the anchor point and the connecting body are both porous structures, the density of the two can be the same or inconsistent.
- the anchor point and the connecting body are preferably integrally formed by 3D printing or other means; but it is not limited in some examples, the two are formed separately (assisted by machining) and then combined together.
- FIG. 102 is a top view when a connecting anchor point structure is set.
- a plurality of anchor points 220 and a connecting body 250 connecting part of the anchor points 220 are located in the first porous structure 10.
- the shape of the connecting body 250 (such as a strip or a sheet, whether regular or irregular) and size are not limited; the anchor points 220 connected to each other through the connecting body 250 may be adjacent or non-adjacent .
- Fig. 103 to Fig. 107 are five examples of the connecting anchor structure, corresponding to the side view of the A-A direction shown in Fig. 102.
- a substrate 30 with a concave portion is used, and the composite of the coupling anchor structure and the first porous structure 10 is embedded in the concave portion of the substrate 30 (the use of other types of substrate 30 is not limited to be connected to the composite of this example) .
- the welding operation is performed at intervals, and the position of the welding point corresponds to the anchor point 220, and the connecting body 250 is between the anchor points 220 (the anchor point 220 in the two examples is connected to the anchor point 220).
- the shape of the connecting body 250 itself may not be different, and it is an extension of the same component). That is, the bottom of each anchor point 220 is welded and fixed to the corresponding position of the top surface of the recess of the base 30 to achieve a reliable connection between the composite body and the base 30.
- a first porous structure 10 is formed above the connecting body 250; and a gap 115 is left above each anchor point 220 shown in FIG. 13, and there is no first porous structure 10 in the gap 115; There is no void above the anchor point 220 and is filled by the first porous structure 10.
- Each anchor point 230 in FIG. 105 includes a bottom and a periphery, and each connecting body includes a bottom 251 (in contrast, the anchor point 220 and the connecting body 250 in FIG. 103 or FIG. 104 respectively include the bottom); part of the anchor point 230 The bottom is connected with the bottom 251 of the corresponding coupling body.
- the height of the side of the concave portion of the base 30 and the height of the periphery of the anchor point 230 may be equal or not equal (for example, the periphery of the anchor point 230 does not exceed the height of the side of the concave portion).
- a gap 116 is left above the bottom of the anchor point 230 in the space enclosed by the periphery, and the first porous structure 10 is not formed; the welding operation is performed in the gap 116 to connect the bottom of each anchor point 230 with Corresponding positions of the top surface of the concave portion of the base 30 are welded and fixed to achieve a reliable connection between the composite body (the first porous structure 10) and the base 30.
- the gap 115 or 116 can be used as a accommodating space to place the contents.
- use these voids 115 or 116 to set the embedded structure formed at the container (or its covering body, the solid edge interface of the containing space, etc.) see Embodiment 5; and refer to the void 113 shown in FIG. 99 and FIG. 101).
- 146 set the content example).
- the content can be fixed by this; otherwise, the first porous structure 10 or the periphery of the anchor point or the side of the base 30 can be matched to the content by the first porous structure 10 beside the gap 115 or 116. Wait for fixing.
- the content may be located on the top surface of the first porous structure 10, and may be further carried or connected by the top surface of the first porous structure 10 (the top surface may remain flush or form a downward depression To place the contents), or the contents, etc. may also be suspended without contact with the top surface of the first porous structure 10.
- some anchor points 220 can be connected to the upper part of the connecting body 250, for example, the gap 115 can be enlarged to construct the accommodation space 457.
- the accommodating space 458 is partially opened in the first porous structure 10, and the lower part penetrates the connecting body 250 and extends to the groove at the base; or, the upper part of the connecting body 250 can directly carry the entity 61.
- FIG. 110 the accommodating space 458 is partially opened in the first porous structure 10, and the lower part penetrates the connecting body 250 and extends to the groove at the base; or, the upper part of the connecting body 250 can directly carry the entity 61.
- the periphery of the left anchor point 230 is removed, and a gap is formed on the bottom 251 of the anchor point 230 and the connecting body next to it to construct the accommodation space 456, and the left periphery of the middle anchor point 230 serves as the accommodation At the edge interface on the right of the space 456, the accommodating space 456 is connected to the external open space.
- Each coupling part in FIG. 106 or FIG. 107 includes a bottom portion 251 and a side wall 252 established on the bottom portion 251; each anchor point 240 includes a bottom portion.
- the bottom of part of the anchor point 240 is connected to the bottom 251 of the corresponding coupling body (may be a lateral extension of a component).
- the height of the side of the recess of the base 30 and the height of the side wall 252 of the connecting body may be equal or not equal (for example, the side wall 252 of the connecting body does not exceed the height of the side of the recess).
- the side walls 252 of different coupling bodies may have the same or different heights (see FIG. 106 and FIG. 107 respectively).
- each anchor point 240 It is welded and fixed to the corresponding position of the top surface of the recess of the base 30 to realize the reliable connection between the composite body and the base 30.
- the side wall 252 of the connecting portion can be used as a certain side edge interface of the containing space (a side wall 252 of Fig. 108 is used to connect the entity 61); the bottom 251 of the connecting portion is alone or with nearby anchor points 240 connected to it. At the same time, it can also be used as a side edge interface of the containing space.
- the edge interface can be used alone, or matched with other edge interfaces of the containing space, or with other components (first porous structure 10, base 30, other intermediates, etc.) to fix the content (carry, connect, tightly fit, etc.) Or limit).
- the sidewalls 252 of the connecting body in FIG. 112 have the same height, but are lower than the top surface of the first porous structure 10, so the void here is used to place the entity 61, and the top of the sidewall 252 carries it.
- the anchor point including the periphery shown in FIG. 105, or the connecting portion including the side wall in FIG. 106 or FIG. 107 can also be used for resistance welding.
- the periphery or bottom of the anchor point, the bottom or side wall of the connecting part, corresponding to a certain edge interface of the containing space it is allowed to open a channel or opening to it (as shown in Figure 109 with an arrow 78' as a schematic representation of a place passing through from the outside).
- the passage through the base and the connecting portion 250 is then connected to the accommodating space 457; as shown in Figure 113, an opening 78" is provided on the side wall 252 of the connecting portion).
- the connecting anchor structure is not arranged at the edge of the composite body; the first porous structure 10 at the edge is located on the side of the recess of the base 30 and corresponding connecting anchor structures (Such as the periphery of the anchor point 230 or the side wall 252 of the connecting body); the first porous structure 10 at the edge is directly in contact with the side of the recess of the base 30 (the two can only be kept in contact; or in some examples
- the anchor point and the base 30 are still mainly welded, and a weld point is added between the first porous structure 10 and the side wall of the recess of the base 30).
- At least part of the anchor points and/or at least part of the connecting body of the linked anchor point structure can be arranged at the edge of the composite body; At the edge, the periphery of the anchor point/the side wall of the coupling body can directly contact the side wall of the base recess; or, the periphery of the anchor point/the side wall of the coupling body can add welding points to the side of the base recess, and Alternatively, a positioning structure such as a matching slope and/or a buckle can be further provided between the periphery of the anchor point/the side wall of the coupling body and the side of the base recess (see Embodiment 1).
- joint anchor point structures in the legend are all located at the bottom of the composite body, and in some examples, several joint anchor points can be set on the periphery of the composite body (such as contacting the side of the recessed part of the base) individually or in cooperation. structure.
- the independent anchor point structure or the connected anchor point structure, and the characteristics related to the accommodation space or the contents can be applied to other embodiments.
- the container in this embodiment is a sensor, and the container space can use any of the structures and arrangements described in the above embodiments.
- the types of sensors are not limited, and their uses are not limited; for example, mechanical sensors, molecular sensors, chemical sensors, biochemical sensors, etc.
- the selection of the sensor type and its module, the structural arrangement of the accommodation space, and the design of the channel are all illustrative and not as a limitation.
- a pocket structure similar to a closed bottom is formed as a receiving space 464; the sensor 500 is Placed in the accommodating space 464.
- the sensor when the connecting structure that connects the substrate with the composite body containing the first porous structure and the intermediate body is used to form a prosthesis implanted in the human body, the sensor may preferably be a temperature sensor to obtain the implantation Human body temperature near the site. The temperature around the prosthesis will increase when it is infected, and the temperature change can be detected by the temperature sensor to send out a reminder.
- the sensor may be equipped with an electrical energy storage element (such as a certain battery) to maintain its power supply during standby and/or use.
- the sensor may have a power receiving coil and necessary auxiliary components (for conversion, transmission, etc.), which cooperate with an external power transmission coil to obtain power through wireless charging technology, and transmit it to the power storage element or the core of the sensor through the line. ⁇ components.
- the senor is connected with a conductive cable, and the conductive cable can be threaded through the pores of the first porous structure; or, the conductive cable can be threaded between the protruding structures under the intermediate body; or, One or more of the intermediate body, the supporting part, and the connecting body can be provided with a channel or an opening for the conductive cable to pass through; or, a channel or an opening can also be opened on the substrate for the conductive cable to pass through.
- the channel on the main body of the intermediate body and/or the substrate can be in the form of an unclosed groove or a pipe with openings only at the input and output ends. According to the actual arrangement of conductive cables, the above methods can be used in combination.
- the input end of the conductive cable can be connected to the energy storage and power supply device.
- the energy storage and power supply device can be located at the base, in another accommodation space, or a device implanted separately in the body, etc., or it can be a device located outside the body.
- the input end of the conductive cable is formed with an interface, which is located on the body surface, and is connected to an external power source when charging or electricity is needed.
- the arrangement of the above-mentioned cables can also be analogized to the arrangement of signal transmission cables.
- the two cables and their channels can be independent of each other or can be shared. This embodiment can be further extended to the case where the contents are other various electrical devices.
- the accommodating space is provided with channels or openings communicating with the outside, and the probe of the sensor can face some of the channels or openings.
- a pocket structure similar to a closed bottom is formed as a receiving space 465; the sensor
- the 500 itself can be left in the containing space 465, so that the probe 553 can pass through the channel or opening to extend out of the containing space 465, so that it is convenient to approach the measured part to collect detection information.
- the sensor 500 of this example can be inserted into the containing space 465 through the gap in the intermediate body 20, carried by the extension 982 inside the gap of the intermediate body 20, and passed between the supporting portions 80 and the supporting portions 80 in the containing space 465.
- the connecting body 981 and the extension body 982 at the notch are used for fixing (possibly in other directions, such as the front and back of paper, etc., and the first porous structure 10 is also used for fixing).
- the connecting body 981 is provided with a plurality of through holes 78 communicating with the outside, and the probe 553 of the sensor 500 extends from the through hole 78 and is inserted into the first porous structure 10 above the containing space 456.
- the sensor 500 of this example transmits signals and electric energy through a cable 555, which is arranged through the gap between the protruding structure 21 under the intermediate body 20 and the base 30, and passes through the gap at the intermediate body 20. Connect with sensor 500. As shown in FIG. 116, the cable 555 can also be arranged through the groove 301 opened on the surface of the base 30, and connected to the sensor 500 after passing through the gap at the intermediate body 20.
- the intermediate body 20 is not provided with a protruding structure 21. The example of or the example in which the protrusion structure 21 and the base 30 are very small after welding can also be applied.
- a pocket structure similar to a closed bottom is formed as an accommodation space 465;
- the sensor is provided with a wireless charging module 551 connected to its core sensing detection module 500', together or separately placed into the containing space 465 through the gap at the intermediate body 20, and carried by the extension 982 inside the gap of the intermediate body 20, And it is fixed by the supporting part 80 at the accommodating space 465, the connecting body 981 between the supporting part 80 and the extension 982 at the gap (the first porous structure 10 may also be used for fixing in other directions); the sensor is provided with The antenna 552 is connected to the wireless charging module 551 and/or the sensing detection module 500' to transmit electric energy and/or signals.
- the antenna 552 and the probe 553 of the sensor respectively extend from a plurality of through holes 78 opened on the connecting body 981.
- the exemplary wireless charging module 551 can perform wireless charging and information transmission based on NFC (Near Field Communication) technology.
- NFC Near Field Communication
- an electromagnetic signal trigger switch 554 (such as a Hall switch, etc.) can be further configured in the accommodation space to convert the obtained magnetic induction signal into a corresponding electrical signal, thereby receiving external instructions To control the work of the sensor.
- the sensor detection module 500', the wireless charging module 551, the electromagnetic signal trigger switch 554, etc. may be independent devices, or may be packaged as a whole.
- the sensor and its accommodating space, as well as the substrate, the intermediate body, the first porous structure and other related features in the connection structure, can all be applied to other embodiments.
- the content in this embodiment is medicine.
- the type of medicine is not limited, and the use is not limited.
- the accommodating space having a passage or an opening communicating with the outside, and its structure and arrangement can be applied in this embodiment.
- the description of the form of the medicine, the structural arrangement of the containing space, the design of the passage, etc. in this embodiment are all schematic and not as a limitation.
- the medicine placed in the containing space can be used to prevent or treat the infection around the prosthesis.
- the channels or openings opened in the containing space are used to put medicines into the containing space and/or to release medicines; the input channel and output channel (output port and input port) of the medicine can be independent of each other or can be Shared.
- the direction, position and size of each channel/opening can be determined according to the actual application, and there is no restriction.
- the accommodating space includes a supporting part and a connecting body between the supporting parts; as shown in FIG. 79, the connecting body includes a first connecting body 981a located above and a second connecting body 981b below (the second connecting body 981b is independent or a part of the main body of the intermediate body), and several other connecting bodies connected to the supporting part 80 in other directions (such as the front, back, left, and right of the paper, etc.).
- the drug output channel/output port can be opened on the first coupling body 981a, for example, a number of through holes 78 on the first coupling body 981a, and the drug released thereby passes through the first coupling body 981a above the first coupling body 981a.
- the porous structure 10 diffuses and is transported to the body part closely fused with the first porous structure 10.
- the drug delivery channel/output port can also be opened on the second coupling body 981b, such as several through holes 79 on the second coupling body 981b (via the direction of the intermediate body 20 and the substrate 30). Release), or set on the supporting part 80 or other connecting bodies (to release the drug in other directions).
- the drug input channel/input port can be opened on the first connecting body 981a or the second connecting body 981b, for example, a number of through holes 78 or 79 on the corresponding connecting body; the support part 80 or other connecting bodies can also be provided.
- the input channel/input port can be set according to the needs.
- the through hole 78 on the first coupling body 981a serves both as an input channel/input port and an output channel/output port (see FIG. 81).
- the substrate 30 is further provided with a delivery channel (such as in the form of a groove or a pipe), and the outlet of the delivery channel communicates with the input channel/input port on the second coupling body 981b, so that the drug can be transported through the substrate 30.
- the channel and the input channel/input port of the second coupling body 981b enter the containing space.
- the through holes formed on the second coupling body 981b are the injection holes 793 for the medicine, and the several through holes on the first coupling body 981a are the release holes 784 for the medicine; and the base 30 is formed with The grooves 301 communicate with the outside and the filling hole 793 respectively.
- the medicine 565 is delivered through the groove 301 of the base 30 as appropriate, and the medicine 565 is delivered into the containing space through the filling hole 793 of the second coupling body 981b, and the medicine 565 is released through the first coupling body 981a.
- the pores 784 output to the first porous structure 10 above the first coupling body 981a, and diffuse to the part of the human body to which it is coupled.
- a gap is formed between the protrusion structure 21 of FIG. 119 and the base 30.
- the gap corresponding to the above-mentioned gap at the second connecting body 981b can be used as the communication groove 301 and the filling hole 793.
- the middle channel of the groove 301 (the groove 301 can be closed on the top surface of the left half part, and the output port on the top surface of the groove 301 is not provided until the interval corresponding to the second coupling body 981b);
- Figure 120 is applicable to the intermediate body
- the medicine 565 delivered through the groove 301 of the base 30 is directly connected to the infusion of the second coupling body 981b Hole 793 (then the groove 301 can be closed on the top surface of the left half part, and the output port on the top surface of the groove 301 is not provided until the gap corresponding to the second coupling body 981b; or, the intermediate body 20 after welding It is closely attached to the base 30, and the top surface opening of the left half of the groove 301 of the base 20 is sealed by the intermediate body 20 until the groove 301 extends to the gap corresponding to the second coupling body 981b, and the medicine 565 passes through again
- the middle channel of the groove 301 (the groove 301 can be closed on the top surface of the left half part, and
- the containing space may be unclosed, and the output channel/output port for release is always through. Or, if the drug is not released immediately after being inserted, the containing space needs to be relatively closed, and the input channel/input port and output channel/output port can all be sealed. For example, the opening of the input channel is closed after the drug is delivered (the closure may be temporary or long-term), and the opening of the output channel may be temporarily closed, which will be opened during use to release the drug.
- the sealing body for sealing includes various structures such as plugs, plugs, and membranes.
- the closure body can be made of the same material as the parts (connecting body, support part, intermediate body, etc.) beside the channel opening (the thickness can be similar); the closure body itself can also be a part of these parts, which form the channel after being divided
- the opening is used to close the opening after inserting the medicine.
- the material, thickness, etc. of the closure body may also be irrelevant to the parts next to the opening, and the selection can be made according to actual needs.
- an injection hole 791 is formed on the second coupling body 981b, which is closed by an injection hole plug 792; before the prosthesis is implanted into the human body, the needle of the syringe may be inserted into the injection hole plug 792 as appropriate.
- Drug 565 is injected into the space.
- Several through holes on the first coupling body 981a are slow-release holes 781.
- the drug 565 can be continuously output through the slow-release holes 781 to the first porous structure 10 above the first coupling body 981a, and Spread to the part of the body where it is combined.
- the enclosure can be made of materials that can trigger to open after meeting certain conditions.
- the trigger conditions can be a certain temperature change, a certain pressure change, a certain humidity change, etc., such as due to false These changes are caused by infection around the body, or the relevant state around the prosthesis is adjusted by a doctor or others); or, the material of the closure body will degrade by itself after a certain period of time; or, the material of the closure body will be different from that of the prosthesis.
- a certain substance reacts to open the closed opening (the substance that triggers the reaction is generated by the disease around the prosthesis, for example, or it can be injected by the doctor when the drug is released), which can be controlled according to the different needs of the actual application The release of the drug.
- an injection hole 782 is formed on the first coupling body 981a, which serves as an input port and an output port and can be closed by a slow-release plug 783; the second coupling body 981b has no channels or openings.
- the needle of the syringe is inserted through the injection hole 782 into the containing space and the drug 565 is injected.
- the slow-release plug 783 can be applied after the drug 565 is injected, or it can be applied immediately before the injection. Passed through by the needle.
- the slow-release plug 783 itself is made of, for example, a material that can trigger the opening after meeting conditions, so that the drug 565 can be released as needed.
- the drug may be inserted after the composite body and the containing space therein are formed (assuming that the properties of the drug will not be affected by the connection between the composite body and the substrate).
- the drug may be inserted after the complex is connected to the substrate. Or, it can be decided whether to insert the medicine according to the needs during the operation of implanting the prosthesis.
- the physician can use a syringe or the like to inject the medicine into the opening of the input channel or the entrance of the transmission channel If the medicine is injected into the containing space, for example, after the implantation operation of the prosthesis, it is also possible to determine whether to insert the medicine or to supplement the released medicine as needed.
- the release of drugs is used to treat diseases such as infections around the prosthesis. The rate of drug release can be controlled by designing the shape, number, and caliber of the output channel/output port.
- the inserted medicine can be liquid; it can be determined whether the containing space needs to be closed according to the release requirements.
- the inserted medicine can also be solid, or it can be determined according to the release requirements whether the containing space needs to be closed. Assuming that its size when inserted is larger than the opening diameter of the output channel, it will not be immediately after insertion. Release, for example, when certain conditions are reached (for example, when exposed to heat, melted in liquid, etc., degraded after a long time, etc.), the solid form of the drug will change (the particle size becomes smaller or it becomes liquid, etc.) and can be released from the outlet Output, acting on the area around the prosthesis.
- the medicine can also be coated on the outside by a coating body (such as a capsule, shell, etc.) to form a relatively stable entity, then the accommodation space or channel/opening can be set
- a coating body such as a capsule, shell, etc.
- the covering body needs to be made of materials that can open by itself when certain conditions are reached, such as temperature/pressure/humidity changes, melting in liquids, reaction with certain substances, and long-term Degradation, etc., or, the coating body itself is provided with a through release channel, and the drug is released through the release channel or open boundary of the containing space.
- the senor and the medicine can be arranged in the containing space of the same prosthesis, and the two can be arranged in different containing spaces or in the same containing space. Then, according to a certain state information detected by the sensor, when it is determined that the drug needs to be released, the various methods described above are used to release the drug.
- the device used to judge the status information is, for example, a certain kind of processor, which can be integrated with the sensor or set separately.
- the processor can be set in the sensor.
- the medicine is located in the same containing space, or set in different containing spaces, or can be set outside the body; the processor and the sensor can be connected by a cable, or information can be transmitted by means of wireless transmission or the like.
- the drug can be released manually.
- some triggering devices can be further provided at the prosthesis to release drugs.
- the triggering device can be located in the containing space where the medicine is located, or in another containing space adjacent to it, or arranged somewhere outside the containing space where the medicine is located.
- the action of the trigger device can act on the enclosure itself to open the passage or opening of the containing space, or it can change certain states around the containing space, the enclosure or the drug, so that the closure can trigger the opening and release the drug by itself.
- the trigger conditions are met. For example, after determining that the drug needs to be released, the processor, sensor, or extracorporeal device, etc., give instructions to the triggering device (via cable or wireless means) to drive the triggering device to act.
- the release of the drug can be timed.
- a timer is used to count (or count down), and when a specified time is reached, an instruction is issued to the trigger device to drive the trigger device to act, so that the drug can be released.
- the timing includes a specified time point and/or a specified time interval, which can be arbitrarily set according to specific application requirements.
- the drug is released at several specific time points each day; for example, the time interval for releasing the drug can be set to be the same or different every two times; there is no restriction on the unit of the time interval, which can be several minutes or several Hours, days, months, years, etc.
- the timer or timing device may be independent (a device located inside or outside the body), or it may be implemented by a module built into the processor. Similarly, it is also possible to control the sensor to start the detection periodically, and determine whether it is necessary to trigger the release of the drug according to the detection result.
- the triggering device can pierce the film used in the closure, the capsule that wraps the medicine, etc.; or the triggering device can remove the closure (and can reliably fix the removed closure), or push the closure into the containment In the space (the enclosure that needs to be pushed in is not easy to leave the containing space, or does not affect the release of the drug or the subsequent use of the prosthesis), so that the channel/opening is opened; or the trigger device can change the temperature and pressure around the enclosure or the drug A certain state such as humidity, humidity, or the ability to spray a certain liquid to the enclosure or drug or deliver a substance that can react with it, to meet the conditions for triggering the opening of the enclosure or drug coating, or to make the shape of the drug itself Changed and suitable for release.
- the drugs that need to be released in stages at different times may be located in different containing spaces, or in different positions separated in the same containing space, or separately wrapped in corresponding coatings; each time; When the specified time arrives, the trigger device is made to open the corresponding containing space or the covering body respectively.
- the trigger device used for each trigger can be the same or different.
- the trigger device can be single-use, or it can be reused.
- the drug and its placement and release in the containing space, the base, intermediate, and first porous structure in the sensor and the connection structure, etc. can be applied to other embodiments.
- This embodiment provides an artificial implanted prosthesis, preferably an orthopedic prosthesis; any one or more connecting structures in the above-mentioned embodiment 1 to embodiment 8 and their respective deformation examples can be used, and these connection structures
- the sensor or medicine described in the ninth or tenth embodiment is arranged in the accommodating space of the structure.
- the main body of the prosthesis corresponds to the substrate in the connection structure, and at least part of the surface of the prosthesis main body is used as the connection area, and is connected to the composite body including the intermediate body and the first porous structure.
- the connection (preferably welding) makes at least part of the surface of the first porous structure the exposed surface of the prosthesis.
- connection area In a connection structure, one connection area can be provided to the substrate, or multiple connection areas connected or separated can be provided; the structure of the intermediate at each connection area can be the same or different, and the connection structure of the composite and the substrate can be the same or different.
- the structure of the accommodation space or the contents may be the same or different.
- Artificial hip joints include femoral stem, femoral ball head (not shown in the figure), acetabular cup, and lining body (not shown in the figure), all of which are prostheses and are made of medical materials that can be implanted in the human body, such as titanium alloys. , Metal materials such as cobalt-chromium-molybdenum alloys, ceramics, polymers such as ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene, but not limited to this.
- the femoral stem 600 includes a head, a neck, and a stem body, which can be integrated or assembled, and is usually made of metal materials.
- the head of the femoral stem 600 has a frustum structure, one end is connected to the handle body through the neck, and the head and the neck have a certain deflection angle relative to the handle body, and are arranged in a form inclined relative to one side (inside) of the handle body.
- the lower part of the handle body is inserted into the femoral medullary cavity. A number of longitudinal grooves can be opened in the lower part of the handle body.
- a porous structure is formed on the surface of the upper part of the handle body; the lower part of the handle body may have a smooth surface.
- the other end of the head of the femoral stem 600 is inserted into the inner cone mounting structure of the femoral ball head; as shown in Figures 137 to 147, the acetabular cup 700 in some examples is partially spherical (such as hemispherical) dome-shaped; hip The acetabular cup 700 is sleeved on the outer side of the mating lining body; the femoral ball head is in contact with the inner concave surface of the lining body, so that the femoral ball head can rotate here.
- the acetabular cup 700 may be provided with a through hole 701 for setting a connecting piece (screw, etc.) for connecting the acetabular cup 700 to the acetabular socket; the lining body may be provided with a corresponding through hole or no through hole.
- the lining body can be made of metallic materials or non-metallic materials (such as polyethylene or ceramics, etc.) to reduce the wear of the artificial joint.
- the acetabular cup 700 is usually made of a metal material.
- the outer peripheral surface of the acetabular cup 700 preferably has a porous structure.
- the inner surface of the acetabular cup 700 has a number of recessed structures 702 (see Figure 147), the outer surface of the lining body matches the inner surface of the acetabular cup 700, and the outer surface of the lining body is formed with a number of convex
- the structure can be correspondingly embedded in the inverted structure 702 on the inner surface of the acetabular cup 700 to enhance the reliability of the fit between the two.
- the upper (proximal) surface of the stem body of the femoral stem 600 and the outer peripheral surface of the acetabular cup 700 use a porous structure, which can increase the roughness on the one hand and help the prosthesis achieve effective initial stability at the bone host site; on the other hand, On the one hand, it can induce the bone ingrowth of osteoblasts, and effectively connect the femoral stem 600 with the femur, and the acetabular cup 700 with the acetabular fossa, forming a good long-term biological fixation and enhancing the relationship between the artificial hip joint and the host bone tissue. Interface stability.
- FIG. 141 a partially enlarged side sectional view at the frame line E of FIG. 136 is shown in FIG. 141.
- the stem body 630 of the femoral stem corresponds to the base in the connecting structure.
- a composite body comprising an intermediate 620 and a first porous structure 610, in this example, is formed as a handle housing 650 (see Figures 127 to 132), which covers the handle body 630 (proximal end)
- the first porous structure 610 covers the connection area on the base, thereby forming a porous structure on the surface of the femoral stem.
- the symbol 640 in the figure schematically indicates that the components are connected by welding.
- the handle body 630 is matched with the handle body 650 (or the intermediate body 620 contained therein) at the contact and connection positions.
- the intermediate body 620 of the handle housing includes a sandwich portion (such as an intermediate body and/or a raised structure) and/or a support portion (such as a support column); or, the intermediate body 620 Including the bottom (or including the bottom and the periphery), and can also use a freestanding or connected anchor structure.
- connection area of the handle body 630 may be provided with a recess in which the handle body 650 or a part of the housing is embedded; or the handle body 630 may not have a recess, and the handle body 650 can be directly wrapped around the connection of the handle body 630 Outside the area ( Figure 132); the part where the handle body 630 contacts the intermediate body 620 of the handle housing 650 may be further provided with positioning structures such as inclined surfaces and/or buckles.
- the handle body 630 is made by forging, casting, powder metallurgy or machining, etc., preferably a solid structure, which is easy to process and has high strength; or the handle body 630 can also be a dense porous structure; the intermediate 620 It can be solid, or a porous structure that is denser than the first porous structure 610; when the handle body 630 and the intermediate body 620 both use a porous structure, the density of the intermediate body 620 is lower than that of the handle body 630 and the density of the first porous structure 610.
- the intermediate 620 and the first porous structure 610 of the handle housing 650 are preferably implemented using a 3D printing additive manufacturing process, which can well form pores that meet the design requirements.
- the composite body of the handle body 630 and the handle body 650 with the intermediate body 620 is effectively connected by welding, which avoids the large overall strength when connecting the porous structure on the surface of the femoral stem through hot pressing processes (such as penetration welding processes). The problem of falling.
- the upper part (proximal end) of the stem body 630 of the femoral stem 600 is provided with a connecting area; the side where the head and neck of the femoral stem 600 are arranged obliquely is the inner side of the stem 600, and the stem body 630
- the rear side, the outer side, and the front side are arranged in a counterclockwise direction in FIG. 125 as an illustration, the inner side is opposite to the outer side, and the rear side is opposite to the front side.
- FIG. 125 shows the front side of the femoral stem 600
- FIG. 126 shows the outer side of the femoral stem 600.
- connection area of the femoral stem 600 corresponds to the stem body 630 and includes the upper part (proximal end) of the stem body 630 corresponding to the inner, posterior, outer, and anterior part of the surface.
- the handle housing 650 includes two housing slices 650-1 and 650-2, one of the housing slices 650-1 corresponds to a part of the inner surface of the upper part of the handle body 630, A part of the rear side surface and the outer surface; the other shell body 650-2 corresponds to the remaining part of the upper inner surface, the front side surface, and the outer surface of the handle body 630. After the two shell pieces 650-1 and 650-2 are closed, they are respectively contacted and welded to the corresponding positions of the connection area on the upper part of the handle body 630.
- the two shell pieces may be symmetrical (or they may be misaligned and crossed, not shown in the figure).
- the adjacent sides may be separated from each other without being connected.
- the adjacent edges on one side such as the adjacent edges corresponding to the outer side
- the adjacent edges of the two shell sheets are separated from each other when they are formed, and the adjacent sides of each side are connected after being closed (for example, welding or using connectors or other connection methods).
- the adjacent edge refers to the adjacent edge after the two shell bodies are closed.
- the interconnection of adjacent sides may be to connect the intermediate 620 of the inner layer of each shell sheet and/or the first porous structure 610 of the outer layer.
- porous structure of the outer peripheral surface of the acetabular cup can be similarly realized by using the structures and methods of the first to eighth embodiments described above or their modified examples. As shown in Figures 137 to 141, Figures 142 to 147, the partially enlarged side cross-sectional view at the frame line E of Figure 139 is shown in Figure 141.
- the cup body 730 corresponds to the connecting structure Substrate; a composite including the intermediate 720 and the first porous structure 710 is formed on the outside of the cup body 730, and covers the connection area of the cup body 730, through the composite and the substrate (cup body 730)
- the welding realizes the coverage of the connection area on the cup body 730 by the first porous structure 710, and the porous structure on the outer peripheral surface of the acetabular cup 700 is obtained.
- the symbol 740 in the figure schematically indicates that the components are connected by welding.
- the cup body 730 of the acetabular cup 700 fits with the composite body (or the intermediate body 720 contained therein) at the contact and connection parts.
- the intermediate body 720 may include a sandwich portion and or a support portion, or may include a bottom (or a bottom and a periphery), and a freestanding or connected anchor point structure may also be used;
- the connection area of the cup body 730 may be provided with Inlay the composite body or a part of the recess; or the cup body 730 can have no recess, so that the composite body is directly wrapped outside the connection area of the cup body 730; the part where the cup body 730 contacts the intermediate body 720 can also be Further positioning structures such as inclined surfaces and/or buckles are provided.
- the cup body 730 of the acetabular cup 700 is made by forging, casting, powder metallurgy or machining, etc., preferably a solid structure, which is easy to process and has high strength; or the cup body 730 can also be highly dense and porous. Structure; the intermediate 720 can be solid or a porous structure with a higher density than the first porous structure 710; when the cup body 730 and the intermediate 720 both use a porous structure, the density of the intermediate 720 It is between the compactness of the cup body 730 and the first porous structure 710.
- the intermediate 720 and the first porous structure 710 are preferably implemented using a 3D printing additive manufacturing process, which can well control the pores, etc., to meet the design requirements.
- the cup body 730 and the composite body with the intermediate body 720 are effectively connected by welding, which avoids the problem of a large decrease in overall strength caused by the current hot pressing process (such as the penetration welding process).
- the entire outer surface of the cup body 730 can be used as a connection area, and an integral composite body can be provided to contact and weld to it.
- an integral composite body can be provided to contact and weld to it.
- all or most of the exposed outer layer of each composite body is the first porous structure 710.
- intervertebral fusion cage Take the intervertebral fusion cage as an example.
- spinal injury such as lumbar disc herniation and cervical spondylopathy
- the intervertebral fusion cage is placed between the two directly overlapping vertebral bodies to maintain a preset distance between the vertebral bodies, and the fusion cage is finally integrated into the intervertebral body to improve the stability of the intervertebral bodies.
- the fusion cage body includes an upper end surface and a lower end surface (corresponding to the inner and outer directions of the paper in Figs. 148 and 149), which are implanted After entering, they will contact the two vertebral bodies respectively; the upper and lower end faces are connected to form side walls around the circumference; the upper and lower end faces are provided with one or more through holes 8010 longitudinally penetrating through them, which can be used to implant autogenous bone or Bone substitutes, etc.; laterally penetrating through holes (not shown in the figure) can also be provided on the sidewalls to communicate with surrounding bone tissues and the like.
- the cage body 8300 plays the main role of mechanical support; and in order to promote bone ingrowth and speed up the bone fusion of the upper and lower vertebral bodies and the cage, the first porous structure 8100 can be preferably covered to the cage body 8300
- the porous structure 8100 on the surface of the intervertebral fusion cage 8000 can cover a larger area without affecting the structure or strength of the cage body itself.
- the partially enlarged side sectional view of the frame line E in Fig. 149 is shown in Fig. 141,
- the cage body 8300 corresponds to the base in the connection structure; a composite body including the intermediate body and the first porous structure 8100 covers the connection area of the cage body 8300 (such as the aforementioned upper/lower end surface, etc.) through the composite body
- the connection with the substrate forms a porous structure covering the connection area on the cage body 8300, and a porous structure exposed on the surface of the cage body 8300 is obtained.
- the symbol 8400 in the figure schematically indicates that the components are connected by welding.
- the body of the cage 8300 fits with the complex (or its intermediate body) at the contact and connection positions.
- the intermediate body can include a sandwich portion and/or a support portion, or can include a bottom (or a bottom and a periphery), and can also use a freestanding or connected anchor structure;
- the connection area of the cage body 8300 can be provided with The recess of the composite body or a part thereof is embedded; or the body 8300 of the fusion device may have no recesses, and the composite body may directly cover the connection area of the body of the fusion device 8300; the contact part of the body 8300 of the fusion device and the intermediate body may be further provided Positioning structures such as bevels and/or buckles.
- the cage body 8300 is made by forging, casting, powder metallurgy or machining, etc. It is preferably a solid structure, which is easy to process and has high strength; or the cage body 8300 can also be a high-density porous structure; the intermediate can be Is solid, or a porous structure that is denser than the first porous structure 8100; when both the cage body 8300 and the intermediate body use a porous structure, the density of the intermediate body is between the cage body 8300 and the first porous structure. A porous structure 8100 between the density.
- the intermediate and the first porous structure 8100 are preferably realized using a 3D printing additive manufacturing process, which can well control the pores, etc., to meet the design requirements.
- the cage body 8300 and the composite body with the intermediate body are effectively connected by welding, which avoids the current problem of a large decrease in overall strength caused by a hot pressing process (such as a penetration welding process).
- the prosthesis of the artificial knee joint includes the femoral condyle, the tibial plateau (often made of metal materials), the pad between the two (which can be made of polyethylene and other materials), and the patella prosthesis (often made of metal). Material).
- the femoral condyle connects to the distal end of the femur, and the tibial plateau connects to the proximal end of the tibia.
- the lower part of the cushion is in contact with the upper surface of the tibial platform, and the convex surface of the femoral condyle is in contact with the upper part of the cushion and the articular surface of the patella prosthesis, which can realize flexion, extension, sliding, rotation and other activities within a specified range.
- the femoral condyle body 930 is curved, roughly in the shape of a saddle, and the front and rear ends are respectively upturned; the front end to the front part of the femoral condyle 900 can be integrated; and in the middle part , From the back to the back, formed into the left and right halves corresponding to the medial condyle and lateral condyle, and the two halves are respectively located on both sides of the intercondylar fossa 906.
- an upwardly extending limit flange (pillar) may be formed on the cushion to fit in the intercondylar fossa 906.
- the middle part of the femoral condyle body 930 may further form an upwardly extending post 907, which is inserted into the distal end of the femur to improve the firmness of the implanted prosthesis.
- the convex surface of the femoral condyle body 930 is usually smooth to reduce the friction loss between it and the pad; while the femoral condyle body 930 will be concave on its inner surface to match and contact the osteotomy section formed at the distal end of the femur.
- a porous structure is formed on the concave surface of the femoral condyle main body 930 to help the bone trabeculae exposed at the osteotomy section to grow into the pores to achieve tight integration and improve the mechanical compatibility and biocompatibility of the prosthesis.
- the concave surface of the femoral condyle body 930 can be divided into multiple connection areas, such as the upturned front end and the front part, corresponding to the left and right integral parts respectively.
- the first porous structure 910 can be provided in these regions. These regions 901-905 may be independent of each other or connected; the first porous structure 910 located in these regions 901-905 may be independent of each other, or connected/connected.
- the femoral condyle body 930 corresponds to the base in the connecting structure; including The composite body of the intermediate body 920 and the first porous structure 910 covers several connecting areas of the concave surface of the femoral condyle body 930, and the first porous structure 910 is connected to the femoral condyle body 930 by welding the composite body and the base. The coverage of the upper connection area results in a porous structure on the surface of the main body 930 of the femoral condyle.
- the tibial platform 1000 of the knee joint prosthesis includes a platform support and a connecting part 1001, which are connected in a substantially T-shaped structure; the upper surface of the platform support is in contact with the pad (which can be mutually Fixed or relative rotation);
- the connecting portion 1001 extends downward from the lower surface of the platform support and is inserted into the tibia to achieve reliable fixation of the tibial platform.
- the lower surface of the platform support (for example, dividing two areas beside the connecting plate) forms a porous structure to promote bone ingrowth, realize biological fastening, and improve the stability and service life of the prosthesis.
- the tibial platform body 1030 corresponds to the base in the connecting structure;
- the composite body of the intermediate body 1020 and the first porous structure 1010 covers several connecting areas on the lower surface of the tibial plateau main body 1030, and the first porous structure 1010 is connected to the tibial plateau main body 1030 by welding the composite body and the base.
- the coverage of the upper connection area results in a porous structure on the surface of the tibial plateau main body 1030.
- the above-mentioned femoral condyle main body/tibial plateau main body is adapted to the respective complex (or the intermediate body contained therein) at the contact and connection parts.
- the intermediate body may include a sandwich part and or a support part, or the intermediate body may include a bottom (or a bottom and a periphery), and a free-standing or linked anchor point structure may also be used; the connection area of the main body of the femoral condyle/the main body of the tibial plateau , There may be a recess in which the composite body or a part thereof is embedded; or the femoral condyle body/tibial plateau body may have no recesses, and the composite body may directly cover the connection area of the femoral condyle body/tibial plateau body; femoral condyle body/tibia
- the position where the platform body contacts the intermediate body can be further provided with positioning structures such as inclined surfaces and/or buckles.
- the femoral condyle body/tibial platform body is made by forging, casting, powder metallurgy or machining, etc., preferably a solid structure, which is easy to process and has high strength; or the femoral condyle body/tibial platform body can also be high-density porous sexual structure; the intermediate can be solid or a porous structure that is denser than the first porous structure; when the femoral condyle body/tibial plateau body and the intermediate body are both porous structures, the density of the intermediate It is between the density of the femoral condyle body/tibial plateau body and the first porous structure.
- the intermediate and the first porous structure are preferably realized by a 3D printing additive manufacturing process, which can well control the pores, the degree of bending, etc., to meet the design requirements.
- the femoral condyle main body/tibial platform main body and the intermediate body are effectively connected by welding, which avoids the problem of a large decrease in the overall strength caused by the current hot pressing process (such as the penetration welding process).
- the patella prosthesis can also use the structures and methods of the first embodiment to the eighth embodiment or its modified examples to add a porous structure to the surface in contact with the bone.
- Embodiments 1 to 8 or their modified examples can be widely used in any other kinds of orthopedic prostheses, artificial joints, and other artificial implant prostheses, such as spinal prostheses.
- the connection area of the body allows the first porous structure pre-connected or integrally formed with the intermediate body to cover the surface of the connection area on the prosthesis body (for the basic structure and working principle of various prosthesis bodies, please refer to this The prior art implementation in the field will not be repeated here).
- the position in contact with the bone tissue including but not limited to the first porous structure of the prosthesis, it can be sprayed or the like.
- an osteoconductive or osteoinductive coating such as hydroxyapatite (HA) coating
- a cell/growth factor-containing carrier such as using gel/collagen as a carrier
- an antibacterial coating Layers such as antibiotics/silver ions
- edges of the composite body of the present invention may form an edge seal to the edge of the intermediate body, the edge of the first porous structure, or the edge of the boundary between the two (not shown in the figure).
- the edge sealing may be a porous structure having a higher density than the first porous structure or a solid structure. At the edge where it is located, each edge sealing can be a continuous section or multiple sections arranged at intervals.
- a plurality of skirts are formed on the front surface of the substrate, that is, the side corresponding to the connecting composite body; the skirts may be a porous structure with a density higher than that of the first porous structure or Solid structure.
- the skirt can be provided at certain edges of the connecting area on the base. At the edge of the connecting area where each skirt is located, it may be a continuous section or multiple sections arranged at intervals.
- the skirt 650 at the femoral stem 600 can be located at the upper edge and the lower edge of the connection area of the stem body 630 (upper part) ( Figure 135, Figure 136).
- the skirt 750 at the acetabular cup 700 is located at the edge of each independent connection area ( Figure 139, Figure 140; Figure 142, Figure 143).
- the skirt 850 of the intervertebral fusion cage 800 can be located on the respective outer and inner edges of the upper end surface/lower end surface, the edge of the longitudinal/transverse through hole, etc. ( Figure 149).
- the skirt 950 of the femoral condyle 900 is located at the edge of each connection area of the concave surface of the femoral condyle main body 930 (FIG. 150).
- the skirt 1050 of the tibial plateau 1000 is located at the edge of each connection area on the lower surface of the tibial plateau main body 1030 (FIG. 153).
- the skirt can be a strip structure that outlines the edge of the structure.
- the structure itself has a certain width, and the entire structure is convex on the surface of the substrate.
- One side of the structure touches (or further connects) the opposite edge of the composite body.
- the other side can be openly arranged (not in contact with or connected to other components), or the opposite side can be in contact with (or further connected) to the opposite edge of another composite body.
- the side of the skirt that contacts (or is further connected) to the opposite edge of the composite body can be similarly realized in the form of the side of the recess of the base, and the other side of the skirt opposite to it can extend as the base next to the opening of the recess. Part of it does not protrude on the surface of the substrate.
- a positioning structure such as a bevel and/or a buckle may be provided on the side where the skirt is in contact (or further connected) with the opposite edge of the composite body.
- the present invention has no limitation on the number and positions of welding points between the substrate and the composite body; for example, the welding points can be distributed in the non-edge area of the composite body.
- the base is provided with a skirt
- some of the welding points can be preferably distributed on the skirt of the base and the corresponding edge of the composite body corresponding to the skirt; there may be no other welding points, or some other welding points may be arranged.
- the welding point is in the non-edge area of the composite body.
- the welding corresponding to the position of the skirt is relatively easy to implement, the reliability of the connection is relatively high, and the design and selection process of the welding point position is simplified, and the efficiency is improved.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Dentistry (AREA)
- Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Prostheses (AREA)
- Toys (AREA)
- Connection Of Plates (AREA)
- Combinations Of Printed Boards (AREA)
- Lining Or Joining Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)
- Casings For Electric Apparatus (AREA)
Abstract
一种带容纳空间（501, 502）的多孔性结构（10）和基底（30）的连接结构及其制作方法和假体，将多孔性结构（10）与中间体预先连接或一体成型得到一复合体，将复合体与基底（30）连接，使多孔性结构（10）能覆在基底（30）表面。该连接结构实现了多孔性结构（10）和基底（30）的有效结合，满足了机械结构整体和表面性能不同时的连接要求，同时避免了热压工艺等造成基底的力学性能大幅下降的问题。该连接结构设有至少一个容纳空间（501, 502），可根据需要在其中放置各种容纳物，扩展连接结构的应用场景。
Description
本发明涉及复合材料的连接技术，特别涉及在医疗器械上的应用，提供一种多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法，该连接结构具有容纳空间；还提供一种使用所述连接结构的假体。
工程应用常常对机械结构的整体性能和表面性能有不同的要求。比如，人工髋关节的髋臼杯和股骨柄，其整体性能(如疲劳强度)要满足假体在植入体内后几十年、平均每年一百万到两百万次走路时承受的动态载荷下的抗疲劳要求，而且对假体表面有特定的性能需要，以满足假体表面与病人的骨骼组织牢固结合在一起，保证假体不松动。否则病人会有疼痛，就必须取出假体，使病人再经过一次翻修手术，植入一个新的假体。其它骨科植入物(如脊柱)也有类似情况和需求。事实上，在其它领域，也有基底和表面有不同性能需求，而两者之间需要可靠有效连接的情况。
关节假体常用的人工材料是钛合金、钴铬钼合金等，和骨头无法形成有效的生物或化学结合。假体和骨之间的界面一般主要通过物理/机械结合。比如，高度抛光的假体表面和骨组织无法形成有效的结合力，所以，现有技术可以在假体表面通过喷砂、等离子喷钛等方式形成粗糙表面，来增加假体和骨组织之间的界面摩擦力，帮助增强假体和骨骼界面的物理/机械固定。在骨科领域，这被称为“骨长上”的表面。有时，可以用羟基磷灰石等材料(或可结合生长因子，干细胞等附加物)作为假体粗糙表面上面的涂层，增加骨传导、骨诱导、骨再生，以加速或加强骨组织在假体表面的附着，进一步提高“骨长上”的性能。
另外，有时钛丝或钛珠等可以用烧结或扩散焊等方法在假体(如髋臼杯/股骨柄)的表面形成多孔性的涂层。或者，用金属3D打印增材制造工艺、气相沉淀工艺等等，预先制作出具有多孔结构的薄片0001，然后用扩散焊的方式把薄片0001与假体的实心基底0002结合起来，如图1所示。这些方式 为假体提供了多孔性的表面，与假体接触的骨组织能够再生，新的骨组织填充于互相贯通的多孔结构里，达到了“骨长入”假体的效果。但是，这些工艺都有一个不可避免的后果，就是基底的力学强度会大幅降低，从而提高了假体断裂的风险，特别是当假体(比如股骨柄)受到弯曲扭矩或拉伸应力情况下，容易断裂。所以，如何可靠牢固地把一个多孔性结构与其基底结合，同时保证基底力学性能不受太明显的影响成为一个工艺难点。
相对而言，激光焊等焊接工艺对基底的力学性能影响较低。但是，当多孔性结构的孔隙率很高时(>50％)，互相连接的支架占比较低，而且薄弱；支架之间形成大量孔隙。这样的高孔隙率结构无论用金属3D打印增材制造工艺实现，还是通过烧结等方式实现，在直接用激光焊接对多孔性结构和基底进行连接时，只要激光束有效直径接近甚至大于支架宽度时，激光能量可能直接击断支架结构，打透多孔性结构，无法对多孔性结构的支架和基底支架实现焊接连接。又或者，当采用渗透焊对多孔性结构和基底进行连接时，由于必须处于高温高压的工艺条件下，基底结构的强度会大幅降低。
另一方面，假体周围感染是关节置换术的灾难性并发症，也是导致关节置换术后翻修的主要原因，其诊断及治疗十分困难，常需多次手术及长疗程的抗感染治疗，并发症高、住院时间长、治疗费用昂贵。假体周围感染的发生是病原菌、假体和人体三者之间相互作用的结果。根据感染症状持续时间可以分为：急性感染(小于3个月)、迟发性感染(3～12个月)、慢性感染(大于12个月)。急性与迟发性感染多因术中污染或术后伤口并发症引起病原菌侵入，而慢性感染则多因远处初始感染灶的病原菌入血引起菌血症，经血液循环播散至受累关节，对其预防及治疗尤其困难。
发明内容
本发明提供一种多孔性结构和基底的有效连接结构，可以保持基底力学性能，满足了机械结构整体和表面性能不同时的连接要求，适用于人工植入假体。该连接结构具有容纳空间，可以根据需要放置多种物品，例如是传感器或药物。本发明还提供所述连接结构的制作方法，和应用该连接结构的假体。
本发明的一个技术方案是提供一种带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构，其特征在于，所述连接结构，包含：
复合体，包含预先连接或一体成型的第一多孔性结构与中间体，所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；
基底，其与复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体相连接；
所述连接结构设有至少一个容纳空间；所述容纳空间的至少一部分通过第一多孔性结构设置，或通过第一多孔性结构与中间体和/或基底的配合设置。
可选地，所述中间体包含插入部和/或夹层部；
所述插入部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构内；
所述夹层部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构与基底之间。
可选地，所述中间体是实心结构，或者是第二多孔性结构；
所述第二多孔性结构的致密度，高于所述第一多孔性结构的致密度。
可选地，所述基底是实心结构，或者是第三多孔性结构；
所述第三多孔性结构的致密度，高于所述第一多孔性结构的致密度。
可选地，所述第二多孔性结构的致密度，在所述第一多孔性结构的致密度和所述第三多孔性结构的致密度之间。
可选地，所述基底通过锻造或铸造或机加工或粉末冶金或金属粉末注射成型制成。
可选地，所述复合体的第一多孔性结构与中间体，通过3D打印增材制造工艺、或气相沉淀工艺、或烧结工艺实现一体成型。
可选地，所述基底由金属材料制成；
所述第一多孔性结构由金属材料制成；
所述中间体由金属材料制成。
可选地，所述容纳空间没有边缘界面；
或者，所述容纳空间在至少部分方向形成有边缘界面。
可选地，所述容纳空间的边缘界面是封闭的，或是不封闭的。
可选地，所述容纳空间的边缘界面，由第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位构成，或是由另外设置到连接结构的构件构成。
可选地，所述容纳空间的范围内，留有以下的一种或多种部件，或没有所述部件；
所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、或中间体、或基底、或另外设置在连接 结构的构件。
可选地，容纳空间旁一个或多个方向的部件，单独地或配合地对实体进行固定；
连接结构处的相应部件包含以下的一种或多种：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置到连接结构的构件；
所述实体是以下的一种或多种：实体的容纳物、从容纳物外部对其包覆的实体的包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面。
可选地，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行承载：所述部件单独地或配合地从一个或多个方向对实体进行支撑；所述部件通过其与容纳空间毗邻的部位或延伸到容纳空间范围内的部位实施承载。
可选地，对实体进行固定，包含与实体紧配合：所述部件至少从两个相对方向与实体紧密接触；所述部件通过其与容纳空间毗邻的部位或延伸到容纳空间范围内的部位实施紧配合；对实体实施紧配合的，是同一个部件的不同部位，或是不同的部件。
可选地，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成有位于实体至少一个方向的限位结构，阻止位于限位结构一侧的实体移动到限位结构的另一侧；所述限位结构包含限位突起。
可选地，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成至少从一个方向与实体紧密接触的限位结构；
所述限位结构包含至少一个限位突起，其形成在所述部件与容纳空间毗邻的部位，并延伸到容纳空间的范围之内。
可选地，所述实体处与限位突起对应的部位，设有与限位突起相匹配的限位凹陷，使所述限位突起得以嵌入到限位凹陷中；或者，所述实体处与限位突起对应的部位没有限位凹陷。
可选地，对实体进行限位的部件包含第一多孔性结构时，所述限位突起包含第一多孔性结构的一部分支架或梁的端部；这部分支架或梁与容纳空间毗邻，其端部延伸到容纳空间的范围内。
可选地，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成至少从一个方向与实体紧密接触的限位结构；
所述限位结构包含相匹配的限位突起和限位凹陷，所述限位凹陷形成在 所述与容纳空间毗邻的部位，所述限位突起设置在实体表面并延伸到容纳空间的范围之外，所述限位突起嵌入在所述限位凹陷中。
可选地，对实体进行限位的部件包含第一多孔性结构时，所述限位凹陷包含第一多孔性结构与容纳空间毗邻的一部分孔隙；这部分孔隙保持其在第一多孔性结构制成时的形态，或者通过对第一多孔性结构的这部分孔隙进行加工以形成所述限位凹陷。
可选地，所述容纳空间设有连通该容纳空间内部和外部的通道或开口。
可选地，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，直接或间接连通至外部开放空间；
或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，直接或间接连通至其他容纳空间。
可选地，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，通过连通以下一个或多个部件所设置的通道或开口，再连通到外部开放空间；所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，通过连通以下一个或多个部件所设置的通道或开口，再连通到其他容纳空间；所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述部件处设置的通道或开口，是与其所在的部件一同制成的，或是对其所在的部件再加工而制成的；
所述容纳空间的通道或开口，是与所述容纳空间一同制成的，或是对所述容纳空间再加工而制成的。
可选地，所述容纳空间的通道或开口是敞开的；
或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口被封闭并等待后续打开；
或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口被封闭后不再打开。
可选地，复合体与基底连接之后，去除连接结构的一部分，来形成容纳空间的至少一部分、或形成容纳空间的通道或开口；被去除的部位包含以下的一种或多种：第一多孔性结构的一部分、插入部的至少一部分、夹层部的一部分，基底的一部分、另外设置在连接结构的构件的至少一部分。
可选地，被去除的部位作为封闭体，后续用于封闭所述通道或开口。
可选地，对容纳空间的通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，由第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位构成，或是由另外设置到连接结构的构件构成。
可选地，中间体的至少一部分在连接结构的预设位置，毗邻于容纳空间，作为容纳空间的通道或开口；容纳物设置到容纳空间以后，将中间体的该部分安装到预设位置实现对通道或开口的封闭。
可选地，另外设置到连接结构处的构件，包含成型部件，其作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体；
所述成型部件与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位相连接，或者与其他的构件相连接。
可选地，另外设置到连接结构处的部件，包含填充体，其将第一多孔性结构处毗邻容纳空间的一部分支架或梁联结起来，形成填充面；
所述填充面作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体；所述填充面单独设置在第一多孔性结构处，或者与中间体或基底或其他的构件相连接。
可选地，熔融状的物质在连接结构的指定部位凝固后，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体，或用于将第一多孔性结构的一部分支架或梁联结起来；该物质是高分子材料，或是与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
可选地，将熔融状的物质注入第一多孔性结构的指定部位后等待其凝固；
或者，将物质的原材料置于指定位置，至少对指定位置附近进行加热，使物质的原材料成为熔融状，并将指定位置周边第一多孔性结构的孔隙填充。
可选地，用于封闭通道或开口的封闭体，由以下任意一种材料制成：
可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；
可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；
可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；
可允许容纳物通过的材料；
可允许容纳物缓释的材料；
与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同的材料；
与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底性质近似的材料。
可选地，性质近似包含导电性能近似、或致密度近似。
可选地，用于封闭通道或开口的封闭体，是实心结构，或是致密度与第一多孔性结构相同或不同的多孔性结构。
可选地，所述容纳空间的全部或一部分形成在第一多孔性结构内；
所述第一多孔性结构的至少部分表面为所述连接结构的暴露表面。
可选地，所述容纳空间的一部分形成在第一多孔性结构处，且在以下的一个或多个部件处形成容纳空间的其他部分；所述部件包含中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述容纳空间的相应部分与其所在的部件一同制成，或通过对所述部件再加工而制成所述容纳空间的相应部分。
可选地，形成在第一多孔性结构处的凹陷，作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，所述凹陷形成在第一多孔性结构的暴露表面。
可选地，所述凹陷与第一多孔性结构一同制成，或者，所述凹陷通过对第一多孔性结构再加工而制成。
可选地，第一多孔性结构内一个指定的孔隙所对应的范围，或指定的多个相连通的孔隙所对应的范围，作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，容纳空间所对应的一个或多个指定孔隙，保持其在第一多孔性结构制成时的孔隙状态而成为所述容纳空间的至少一部分；或者，通过对第一多孔性结构处的一个指定孔隙，或多个原先相连通或不相连通的指定孔隙进行再加工而成为所述容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位，形成有凹陷或贯通的结构，使容纳空间的一部分延伸到这些结构。
可选地，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位，保持其各自在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态而成为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或者在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态基础上进行加工而成为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
可选地，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的一部分，保持其各自在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态而成为封闭体，或者在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态基础上进行加工而成为封闭体。
可选地，所述第一多孔性结构的一部分孔隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述基底处设置的通道，与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件；
所述基底处设置的通道，是形成在基底内部的管道；或者，所述基底处设置的通道是沟槽，其形成在基底靠近复合体一侧的表面，且沟槽的至少一部分朝着复合体所在方向敞开。
可选地，复合体与基底之间的夹层部，包含凸起结构和/或中间体主体；
所述夹层部与容纳空间有以下有a1和/或a2的位置关系：
a1、所述容纳空间的范围内没有夹层部，或者，所述容纳空间的范围内包含凸起结构和/或中间体主体；
a2、所述夹层部处毗邻容纳空间的部位，包含：凸起结构和/或中间体主体，或者所述夹层部与容纳空间不相毗邻；
其中，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体，所述凸起结构设置在第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧，且朝着基底凸起；所述夹层部在所述凸起结构处与基底接触并连接；
或者，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含中间体主体而不包含凸起结构，所述中间体主体与基底接触并连接；
或者，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含中间体主体和凸起结构，所述凸起结构设置在所述中间体主体靠近基底的一侧，且朝着基底凸起；所述夹层部至少在凸起结构处与基底接触并连接。
可选地，所述容纳空间范围内或毗邻容纳空间的部位，包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体时，所述凸起结构单独地、或配合以下的一种或多种部件位于容纳空间范围内或毗邻容纳空间的部位来实施固定：第一多孔性结构、其他的凸起结构、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
可选地，所述容纳空间范围内的部位，包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体时，所述复合体进一步包含延伸体，延伸体的一部分与凸起结构连接并延伸到容纳空间的范围内；
延伸体的另一部分与毗邻容纳空间或处在容纳空间范围之外的以下一种或多种部件连接：第一多孔性结构、其他的凸起结构、中间体主体、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
可选地，相邻凸起结构之间的间隔空隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的其他夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述凸起结构与基底之间的空隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的其他夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述中间体主体是层状、或片状、或板状的。
可选地，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位，单独地、或配合以下的一种或多种部件来对实体进行固定：第一多孔性结构、中间体主体的其他部位、中间体主体以外其他的夹层部、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
可选地，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
可选地，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，对嵌入在缺口处的实体进行固定。
可选地，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体主体的其他部位、中间体主体以外其他的夹层部、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
可选地，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，且缺口内侧设置有延伸体；通过延伸体对实体进行固定。
可选地，所述中间体主体是封闭的；或者，所述中间体主体设置有通道或开口。
可选地，所述中间体主体处设置的通道，是形成在中间体主体内部的管道；或者，所述中间体主体处设置的通道是沟槽，其形成在中间体主体靠近基底一侧的表面，且沟槽的至少一部分朝着基底所在的方向敞开。
可选地，所述中间体主体处设有第一沟槽作为中间体主体的通道，和/ 或，所述基底处设有第二沟槽作为基底的通道；
其中，第一沟槽形成在中间体主体靠近基底一侧的表面，且第一沟槽的至少一部分朝着基底所在的方向敞开；第二沟槽形成在基底靠近复合体一侧的表面，且第二沟槽的至少一部分朝着复合体所在方向敞开；
同时设置第一沟槽和第二沟槽时，两者相互错开，或者两者相互扣合形成一个通道。
可选地，复合体与基底进行电阻焊时，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构和/或中间体主体，没有朝着基底凸起的凸起结构；或者，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构、中间体主体、朝着基底凸起的凸起结构之中的一种或多种。
可选地，复合体与基底进行电阻焊时，所述基底的焊接界面设有基底凸起结构，所述基底凸起结构朝着复合体的焊接界面凸起；
所述基底至少通过基底凸起结构与复合体的焊接界面连接；并且，与所述基底凸起结构相连接的，是复合体的焊接界面上的第一多孔性结构、或不包含凸起结构的夹层部、或夹层部处没有设置凸起结构的部位。
可选地，所述连接结构包含支撑部，其至少一部分插入在第一多孔性结构内；
所述支撑部的第一端靠近第一多孔性结构的第一侧，所述支撑部的第二端靠近第一多孔性结构的第二侧；第一多孔性结构的第二侧是靠近复合体的焊接界面的一侧，第一侧是与第二侧相对的一侧；
所述支撑部单独地或配合以下一种或多种部件来形成容纳空间，或者，所述支撑部单独地或配合以下的一个或多个部件对实体进行固定；所述部件，包含：其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述支撑部，与第一多孔性结构一同制成，或者另外设置到第一多孔性结构处；所述支撑部处用于设置容纳空间或用于固定实体的部位，与该支撑部的其他部位一同制成，或是通过对支撑部加工而制成；
用于设置容纳空间或用于固定实体的支撑部，是第一多孔性结构中的全部支撑部，或是其中的一部分支撑部。
可选地，所述支撑部穿过实体对其固定；
实体处不被支撑部固定的部位，由以下的一个或多个部件固定，或者不与所述部件接触；所述部件，包含：其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述容纳空间全部或一部分形成在支撑部内。
可选地，支撑部的全部或部分表面，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
可选地，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用作容纳空间的至少一部分；
或者，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用来对实体进行固定；
或者，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用来设置对实体进行固定的部件。
可选地，相邻支撑部之间的间隔空隙，和/或支撑部处开设的通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，复合体与基底连接之后，去除支撑部的全部或一部分而形成的空隙，成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入到第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙处实施固定。
可选地，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入到第一多孔性结构内形成的与支撑部的插入部位相对应的空隙处；
该空隙在复合体与基底连接后通过去除支撑部的全部或一部分而形成；
或者，该空隙位于支撑部与其插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构之间。
可选地，实体通过设置的嵌套结构，固定在支撑部处。
可选地，实体设置有整合的嵌入结构和嵌套结构；
实体的嵌入结构插入在第一多孔性结构内形成的与支撑部的插入部位相对应的空隙处，嵌套结构固定至空隙内的支撑部处。
可选地，所述嵌套结构是闭环结构，套设在支撑部上；
或者，所述嵌套结构是非闭环结构，与支撑部紧密接触。
可选地，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入在支撑部设置的空隙处；
或者，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入在支撑部设置的凹陷处。
可选地，所述支撑部处形成有凹陷，在复合体与基底连接之时供电极的单体插入；
复合体与基底连接之后，实体设置的嵌入结构插入在所述凹陷；或者，所述凹陷作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，实体的嵌入结构所插入的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位的第一端；该实体与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面有接触或没有接触；
或者，嵌入结构所插入的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位除第一端以外的其他部位，则该部位与容纳空间毗邻；
其中，在设置嵌入结构时，该插入部位的第一端或其他部位仍有支撑部，或该插入部位的第一端或其他部位的支撑部被去除。
可选地，实体的嵌套结构所固定的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位的第一端；该实体与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面有接触或没有接触；
或者，嵌套结构所固定的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位除第一端以外的其他部位，则该部位与容纳空间毗邻。
可选地，与支撑部在第一多孔性结构内的插入部位相对应的空隙，作为容纳空间，或作为通道或开口，或用来设置其他对实体进行固定的部件；
其中，与插入部位相对应的空隙，在复合体与基底连接之前形成，所述支撑部位于所述空隙内；
或者，与插入部位相对应的空隙，在复合体与基底连接之后形成，所述支撑部位于所述空隙内，或不位于所述空隙内。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与其插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构直接接触；在复合体与基底连接之后，去除支撑部的全部或一部分，形成与插入部位相对应的空隙。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构没有直接接触，所述支撑部插入于形成在第一多孔性结构内的第一空隙处；支撑部通过第一空隙内的间隔与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，将去除支撑部的全部或一部分所留下的间隔与第一空隙 的间隔连通，形成与插入部位相对应的空隙。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构没有直接接触，所述支撑部插入于形成在第一多孔性结构内的第一空隙处；支撑部通过第一空隙内的间隔与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，保留支撑部，以第一空隙内的间隔，作为与插入部位相对应的空隙；或者。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之时，第一空隙的间隔内设置有绝缘体，将支撑部与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，绝缘体被去除全部或一部分，来形成与插入部位相对应的空隙，或者形成与所述空隙连通的间隔。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之后，插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构，保持其在复合体与基底连接之时的状态，或者被去除一部分而形成与插入部位相对应的空隙，或者被去除一部分而形成与所述空隙连通的间隔。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，则与插入部位相对应的空隙，包含位于支撑部第一端与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面之间的间隔；
在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面或与第一侧表面齐平，则与插入部位相对应的空隙，包含位于支撑部插入部位与其周边的第一多孔性结构之间的间隔。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面：在复合体与基底连接之后去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出、或仍超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，或与第一侧表面齐平；
在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面：在复合体与基底连接之后维持支撑部的状态或去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面；
在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面齐平：在复合体与基底连接之后，去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面；或者，维持支撑部的状态，使支撑部的第一端仍与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面齐平。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之后，第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面被电极或压头压缩，或者将第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面去除一部分，从而对支撑部的第一端与被压缩或被去除后得到的第一多孔性结构第一侧表面的位置关系进行调整。
可选地，与插入部位相对应的空隙处，设置的用来对实体进行固定的部件，包含实体的嵌入结构和/或嵌套结构；所述嵌入结构插入在该空隙，所述嵌套结构固定至支撑部。
可选地，在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部的第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，作为支撑部的超出部位；实体的嵌入结构和/或嵌套结构，设置在支撑部的超出部位。
可选地，支撑部的第二端不超出第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，或与第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面齐平；
支撑部的第二端与所述第二侧表面齐平时，中间体包含的夹层部与支撑部的第二端相接触或不接触；支撑部的第二端与所述第二侧表面齐平，且中间体不包含夹层部时，支撑部的第二端与基底相连接或不连接。
可选地，支撑部与夹层部包含的中间体主体处远离基底的一侧接触，中间体主体靠近基底一侧设有朝着基底凸起的凸起结构或没有凸起结构；
或者，支撑部与夹层部包含的凸起结构处远离基底的一侧接触，所述凸起结构设置在第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，且朝着基底凸起。
可选地，支撑部与夹层部包含的凸起结构对应设置并直接接触；或者，支撑部与夹层部的凸起错位分布且不直接接触；
其中，所述凸起结构向基底凸起，且设置在第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，或设置在夹层部包含的中间体主体靠近基底的一侧。
可选地，所述支撑部由绝缘材料制成；
或者，所述支撑部由导电材料制成，属于中间体的插入部。
可选地，所述支撑部由熔融状的物质在所注入的第一多孔性结构处凝固后制成；
该物质是高分子材料，或是与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
可选地，所述支撑部是实心结构；
或者，所述支撑部是多孔性结构，且致密度高于第一多孔性结构的致密度。
可选地，所述支撑部处设置有联结体和/或延伸体，作为边缘界面的至少一部分，或作为对容纳空间的通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，或用于单独地或配合以下的一个或多个部件对实体进行固定：
所述部件，包含：与联结体或延伸体连接的支撑部、其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、其他的联结体或延伸体、另外设置在连接结构的构件；
其中，所述联结体的两端分别与两个支撑部连接；
所述延伸体的一端与支撑部连接，另一端延伸到开放空间，或延伸到第一多孔性结构、或中间体的插入部、或中间体的夹层部、或其他设置到连接结构的构件与容纳空间毗邻的部位。
可选地，连接在一对支撑部之间的联结体，靠近于支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间设有缺口，所述缺口靠近于支撑部的第二端；所述联结体与暴露在缺口处的基底表面之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，连接在一对支撑部之间的联结体，更靠近支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间设有缺口，所述缺口靠近于支撑部的第二端，所述缺口处设有连接在同一对支撑部的延伸体；所述联结体与延伸体之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，连接在一对支撑部之间的第一联结体，更靠近支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间还连接有第二联结体，所述第二联结体靠近支撑部的第二端；所述第一联结体与第二联结体之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
可选地，所述空隙连通到位于基底表面的沟道或管道的开口；所述沟道或管道用于布置连接传感器的线缆，或者用于输送药物。
可选地，所述基底表面的沟道处未与所述空隙连通的部位，被与基底连接的夹层部的中间体主体所覆盖。
可选地，所述联结体或延伸体本身，由支撑部单独固定，或由支撑部配合以下的一个或多个部件进行固定：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中 间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件；
配合固定延伸体的部件，位于延伸体延伸的一端，或位于延伸体两端以外的其他部位；配合固定联结体的部件，位于联结体两端以外的其他部位。
可选地，与所述联结体的两端分别连接的两个支撑部，位于容纳空间的同一边缘界面，或位于容纳空间处相邻或相对的不同边缘界面。
可选地，所述联结体或延伸体与支撑部一同制成，或另外设置到支撑部处。
可选地，所述支撑部处的空隙或缺口或凹陷，用来设置联结体或延伸体。
可选地，所述联结体或延伸体是设置到支撑部处的成型部件或填充面；
所述填充面包含填充体，其将第一多孔性结构处毗邻支撑部及容纳空间的一部分支架或梁联结起来；熔融状的物质在连接结构的指定部位凝固后，形成所述填充体；该物质是高分子材料或与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
可选地，所述联结体或延伸体由导电材料或绝缘材料制成。
可选地，所述联结体或延伸体是实心结构；
或者，所述联结体或延伸体是多孔性结构，其致密度与第一多孔性结构的致密度相同或不同。
可选地，所述复合体设置有锚点；所述锚点包含锚点本体，其位于第一多孔性结构靠近基底的第二侧；所述锚点本体的第二侧与基底接触并连接；
形成在锚点本体第一侧的空隙，作为容纳空间，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，激光焊的光束穿过预先形成在锚点本体第一侧的空隙，到达锚点本体的第一侧，对锚点本体与基底连接；
或者，激光焊的光束穿过填充在锚点本体第一侧的第一多孔性结构而形成锚点本体第一侧的空隙，该光束达到锚点本体的第一侧，对锚点本体与基底连接；
或者，电阻焊的电极的单体插入预先形成在所述锚点本体第一侧的空隙，到达锚点本体的第一侧，将电流传导到锚点本体及第一多孔性结构第二侧与 之邻近的部位，将复合体与基底连接。
可选地，所述锚点进一步包含锚点周边，锚点本体的第一侧至少设置有一个锚点周边，或者，锚点本体的第一侧设置有环绕的锚点周边；
锚点周边至少部分插入在第一多孔性结构内，锚点周边第一端靠近第一多孔性结构第一侧，锚点周边第二端靠近第一多孔性结构第二侧；
其中，锚点周边作为边缘界面的至少一部分；或者，锚点周边开设有通道或开口，供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述环绕的锚点周边所围成的空间，对应于锚点本体第一侧的空隙。
可选地，所述锚点与至少一个其他锚点之间，通过联结体连接；
所述联结体包含联结体本体，与锚点本体连接；所述联结体本体位于第一多孔性结构靠近基底的第二侧；所述锚点本体的第二侧与基底接触或不接触；
或者，所述联结体包含所述联结体本体，还包含至少一个联结体侧壁；所述联结体侧壁至少部分插入在第一多孔性结构内，联结体侧壁第一端靠近第一多孔性结构第一侧，联结体侧壁第二端靠近第一多孔性结构第二侧；与联结体连接的锚点没有锚点周边，或者与联结体连接的锚点设有锚点周边与联结体侧壁连接；
所述联结体作为边缘界面的至少一部分，或者，所述联结体开设有通道或开口，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述锚点是实心结构；
或者，所述锚点是比所述第一多孔性结构的致密度更高的多孔性结构；
所述联结体是实心结构；
或者，所述联结体是比所述第一多孔性结构的致密度更高的多孔性结构；
所述联结体的致密度与所述锚点的致密度一致或不一致。
可选地，所述锚点本体属于所述中间体的夹层部；所述锚点周边属于支撑部；
所述联结体本体属于所述中间体的夹层部，所述联结体侧壁属于支撑部。
可选地，复合体与基底之间有一对接触面，且在该对接触面进行连接；或者，复合体与基底之间有多对接触面，且在其中至少一对接触面相互连接；
容纳空间设置在复合体处避开接触面的部位，或者容纳空间延伸到复合体的接触面，或者容纳空间穿过复合体的接触面延伸到基底。
可选地，基底的接触面包含一个接触区域，其与一个复合体接触且连接，或分别与多个复合体接触且连接；
或者，基底的接触面包含多个接触区域，其与同一个复合体接触且连接；
或者，基底的接触面包含多个接触区域，其中的每个接触区域和与之对应的一个复合体接触且连接，或每个接触区域和与之对应的多个复合体分别接触；
有多个复合体时，相邻复合体的容纳空间各自独立或相互连通。
可选地，所述基底的一个接触区域，对应于该基底处一个方向或不同方向的表面；
所述基底的多个接触区域，对应于该基底处同一个方向的表面，或对应该基底处不同方向的表面。
可选地，复合体与基底之间的至少一对接触面，形成有相匹配的限位口和限位突起；限位口形成在这一对之中的一个接触面，限位突起形成在这一对之中的另一个接触面，并能插入到限位口内；具有限位口的接触面与具有限位突起的接触面，是相互连接的一对接触面，或者是不相互连接的一对接触面；
其中，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，避开具有限位口及限位凸起所在的接触面设置；
或者，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，在具有限位口及限位凸起所在的接触面、避开限位口及限位凸起所在的部位设置；
或者，在复合体与基底连接之后，利用限位口和/或限位凸起所在的部位或对该部位加工，来设置容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口。
可选地，复合体与基底的至少一对接触面通过形成相匹配的表面而实施定位；这一对接触面相互连接，或者不相互连接；
其中，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，避开用于定位的接触面设置，或者在用于定位的接触面设置。
可选地，所述基底设有凹部，所述复合体包含嵌入凹部内的部位，该部位与基底的凹部之间有一对接触面，且在这对接触面相互连接；或者，该部位与基底的凹部之间有多对接触面，且在其中至少一对接触面相互连接。
可选地，复合体处嵌入基底凹部内的部位包含中间体的夹层部；
所述基底的凹部包含开口、与开口相对的第一表面、位于开口和第一表面之间的侧边；
所述复合体的夹层部包含与凹部的第一表面相接触的第二表面，所述凹部的侧边与复合体处相应方向的第一多孔性结构接触或不接触；或者，所述夹层部包含所述第二表面，以及与凹部的侧边接触的第三表面；
其中，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位，作为容纳空间的至少部分边缘界面；或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位去除，使容纳空间延伸到基底凹部的第一表面和/或侧边；
或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位，用于单独地或配合以下一种或多种部件对实体进行固定；
或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位开设通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通外部开放空间，或连通以下一种或多种部件设置的通道或开口；
所述部件，包含：基底凹部、第一多孔性结构、夹层部的其他部位、其他的中间体、另外设置到连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述基底的凹部的至少一处侧边是斜面，其与第一表面之间形成设定的角度；与这处侧边接触的第三表面是斜面，其与第二表面之间形成设定的角度。
可选地，所述角度为锐角。
可选地，复合体与基底通过激光焊或电阻焊连接；
所述容纳空间在复合体与基底连接之前、或连接过程中，或连接之后形成。
可选地，激光焊的光束直接接触到中间体的夹层部暴露在外的表面，将夹层部与基底进行焊接；或者，激光焊的光束穿过第一多孔性结构本身或形成在第一多孔性结构内的空隙而到达夹层部所在位置，将夹层部与基底进行焊接。
可选地，完成焊接之后，所述空隙作为容纳空间，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：
第一多孔性结构；从第一多孔性结构的导电接触部位到复合体的焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构的其他部位、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部之中的一个或多个；
中间体的插入部；从插入部的导电接触部位到复合体的焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构、其他的插入部、中间体的夹层部之中的一个或多个；
中间体的夹层部；从该夹层部的导电接触部位获得的电流，被传导到该夹层部将与基底焊接的焊接界面，或者，将电流传导到所在复合体的其他焊接界面，从夹层部的导电接触部位到其他焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、其他的夹层部之中的一个或多个；
基底；从该基底的导电接触部位获得的电流，被传导到该基底将与复合体焊接的焊接界面；
其中，与基底导电接触的电极，和与第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触的电极，是不同极性的电极；
若连接结构包含插入在第一多孔性结构的支撑部，则以导电材质制成的支撑部属于其中一种中间体的插入部；
复合体包含夹层部时，复合体的焊接界面包含夹层部和或第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧；复合体不包含夹层部时，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极，与中间体的插入部直接导电接触，包含：
电极与插入部暴露在外的表面导电接触；
或者，电极穿过第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙而到达插入部所在位置，与插入部导电接触。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极，与中间体的夹层部直接导电接触，包含：
电极与夹层部暴露在外的表面导电接触；
或者，电极穿过第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙而到达夹层部所在位置，与夹层部导电接触。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极，包含第一极性的电极和第二极性的电极；
基底的相对两侧分别与第一复合体和第二复合体连接；
其中，第一极性的电极与第一复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触；第二极性的电极与第二复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触；
或者，第一极性的电极与第一复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触，第二极性的电极与基底导电接触，该基底已经与第二复合体完成连接。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极，包含电极的单体；电极的单体用于接触第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部暴露在外的表面，或者用于插入第一多孔性结构的空隙，来与第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部中的至少一种直接接触，或者用于插入形成在中间体插入部的凹陷来与插入部直接接触；
多个单体同时在多个位置焊接，或者一个单体分别在多个位置焊接；一个极性的电极有一个或多个单体；有多个单体时各自独立供电，或者对并联的多个单体供电。
可选地，使复合体与基底的焊接界面紧密接触而施加的压力，来自电极或压头；
在基底一侧连接复合体，同时设置有电极和压头时，第一极性的电极与第一压头分别接触复合体，两者布置及接触复合体的方向相同或不同；第二极性的电极与第二压头分别接触基底，两者布置及接触基底的方向相同或不同。
可选地，使复合体与基底的焊接界面紧密接触而施加的压力，来自电极或压头；
在基底的相对两侧分别连接第一复合体、第二复合体，同时设置有电极和压头时，第一极性的电极与第一压头分别接触第一复合体，两者布置及接触第一复合体的方向相同或不同；
其中，第二极性的电极与第二压头分别接触第二复合体，两者布置及接触第二复合体的方向相同或不同；基底已经与第一复合体或第二复合体连接，或者基底还没有与第一复合体或第二复合体连接；
或者，第二极性的电极接触基底，该基底已经与第二复合体完成连接，第二压头接触第二复合体，则第二极性的电极布置及接触基底的方向，与第二压头布置及接触第二复合体的方向相同或不同。
可选地，第一极性的电极，从第一多孔性结构第一侧所在的方向，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到复合体的其他导电部件；
和/或，第一极性的电极，从第一多孔性结构第一侧以外的其他方向，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到复合体的其他导电部件；
其中，第一多孔性结构的第一侧是其远离基底的一侧。
可选地，用于电阻焊的电极与连接结构的以下一种或多种部件直接导电接触来施加电流；或者，用于电阻焊的电极向另外设置的导电介质施加电流，并通过导电介质传导到连接结构的以下一种或多种部件；所述导电介质在焊接后至少被大部分去除；所述部件包含：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底。
可选地，所述导电介质位于以下一种或多种部件的暴露表面；所述部件包含：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底；
和/或，所述导电介质填充或延伸到第一多孔性结构的一部分孔隙处。
可选地，所述导电介质为粉末、或箔片、或丝材、或微球、或颗粒。
可选地，所述导电介质是熔融状的物质在所注入的第一多孔性结构处凝固得到的；
所述导电介质的熔点低于第一多孔性结构的熔点。
可选地，所述导电介质是可喷涂的。
可选地，所述导电介质是硬质部件，覆盖在第一多孔性结构的暴露表面；
或者，所述导电介质是可变形的柔体部件，覆盖在第一多孔性结构的暴露表面，并从暴露表面向第一多孔性结构内部延伸一部分。
可选地，所述导电介质由良导体材料制成；
所述导电介质由与第一多孔性结构或中间体相同或性质近似的材料制成。
可选地，所述连接结构包含高分子材料中间层；所述容纳空间利用高分子材料层设置，或避开高分子材料层设置；
连接结构处的任意一个多孔性结构内注入有高分子材料，或者，任意一个多孔性结构与基底之间、或相邻的两个多孔性结构之间通过注入的高分子材料进行连接，熔融状的高分子材料同时渗透到其所连接的部位，使高分子材料与其所在的部位形成高分子材料中间层。
可选地，所述高分子材料中间层的至少部分表面，用作容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面；或者，容纳空间的全部或一部分形成在高分子材料中间层内；或者，所述高分子材料层的至少部分表面，用于单独地或配合以下的一种或多种部件，对实体进行固定；第一多孔性结构、基底、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述容纳空间设置在连接结构内、没有高分子材料中间层的部件；
或者，容纳空间设置在具有高分子材料中间层的部件处避开高分子材料中间层的区域。
可选地，高分子材料中间层形成在第一多孔性结构内，和/或形成在作为夹层部的第二多孔性结构内。
可选地，第一多孔性结构与基底之间形成高分子材料中间层；
或者，作为夹层部的第二多孔性结构与基底之间形成高分子材料中间层。
可选地，第一多孔性结构的第一侧与一第四多孔性结构之间形成高分子材料中间层；该第四多孔性结构单独布置，与一第五多孔性结构预先连接或一体成型形成另一复合体，第四多孔性结构、第五多孔性结构的致密度不同；
第一多孔性结构的第一侧是其远离基底的一侧。
可选地，高分子材料中间层所在的多孔性结构或与之毗邻的多孔性结构内，设置有间隔层，对高分子材料的注入及渗透位置进行限定；所述间隔层 与其所在的多孔性结构一体成型，或是另外设置到该多孔性结构。
可选地，所述间隔层作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或者所述间隔层用于单独地或配合以下的一种或多种部件，对实体进行固定；第一多孔性结构、基底、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、高分子材料层。
可选地，所述间隔层是实心结构，或是一种多孔性结构，间隔层的致密度高于注入高分子材料的多孔性结构的致密度。
可选地，所述高分子材料层或间隔层开设有通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通外部开放空间，或连通以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口；所述部件，包含：第一多孔性结构、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
可选地，所述高分子材料中间层或间隔层作为对通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体。
所述容纳物包含用电器，为其供电的器件，设置在用电器所在的容纳空间或其他的容纳空间，或设置在连接结构以外；所述器件通过有线或无线方式为用电器供电。
可选地，所述容纳物包含用电器，其通过线缆与其他器件进行电能和/或信号的传输；所述线缆布置于容纳空间的通道，和/或布置于连接结构各部件所开设的、与容纳空间的通道或开口连通的通道；
其中，以线缆连接的所述其他器件，位于用电器所在的容纳空间或其他的容纳空间，或设置在连接结构以外。
可选地，所述容纳物是传感器。
可选地，所述传感器对所处环境周围的一种或多种状态进行检测：温度、压力、湿度。
可选地，所述传感器对菌种进行检测。
可选地，传感器的探测面暴露在连接结构表面之外，或者对着能连通到连接结构暴露表面的通道或开口；
或者，传感器处，检测用的探头，或以无线方式传输电能和/或信号的天线，通过容纳空间的通道或开口伸出。
可选地，所述容纳物是药物。
可选地，实体的药物直接被连接结构的相应部件固定；
或者，药物被实体的包覆体包裹后，放置到容纳空间或被连接结构的相应部件固定；
或者，药物放置到容纳空间内。
可选地，容纳空间处的开口包含药物的输入口和输出口；
输入口与输出口是独立的开口或是同一个开口；
容纳空间的输入口，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道及开口间接与外部开放空间连通；
容纳空间的输出口，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道及开口间接与外部开放空间连通。
可选地，容纳空间处的通道包含药物的输入通道和输出通道；
输入通道与输出通道是独立的通道或是同一个通道；
容纳空间的输入通道，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道间接与外部开放空间连通；
容纳空间的输出通道，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道间接与外部开放空间连通。
可选地，所述输入通道、输入口是敞开的，或者被封闭并等待后续打开，或者被封闭后不再打开；
所述输出通道、输出口是敞开的，或者被封闭并等待后续打开。
可选地，对通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，由以下任意一种材料制成；
可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；
可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；
可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；
可允许容纳物通过的材料；
可允许容纳物缓释的材料；
可溶解的材料；
与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同的材料；
与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底性质近似的材料。
可选地，药物的包覆体，由以下任意一种材料制成；
可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；
可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；
可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；
可允许药物通过的材料；
可允许药物缓释的材料；
可溶解的材料。
本发明的另一个技术方案是提供一种假体，所述假体设置有上述任意一项连接结构；所述假体，包含：
复合体，包含预先连接或一体成型的第一多孔性结构与中间体；所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；
假体主体，作为基底；所述假体主体的至少部分表面设为连接区域，与复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体相连接；
其中，所述连接结构设有至少一个容纳空间。
可选地，所述假体是骨科假体。
可选地，所述假体是关节假体。
可选地，所述复合体形成为壳体，包覆在所述假体主体的连接区域上，与连接区域接触并连接；连接区域所在的假体主体的表面，对应于该假体主体上的同一个方向或者对应于该假体主体上的不同方向。
可选地，所述复合体形成的壳体是一个整体；
或者，所述复合体形成的壳体包含多个壳体片体；其中，多个壳体片体相互独立，或者相邻的壳体片体之间在至少一侧的邻边相连接。
可选地，所述假体是以下任意一种：
股骨柄、髋臼杯、椎间融合器、股骨髁、胫骨平台、脊柱假体、踝关节、肩关节、肘关节、指关节、趾关节、椎间小关节、下颌关节、腕关节、人工牙根。
可选地，所述假体是髋关节的股骨柄，所述股骨柄的柄体主体作为基底；
所述柄体主体的近端的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
可选地，所述假体是髋关节的髋臼杯，所述髋臼杯的杯体主体作为基底；
所述杯体主体的外周面的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
可选地，所述假体是椎间融合器，椎间融合器的融合器主体作为基底；
所述连接区域至少位于所述融合器主体的上端面和下端面。
可选地，所述假体是股骨髁，股骨髁的股骨髁主体作为基底；
所述股骨髁主体的内凹面的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
可选地，所述假体是胫骨平台，其包含的胫骨平台主体作为基底，
所述连接区域位于胫骨平台主体的平台托的下表面。
可选地，所述多孔性表面结构的表面，进一步形成有以下的任意一种或多种物质：骨传导涂层、骨诱导涂层、抗菌涂层、细胞或生长因子的载体。
本发明的又一个技术方案是提供一种带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构的制作方法，用于制作上述任意一项连接结构；
所述制作方法，包含：
第一多孔性结构与中间体预先连接或一体成型，得到复合体；所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；
将复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体，与基底相连接；
为连接结构设置至少一个容纳空间；所述容纳空间的至少一部分通过第一多孔性结构设置，或通过第一多孔性结构与中间体和/或基底的配合设置；
所述容纳空间在复合体与基底连接之前，或连接过程中，或连接之后设置。
本发明示例的连接结构，通过预先连接或一体成型的工艺(3D打印等)制造一个复合体，使其包含第一多孔性结构和相对其有更高致密度的中间体(实心体或孔隙率更低的多孔性结构)；采用焊接方法(激光焊或电阻焊)，将复合体与基底进行有效结合；激光焊光束作用于中间体，避免原先激光能量直接作用第一多孔性结构而击断其支架的问题，使复合体与基底的连接更为可靠；凸焊式电阻焊法利用接触电阻产生局部热源实现焊接，大大减少或避免了热压工艺(如渗透焊工艺)等造成基底的力学性能大幅下降的问题；本发明还可以将凸焊式电阻焊和点焊式电阻焊配合使用，加强中间体与基底之间的焊接强度以及减小多孔性表面结构的表面损伤。
本发明示例的连接结构，可以通过锻造、铸造或机加工或粉末冶金等各种工艺来制造基底。所述基底可以是实心的，或者可以是高致密度的多孔性结构(第一多孔性结构的致密度要低于基底，而中间体的致密度可以介于两者之间。本发明实现了多孔表面和实心(高致密度)基底的有效结合，满足了机械结构整体和表面性能不同时的连接要求，同时避免了热压工艺等造成 基底的力学性能大幅下降的问题，使基底的强度不受实质性影响。本发明还避免了对整个实心(高致密度)基底进行3D打印，使得加工操作得以简化，降低了制造成本，也节约了时间。
本发明示例的连接结构，在第一多孔性结构内设置支撑部，用于对电极或压头进行限位，保证电阻焊接完成后的第一多孔性结构表面的高度能达至预设高度，避免第一多孔性结构被过多压缩；支撑部用于限位时，可以使用绝缘材料，或使用导电材料，制成实心的或高致密度的多孔性结构作为支撑部；当支撑部为良导电材料时，进一步引导电极输出的电流大部分优先流经支撑部直至复合体的焊接界面，改善电流传导效率，保证复合体与基底之间的焊接强度，还能减小对第一多孔性结构表面产生的损伤。
本发明示例的连接结构，在第一多孔性结构的焊接界面设置夹层部，例如中间体主体和/或凸起结构，通过夹层部与基底连接；或者，在基底的焊接界面设置反向的凸起结构，与夹层部的中间体主体或第一多孔性结构等不凸起的部位连接。本发明利用夹层部的凸起结构，或基底的反向凸起结构，来调整焊接界面的接触电阻，从而提升焊接强度。
本发明示例的连接结构，可以在第一多孔性结构布置导电的支撑部、夹层部的中间体主体、夹层部的凸起结构之中任意一种或多种部件，以调整焊接界面的接触电阻、改变电流传导的路径、提升电流传导的效率等，来适应复合体与基底连接的不同情况。使用3D打印等一体成型方式，可以方便地根据设计的最优情况，在第一多孔性结构处制成支撑部、中间体主体、凸起结构等部件，加工操作得以简化，降低了制造成本，也节约了时间。
本发明示例的连接结构，设置有容纳空间，至少部分通过第一多孔性结构来设置。优选的是用为连接复合体与基底所设置的各种部件，如支撑部、中间体主体、凸起结构等来配合设置容纳空间，这样既实现复合体与基底的可靠连接，又可以对这些部件进一步利用，同时也为容纳空间的设置提供更多选择，以适应不同的物品容纳及使用需要。
本发明利用带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构，制成了各种人工植入假体，尤其是各种骨科假体、关节假体，比如股骨柄体，髋臼杯体等，使假体主体便于加工且具有高强度，同时通过与之有效结合的多孔表面优化骨长入的性能，还可以使假体(如股骨柄)的截面最小化。利用连接结构可 以设置传感器，对假体周边进行各种状态的检测，以及时发现产生感染的情况；还可以设置药物，根据需要注入及释放，来预防或治疗假体周围的感染，用户体验更好。
图1是现有技术中第一多孔性结构与基底直接连接的示意图；
图2是本发明所述复合体的中间体主体与基底连接的示意图；
图3是本发明所述复合体的中间体主体及凸起结构与基底连接的示意图；
图4是本发明所述复合体的凸起结构的示意图；
图5是本发明所述复合体的第二多孔性结构与基底连接的示意图；
图6是本发明所述复合体的第二多孔性结构及凸起结构与基底连接的示意图；
图7是本发明使用柔性电极的示意图；
图8是本发明使用柔性导电介质的示意图；
图9是本发明使用导电介质的另一示例的示意图；
图10～图14是本发明实施例一所述第一多孔性结构用来设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图15是本发明中在第一多孔性结构处设置填充体的示意图；
图16是本发明所述在基底的两个相对表面连接复合体的示意图；
图17是本发明实施例二的凸起结构与基底连接及固定实体的示意图；
图18是本发明实施例二的凸起结构用来设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图19是本发明所述基底凸起结构与中间体主体连接的示意图；
图20、图21是本发明所述中间体主体与第一多孔性结构融合状态的两种示例；
图22、图23是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在第一多孔性结构和基底之间填充前和填充后的示意图；
图24是基于图23的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图25、图26是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在第二多孔性结构和基底之间填充前和填充后的示意图；
图27是基于图26的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图28、图29是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在带间隔层的第一多孔性结构和基底之间填充前和填充后的示意图；
图30是基于图29的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图31是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在第四多孔性结构和第一多孔性结构之间设置，且由该连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图32是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在第五多孔性结构和第一多孔性结构之间设置，且由该连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图33是本发明实施例三所述高分子材料在带间隔层的第四多孔性结构和第一多孔性结构之间设置，且由该连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图34～图42是本发明所述带支撑部的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；其中，
图34的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部不接触基底；
图35的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部接触基底；
图36的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部接触中间体主体；
图37的支撑部顶部与第一多孔性结构顶面齐平，底部不接触基底；
图38的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部接触基底；
图39的支撑部顶部高于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部接触基底；
图40的支撑部顶部高于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部不接触基底；
图41的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部不接触中间体主体及凸起结构；
图42的支撑部顶部低于第一多孔性结构顶面，底部不接触中间体主体；
图43～图51是俯视方向的示意图；其中，
图43～图48是通过支撑部设置设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图49是闭环的嵌套结构的示意图；
图50是非闭环的嵌套结构的示意图；
图51是横向的嵌入结构的示意图；
图52～图61是本发明所述带支撑部的复合体与基底连接的示意图；其中，
图52～图55的支撑部顶部在焊接前低于第一多孔性结构顶面；
图52的中间体包含中间体主体，相对应的支撑部和凸起结构；
图53的中间体包含中间体主体，错开的支撑部和凸起结构；
图54的中间体包含错开的支撑部和凸起结构；
图55的中间体包含相对应的支撑部和凸起结构；
图56～图57的支撑部顶部在焊接前与第一多孔性结构顶面齐平，中间体包含中间体主体和支撑部，第一极性电极分别使用平板电极和电极单体；
图58～图61的支撑部顶部在焊接前高于第一多孔性结构顶面；
图58、图59的中间体包含中间体主体，相对应的支撑部和凸起结构，第一极性电极分别使用平板电极和电极单体；
图60、图61的中间体包含相对应的支撑部和凸起结构，第一极性电极分别使用平板电极和电极单体；
图62是使用压头和侧面的第一极性电极的示意图；
图63是同时使用顶部和侧面的第一极性电极的示意图；
图64是第一极性电极单体插入第一多孔性结构的空隙与中间体主体接触的示意图；
图65是利用图64焊接后留下的空隙来设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图66是第一极性电极单体插入第一多孔性结构的空隙与中间体主体接触的另一种示例；
图67是第一极性电极单体插入支撑部的空隙与中间体主体接触的示意图；
图68是利用图67焊接后留下的空隙来设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图69是第一极性电极通过插入第一多孔性结构空隙的导电介质与中间体主体接触的示意图
图70是第一极性电极通过插入支撑部空隙的导电介质与中间体主体接触的示意图；
图71～图85是本发明实施例六所述支撑部设置联结体和/或延伸体，并设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；其中，图82～图85是俯视方向的示意图；
图71的联结体与中间体主体齐平；
图72的联结体高于中间体主体，形成第一种口袋结构的容纳空间；
图73的延伸体与中间体主体齐平；
图74的支撑部连接有两个不同高度的延伸体；
图75的联结体、支撑部、带缺口及延伸体的中间体主体，形成第二种口 袋结构的容纳空间；
图76是基于图72的容纳空间设置容纳物的一个示例；
图77是基于图75的容纳空间设置容纳物的一个示例；
图78是图75基础上在联结体开设通孔的示例；
图79～图81由两组联结体与支撑部，分别形成第三种、第四种、第五种口袋结构的容纳空间；
图79的两组联结体均开设通孔；
图80的两组联结体均开设通孔，且下方联结体的通孔被封闭；
图81的上方联结体开设通孔并且被封闭；
图82是联结体对应多个支撑部的示意图；
图83是支撑部之间连接不同高度、不同方向的联结体，及连接延伸体的示意图；
图84是环状结构的延伸体；
图85是分段的延伸体；
图86～图93对应实施例七，其中：
图86是本发明的复合体与有凹部的基底连接的示意图；
图87是本发明的复合体与基底的凹部在两侧有对应斜边的示意图；
图88是本发明的复合体与基底的凹部在一侧有对应斜边的示意图；
图89～图91分别是基于图86～图88的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图92是本发明的复合体与基底的凹部在两侧有卡扣结构的示意图；
图93是本发明的复合体与基底的凹部在一侧有卡扣结构的示意图；
图94～图113对应实施例八，其中：
图94是本发明的复合体的独立式锚点结构的俯视方向示意图；
图95是本发明的独立式锚点结构的锚点上方有空隙的示意图；
图96是本发明独立式锚点结构的锚点上方被多孔结构填充的示意图；
图97是本发明独立式锚点结构的锚点包含底部及周边的示意图；
图98～图101分别是基于图94～图97的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图102是本发明复合体的联结式锚点结构的俯视方向示意图；
图103是本发明联结式锚点结构的锚点上方有空隙的示意图；
图104是本发明联结式锚点结构的锚点上方被多孔结构填充的示意图；
图105是本发明联结式锚点结构的锚点包含底部及周边的示意图；
图106是本发明联结式锚点结构的各联结体的侧壁高度相同的示意图；
图107是本发明联结式锚点结构的各联结体的侧壁高度不同的示意图；
图108～图113分别是基于图102～图107的连接结构设置容纳空间及容纳物的示意图；
图114～图120对应实施例九，其中：
图114是传感器设置在第二种口袋结构的示意图；
图115、图116是两种布置传感器线缆的示意图；
图117是传感器与无线充电模块一起布置的示意图；
图118是传感器与无线充电模块、电磁信号触发开关一起布置的示意图；
图119～图124对应实施例十，其中：
图119、图120是基底开设沟槽与下方联结体开设的通孔连通的示意图，图119的基底与中间体主体之间有间隙，图120的基底与中间体主体之间没有间隙；
图121、图122是基于第四种口袋结构注入药物前后的示意图；
图123、图124是基于第五种口袋结构注入药物前后的示意图；
图125～图155对应实施例十一，其中：
图125是本发明股骨柄应用第一多孔性结构与基底的连接结构的主视图；
图126是本发明股骨柄应用第一多孔性结构与基底的连接结构的侧视图；
图127是本发明用于股骨柄的一个壳体片体的正面示意图；
图128是本发明用于股骨柄的一个壳体片体的背面示意图；
图129是本发明用于股骨柄的一个壳体片体的局部截面示意图；
图130是本发明用于股骨柄的一个柄体壳体未合拢时正面的示意图；
图131是本发明用于股骨柄的一个柄体壳体未合拢时背面的示意图；
图132是本发明以两个壳体片体包裹股骨柄的横向截面示意图；
图133是本发明股骨柄的柄体主体无裙边而连接复合体的主视图；
图134是本发明股骨柄的柄体主体无裙边而连接复合体的侧视图；
图135是本发明股骨柄的柄体主体有裙边而连接复合体的主视图；
图136是本发明股骨柄的柄体主体有裙边而连接复合体的侧视图；
图137是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体无裙边且不分区连接复合体的主视图；
图138是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体无裙边且不分区连接复合体的侧视图；
图139是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体有裙边而不分区连接复合体的主视图；
图140是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体有裙边而不分区连接复合体的侧视图；
图141是图136、图139、图149所示假体适用的基底与复合体连接结构实物的示意图；
图142是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体有裙边且分区连接复合体的主视图；
图143是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体有裙边且分区连接复合体的侧视图；
图144是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体无裙边而分区连接复合体的主视图；
图145是本发明髋臼杯的杯体主体无裙边而分区连接复合体的侧视图；
图146是本发明的髋臼杯假体在图144中B-B截面及其局部放大示意图；
图147是本发明的髋臼杯假体在图145中A-A截面及其局部放大示意图；
图148是本发明的融合器主体无裙边而连接复合体的示意图；
图149是本发明的融合器主体有裙边而连接复合体的示意图；
图150是本发明的股骨髁主体有裙边且分区连接复合体的示意图；
图151是本发明的股骨髁主体无裙边且分区连接复合体的示意图；
图152是本发明的股骨髁假体在图151中C-C截面及其局部放大的示意图；
图153是本发明的胫骨平台主体有裙边且分区连接复合体的示意图；
图154是本发明的胫骨平台主体无裙边且分区连接复合体的示意图；
图155是本发明的胫骨平台假体在图154中D-D截面及其局部放大示意图。
本发明提供一种连接结构，包含基底、中间体、第一多孔性结构。所述中间体包含：插入部和/或夹层部；插入部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构内；夹层部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构与基底之间。
以图2、图3、图17、图34、图52、图54、图58为例，图2、图3示出第一多孔性结构10和基底30之间有夹层部的结构，图2的夹层部为中间 体主体20，图3的夹层部包含中间体主体20及凸起结构21(图4是凸起结构的一种示意性的排列形式)，图17的夹层部包含凸起结构21；图34示出一例作为插入部的支撑部801；图52示出的中间体同时包含支撑部81、中间体主体20及凸起结构21，图54的中间体同时包含支撑部81和凸起结构21，图58的中间体同时包含支撑部82和中间体主体20，此处的描述，不作为对插入部和/或夹层部各自形态或其配合的限制，下文将具体说明其他示例。
本发明的连接结构中，第一多孔性结构10与中间体的至少一部分预先结合形成为复合体。示例地，通过中间体和/或第一多孔性结构10与基底30之间的连接，使该复合体与基底30实现连接。基于上述连接结构形成的一些产品中，复合体至少有一部分表面，如第一多孔性结构10的至少一部分表面，可以暴露在外，成为产品的外表面(如图2所示第一多孔性结构10的顶面暴露；但可暴露在外的不限于该方向的表面，也不限于第一多孔性结构10)。
其中，第一多孔性结构10与中间体的至少一部分预先连接形成复合体；或者，第一多孔性结构10与中间体的至少一部分是一体成型的结构，例如通过3D打印增材制造工艺、或气相沉淀工艺、或烧结等实现。其中，中间体所包含的不同部分(不限于所述的夹层部和插入部)，与第一多孔性结构10预先结合为复合体的时机或方式，可以是相同的，也可以是不同的。
预先结合的时机或方式不同的示例中，夹层部与第一多孔性结构10一体成型；而插入部是之后设置到第一多孔性结构10内，与第一多孔性结构10和/或夹层部进行连接或接触的；由此形成的复合体，再与基底30连接。又例如，插入部与第一多孔性结构10一体成型，而夹层部之后通过其他方式与第一多孔性结构10固定连接，由此形成复合体再与基底30连接。
在一些示例中，在复合体与基底30固定连接之后，可以将第一多孔性结构10的一部分，和/或中间体的一部分去除，从而扩展后续应用的场景。
优选地，中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度。例如，中间体可以是实心的，也可以是一种多孔性结构(称其为第二多孔性结构20’，如图5、图6所示)。第一多孔性结构10与第二多孔性结构20’可以是有明确分界的，例如以独立的部件组合而成；或者，也可以没有明确分界，以某种融合的状态形成，例如在同一个多孔性结构中致密度是分层的或是渐变的，其中，后续将暴露在外的、致密度较低的部分对应第一多孔性结构10，将连 接基底30的、致密度较高的部分对应第二多孔性结构20’。
例如，图2、图3所示的中间体主体20是实心的，与第一多孔性结构10的界面相对较清晰；图5、图6所示的中间体主体使用第二多孔性结构20’构成，其与第一多孔性结构10至少在两者的交界面有一定的融合，或两者本就是一体成型的；图3和图6示出实心的中间体主体20和第二多孔性结构20’分别与凸起结构21连接的示例，其中图6的凸起结构21与第二多孔性结构20’也是相互融合的。下文提及中间体主体20时，都可以替换为使用第二多孔性结构20’的中间体主体来实现，不一一赘述。
上述多孔性结构，包含众多交错布置的支架(或梁)，在这些支架(或梁)之间构成一些多向贯通、形状规则或不规则的孔隙。中间体使用第二多孔性结构20’构成时，所述第二多孔性结构20’的致密度高于第一多孔性结构10，如表现为第二多孔性结构20’中的支架(梁)更粗和/或孔隙率更低。
不同示例中，中间体的插入部与夹层部的致密度可以相同或不同，然而两部分的致密度都高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度。优选的示例中，第一多孔性结构10、中间体均由金属材料制成。
基底30的致密度高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度。优选的基底30是实心的，有利于连接结构的整体强度。示例的基底30由金属材料制成，通过锻造、铸造、粉末冶金或金属粉末注射成型等各种方式成型，并可以对其实行各种机械加工。
一些示例中，在基底30处可以使用一种多孔性结构(称其为第三多孔性结构)，如基底30整体用第三多孔性结构制成，或者，基底30处将与第一多孔性结构10和/或中间体接触的某些表面预先制成或预先设置有第三多孔性结构。上述各例用在基底30处的第三多孔性结构，其致密度高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度，如表现为第三多孔性结构中的支架(梁)更粗和/或孔隙率更低。第三多孔性结构的致密度与中间体所用的第二多孔性结构20’的致密度可以相同或不同，优选是第三多孔性结构的致密度更高。
示例地，复合体与基底30均由导电材料制成，两者之间通过焊接(如激光焊、电阻焊等)进行有效地结合。优选地，基底30与复合体(如复合体处焊接界面对应的部位)使用熔点相同或相近的材料制成。符号40示意性地表示两者之间为焊接连接(如图2)，焊接的位置根据应用需要自由选择或调整。 不限制在某些示例中，在复合体与基底30之间的某些部位，单独通过粘接、使用连接件(螺钉等)，或其他各种连接方式进行结合，或者以这些方式作为焊接连接的辅助，本文对此不做赘述。
激光焊在本发明的应用，是使聚焦的激光束穿过第一多孔性结构10，在各个焊接点位置，分别将中间体的夹层部与基底30进行焊接。电阻焊在本发明的应用，是将两个被焊的金属工件压紧在两个电极之间，在这两个不同极性的电极之间形成电流回路，使电流流经两个工件，在两者的接触面及邻近区域产生电阻热，而使所述接触面及邻近区域处于熔化或塑性状态，进而将两个工件有效的结合。其中，电阻热Q正比于IR
2，R为接触电阻，I为通过工件的电流；接触电阻是指两个独立的工件之间在接触时通过电流而产生的电阻；可见，电流越大，电阻热的值越大；接触电阻越大，电阻热的值越大；这样可以使两个工件的接触面及邻近区域得以更快地进入熔化或塑性状态，且相互结合更为牢固。
本发明使用电阻焊时，电极可以是硬质的，具有固定形态，形状不限，如板状(平面或弧面等)、块状、柱状等；例如，图3示出的电极401、402是大的平板电极，可以同时覆盖第一多孔性结构10顶面的大部分区域；图59示出一种电极的单体405，其每次与一个导电的支撑部接触。或者，电极是柔性的，是可有一定程度变形的柔体(图7示出以柔体制成的电极401’)，柔体的形状及覆盖面积不限(例如为薄膜状)。电极可以与第一多孔性结构10和/或中间体暴露在外的表面导电接触，这些表面可以是对应一个或多个方向的。示例地，图3中的电极401与第一多孔性结构10的顶面直接接触；如图62中的电极406与第一多孔性结构10及中间体主体20的侧面直接接触；如图63中的电极401与第一多孔性结构10顶面直接接触，同时电极407和408与第一多孔性结构10及中间体主体20的侧面直接接触。
其中，柔性的电极401’，如图7所示，除了可以覆盖在第一多孔性结构10暴露的表面外，还可以有一部分通过表面的孔隙，向第一多孔性结构10内部有一定的延伸，从而增加电极401’与第一多孔性结构10的导电接触面积，或使电极进一步触及到中间体(图未示出)。
一些示例中，可以使电极的单体409插入到第一多孔性结构10内，与第一多孔性结构10和/或与中间体导电接触(如图64、图66中直接与中间体 主体20接触)；又或者，电极的单体409还可以插入到中间体内，与中间体直接导电接触(如图67的电极单体409直接插入支撑部931设置的凹陷处)。例如，设置多个单体对应同一个极性的电极，同时在多个位置进行焊接；可以为多个单体独立地供电，也可以使其相互并联；或者，仅有一个单体对应同一极性的电极，将该单体分别移动到各个焊接位置。
此外，在电极401与第一多孔性结构10之间，还可以进一步设置有各种导电的介质。例如，导电介质为粉末、箔片、丝材、微球、颗粒等各种规则或不规则的形态(以图9的符号404示意性地表示)，或者为薄膜状的柔体(以图9的符号403示意性地表示)，或者为各种硬质结构(如网格，可将其覆盖于第一多孔性结构10顶面；如导电的柱体，一端接触大的平板电极，另一端插入到第一多孔性结构10或导电的支撑部、夹层部等)；或者，导电介质为具有导电性能且可注入的熔融状物质，还可以是可喷涂的导电介质，等等。
相比原先电极401与第一多孔性结构10表面突出的支架/梁直接接触的形式(图3)，以图8、图9为例的导电介质，可以防止电极401直接接触到第一多孔性结构10，避免在电极401上施加的压力或过高的电阻热量，直接作用于第一多孔性结构10而产生损伤(例如凹陷、变黑、孔隙空间减小等)，有效地保护第一多孔性结构10的表面。导电介质403或404也可以弥补第一多孔性结构10表面的不规则形态，以使第一多孔性结构10表面从电极404处获得的电流更均衡；其中，分散在第一多孔性结构10表面的导电介质403或404使得压力或热量的分布更为均匀，增大这一侧(图示为顶面)的导电接触面积，降低了这一侧的接触电阻及由此产生的电阻热，保护了第一多孔性结构10的表面。
一些示例中，参见图9，导电介质还可以从第一多孔性结构10的表面向内填充一部分的孔隙(或进一步触及中间体)，来暂时地提高第一多孔性结构10(填充部位)的致密度，从而使孔隙处稍弱的导电性能得以改善，增大整个回路中的电流传导作用，提升焊接结合效率。
鉴于中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构10，导电性能更好，并且，中间体可能不处在连接结构的表面，中间体上因为电极压力或电阻热而造成表面损伤的影响相对较小，因而，可以在电极与中间体之间类似地设置上述的导电介质，也可以不设置导电介质而使两者直接接触。
选择导电介质的材料时，可以考虑导电性能是否良好，如使用铜、锡等，也可以考虑使用与第一多孔性结构10或中间体相同或性能近似的材料，如连接结构作为假体时所使用的材料，例如钛等；又或者，性能近似是指致密度近似或导电性能近似等等。或者，可以考虑导电介质的材料，在完成电流传导作用后，是否方便去除或者会否影响后续使用。因为需要在完成焊接后，至少将大部分的导电介质去除，以使第一多孔性结构10的孔隙敞开，为此，例如将导电介质从孔隙内倒出，或利用导电介质与第一多孔性结构10的不同状态(如熔融状物质的熔点可低于第一多孔性结构10的熔点)，将导电介质通过物理或化学等方法去除等；如果不影响连接结构的后续使用，如导电介质与第一多孔性结构10或中间体的材质相同或近似，且不容易在后续使用时脱落的，则可以允许有少量导电介质附着在第一多孔性结构10或中间体上。
通过电阻焊，可以同时或先后在基底30的两个相对侧面焊接复合体(如图16)。若同时焊接，两个极性的电极401、402之间形成电流回路，第一面的复合体、基底30、第二面的复合体接入在该电流回路中(基底与两个复合体的焊接界面均紧密接触)，每个极性的电极可以使用上述一种或多种方式，与相应一侧的复合体导电接触(该图16的复合体以第一多孔性结构10、中间体主体20加凸点结构21为例，可以替换为本发明其他任意一种示例的复合体；本例的电极403、404分别接触两个复合体的第一多孔性结构10)。
若先后连接两个复合体，在基底30第一面连接第一个复合体时，两个极性的电极之间形成电流回路，第一个复合体与基底30接入其中(两者的焊接界面紧密接触)，一个极性的电极可以使用上述一种或多种方式与第一个复合体导电接触，另一个极性的电极可以类似地使用上述一种或多种方式与基底30导电接触。再在基底30的第二面连接第二个复合体时，两个极性的电极之间形成电流回路，将已与第一个复合体连接的基底30、第二个复合体接入其中(基底30第二面与第二个复合体的焊接界面紧密接触)。每个极性的电极可以使用上述一种或多种方式，与相应一面的复合体导电接触；或者，一个极性的电极可以使用上述一种或多种方式与第二个复合体导电接触，另一个极性的电极可以类似地使用上述一种或多种方式(穿过第一面的复合体)与基底30导电接触。
本发明的所述连接结构设有一个或多个容纳空间，根据需要在其中放置 容纳物。不同的示例中，第一多孔性结构10、中间体、基底30，可以单独地设置容纳空间；或者，第一多孔性结构10与中间体和/或基底30，或中间体与基底30，可以配合地设置容纳空间。
本发明对容纳物不做具体限制，可以根据实际应用决定。容纳空间的形状尺寸数量等不限，一般根据容纳物、复合体、基底30，连接结构或其容纳空间与容纳物的实际使用情况等来综合决定，例如考虑容纳物的形态、种类、大小等，考虑复合体和/或基底30的结构、连接部位、整体强度等，但不限于这些因素。容纳空间可以是在复合体与基底30连接之前、连接过程中，或连接之后形成的。容纳物可以是固态、液态、气态的。容纳物可以是类似颗粒、粉末状的较分散的状态；也可以是一种实体，具有较稳定的形态和结构(实体的体积可以小于、等于或大于容纳空间的容积；或者，实体可以小于、等于或大于容纳空间在某个方向对其进行固定的边缘界面)。如图13所示，左侧的实体61超出其所在的容纳空间506；中间的实体61超出容纳空间510在其底面的边缘界面511；右侧另一个实体61则没有超出容纳空间512在其底面的边缘界面513。
容纳空间可以是相对封闭的(如图10、图11的容纳空间502、503)，也可以是不封闭的，例如边缘界面是断续的，或者可以开设有一个或多个连通到容纳空间外部的通道或开口(如图10、图11、图12的容纳空间501、504、505、506、508等)；所述通道或开口，可以用来放置或取出容纳物，也可以在使用容纳物时用来进行信息和/或物质的传输。根据容纳物形态用途等情况的不同，一些通道或开口可能会始终敞开，一些通道或开口可能会在使用后即被封闭；通道或开口可以被长久封闭，一般在连接结构的后续使用时，可以不考虑再将其打开；或者，通道或开口也可以是被暂时封闭的，直到下次使用时打开。
而根据容纳空间本身结构、位置、容纳物形态用途等情况的不同，所述容纳空间或其通道/开口，可能连通至第一多孔性结构10、中间体、基底30等，或穿过这些部件连通到外部的开放空间，对此不作具体限定。例如，图12所示容纳空间508的开口77’连通第一多孔性结构10的孔隙，进而连通到复合体暴露的顶面之外。
将用于封闭通道或开口的部件称为封闭体(如图40的封闭体93、94， 对容纳空间440、441的开口封闭)。可以用第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30同材质的部件，另外制成封闭体。或者，将某处的第一多孔性结构10或中间体主体20或基底30切开形成通道或开口后，再将切下的部分用作封闭体。或者，根据通道或开口的位置、作用不同，容纳物的形态用途等情况不同，另外选择合适的材料及形态，对封闭体进行设计制造。又或者，直接将连接结构某处部件的预设位置作为通道或开口，置入容纳物后再将该处的部件安装到位而完成对通道或开口的封闭(如图41中空隙105连通容纳空间442的开口，支撑部826安装位置与该空隙105对应，容纳空间442中放置容纳物后，将支撑部826安装到位后将开口封闭)。
容纳空间内可以没有第一多孔性结构10、或中间体、或基底30。或者，在一些示例中，若不影响容纳物的放置或使用的话，容纳空间内可以允许留有一部分的第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30(如图12的容纳空间508中，留有第一多孔性结构10的一部分11)。
一些示例中，容纳空间在其全部方向或至少部分方向，形成有边缘界面，对容纳空间的边界进行清楚的划分。或者，容纳空间可以没有清楚划分的边缘界面。所述的边缘界面，可以被用来对容纳空间进行封闭，或者可以用来对容纳物进行承载或连接，或者用来设置对容纳物进行固定的其他部件，或者可以被用来将容纳空间与第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30进行连接，或者可以在边缘界面设置连通外部的通道或开口，且不限于这些示例。
一些示例中，第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30的某些部分，可以同时作为容纳空间在某个方向的边缘界面(如图48以支撑部820一侧为边缘界面)。有时第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30的这些部分，以其预先制成时的形态就可以直接作为容纳空间的边缘界面，有时需要对这些部分进行另外加工。一些示例中，容纳物在某些方向的边缘界面，与容纳空间在某些方向的边缘界面是重合的。
或者，一些示例中，容纳空间的全部或部分方向的边缘界面，是另外设置的部件结构，其可以是在复合体与基底30连接之前设置的，如通过预先连接或一体成型方式，结合到第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30；也可以是在将复合体与基底30连接过程中，或在连接之后才设置的。
以下结合附图对本发明的多个实施例进行说明。下文描述的方位(如上 下左右等)，是对应附图中各部件的方位进行说明的，不作为对连接结构实际使用时的方位限定。
实施例一
本实施例中，通过第一多孔性结构10来设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。
配合参见图10～图14所示，容纳空间形成在第一多孔性结构10处。容纳空间的形状可以是规则的，也可以是不规则的。容纳空间的边缘界面可以是规则的，也可以是不规则的；同一容纳空间不同方向的边缘界面的形态，可以相同或不同；边缘界面的形态，例如指是否封闭，例如指表面的形状或性质，例如指是否接触容纳物，例如是否额外设置其他部件结构等等，但不限于这些示例。
容纳空间周边的一个或多个方向，可以与第一多孔性结构10或连接结构的其他部件毗邻，周边某个方向也可以没有毗邻的第一多孔性结构10或其他部件，而连通到外部开放空间。容纳空间的范围内，可以留有一部分第一多孔性结构10，也可以没有第一多孔性结构10而仅有空隙。
容纳空间可以是在制造第一多孔性结构10的过程中形成的，例如通过一体成型等工艺，在第一多孔性结构10中预留出来；或者，容纳空间可以在后期将已经制成的第一多孔性结构10去除一部分而形成，例如通过切割、挖孔等各种机加工手段。又例如，第一多孔性结构10并不预先形成容纳空间，而是在放置容纳物时，通过外力对待放置区域的第一多孔性结构10进行一定程度的压缩，使该区域形成凹陷而作为容纳空间。
示例地，图10、图11所示的容纳空间501、502、503、505具有边缘界面，容纳空间501靠近第一多孔性结构10顶部，有连通到暴露顶面的开口，是敞开的；示意性地在该容纳空间501内放置有容纳物60。容纳空间502各个方向都具有边缘界面；容纳空间503示意性地表示了一种不规则的边缘界面，图中未示出其各自开口或封闭体的位置。容纳空间505具有开设在第一多孔性结构10侧面的开口，该容纳空间505其他方向的边缘界面可以是不封闭的(图中以虚线表示)。容纳空间504是一段开设在第一多孔性结构10处的空隙，从第一多孔性结构10的顶面延伸到夹层部中间体主体20的顶面；该容纳空间505的侧向被位于空隙旁的第一多孔性结构10围绕，没有另外形成边缘界面。
示例地，图12所示的容纳空间506是一处形成在第一多孔性结构10表面的凹陷，用于放置实体61，实体61的一部分嵌入凹陷内，另一部分留在凹陷外部。容纳空间508本身开设在第一多孔性结构10内，有开口77’连通到第一多孔性结构10的孔隙，进而从第一多孔性结构10的顶面与外部连通；第一多孔性结构10的一部分11(如支架的端部)，留在该容纳空间508的范围内。
又或者，将第一多孔性结构10内一处较大的孔隙，直接作为容纳空间(参见图12的容纳空间507，其中示意性地填充有颗粒状的物质)；或者，第一多孔性结构10内一些小的孔隙相互连通(孔隙之间支架或梁可以保留也可以去除)，形成一个较大的孔隙范围，将其作为容纳空间(图未示出)。这可以通过预先设计某个或某些孔隙的形状尺寸而实现，也可以在后期对某个或某些孔隙进行再加工而实现。
容纳空间周边的第一多孔性结构10，可以对容纳物进行承载或与容纳物连接。对容纳物的承载，是指从至少一个方向对容纳物进行支撑，示例地是从下方对容纳物底部进行支撑，但不限于此。与容纳物连接，根据容纳物的形态不同，可以是指对容纳物本身连接，也可以是指对容纳物的外部包覆体(如容器、壳体等)进行连接；所述的连接，例如是粘接、焊接、使用配套的连接件、限位结构等，具体不做限制。下文涉及其他部件结构(中间体、基底30等)对容纳物的承载或连接时含义基本一致，不一一赘述。
一些容纳物是在放置时和/或使用时，结构、形态等都相对稳定的实体61时，可以与其周边(至少一个方向的两侧)的第一多孔性结构10紧配合，从而整个嵌入在所形成的容纳空间内。示例地，容纳物的宽度等于或稍大于其左右两侧的第一多孔性结构10之间的空隙，嵌入后容纳物与第一多孔性结构10至少在左右两侧紧密接触而实施固定。容纳物的外部包覆体是上述的稳定实体时，可以通过类似方式，与其周边的第一多孔性结构10紧配合。
第一多孔性结构10处的容纳空间，可以沿某一些方向(如顶面或侧面)设置通道或开口，贯通到外部开放空间(如图10、图11的容纳空间501、504、505均有连通外部的开口)；容纳空间还可以沿某一些方向设置通道或开口，贯通到中间体和/或基底30，相关示例将在下文描述。通道或开口附近的第一多孔性结构10，或其他方向的第一多孔性结构10，或被封闭的通道或开口 处，可以对容纳物进行承载，或与容纳物进行连接。
图11所示中间体主体20的顶面作为容纳空间504底部的边缘界面；图12所示的容纳空间509大部分形成在第一多孔性结构10内，底部贯穿夹层部的中间体主体20及凸起结构21并延伸到基底30顶面的一处凹陷，基底30在该容纳空间509范围内的部位成为容纳空间509底部的边缘界面，该容纳空间509在其他方向另外形成边缘界面(以粗实线表示)。
示例地，第一多孔性结构10处毗邻容纳空间的位置，可以形成向容纳空间范围内延伸的限位突起，与实体的容纳物(或其包覆体)的表面接触，用来进行限位；限位突起可以从一个、两个或更多方向分别朝着实体布置。或者，毗邻容纳空间其中一个方向的若干限位突起，可以同时位于实体的同一侧对其限位；限位突起可以是第一多孔性结构10本身位于容纳空间边缘界面的一些支架或梁的端部，也可以是另外形成的部件(例如是凸点、销、栓等，致密度可以与第一多孔性结构10相同或不同)。或者，容纳物(或其包覆体)表面的对应位置，进一步形成有限位凹陷与限位突起相匹配，所述限位突起得以相应地嵌入到限位凹陷中。又例如，容纳物(或其包覆体)表面形成向外的限位突起，能够嵌入在第一多孔性结构10的孔隙内，对容纳物实施限位；与限位突起对应的孔隙，可以是保持第一多孔性结构10制成时的形态，也可以是通过后期加工，使其与限位突起的形状尺寸更匹配。
如图13所示，容纳空间506利用第一多孔性结构10处的凹陷形成(见图12)，使实体61至少部分嵌入；容纳空间510、512利用形成在第一多孔性结构10内的两处空隙来构建，容纳空间510的两个方向另外形成有边缘界面，且底部的边缘界面511并未覆盖该容纳空间510的全部底面，且该边缘界面511小于其所承载的实体61，实体61未被该边缘界面511所承载的部位悬空，延伸在容纳空间510的其他区域。容纳空间512有一侧的边缘界面513，对放置到该容纳空间512的实体61进行承载，且实体61并不超出该边缘界面513的范围(图中未示出将实体61放置到其相应容纳空间510或512的通道或开口)。
如图14所示，容纳空间514、515、516各自包含形成在第一多孔性结构10内的一处空隙；容纳空间514对应的空隙顶部形成一边缘界面，可以用来连接容纳物，或者以紧配合的方式，使实体61与上方的该边缘界面、下方的 基底30(位于该空隙底部范围内的部位)紧密贴合实施固定。容纳空间515是在空隙的左右两侧形成边缘界面，以紧配合的方式来固定实体61(空隙底部的边缘界面是以第一多孔性结构61与之毗邻的支架或梁构成)；在两侧边缘界面分别形成向空隙内延伸的限位突起591，其限定了实体61的移动范围，可以防止实体61通过上方的开口落出(假设单个限位突起591足够宽，则单独在一侧设置限位突起591也可以在空隙的开口处阻挡实体61)。容纳空间516(见放大图)是在空隙的上下两边形成边缘界面，下方的边缘界面形成有限位突起593，实体61的对应位置形成有限位凹陷594与之配合；上下方的边缘界面还对应地形成有限位突起592分别从两个方向紧密接触实体61对其进行限位，实体61上对应限位突起592的位置没有设置限位凹陷。
如果容纳空间本身有稳定的实体边缘界面时，旁边的第一多孔性结构10或其他部件等，可以通过类似对实体容纳物固定的方式，对容纳空间的实体边缘界面进行固定(不限于承载、连接、紧配合或限位)；而容纳空间的实体边缘界面也可以对内部放置的实体的容纳物或其包覆体，通过类似的方式进行固定。
一些示例中，第一多孔性结构10本身具有的孔隙，可以作为容纳空间的通道或开口；或者，可以在第一多孔性结构10处另外开设形状更规则的通道或开口。
根据实际应用不同，容纳空间的上述各种通道或开口，可以一直敞开，也可以被封闭体(短期或长期地)封闭；例如，在向容纳空间放置容纳物后将某些通道或开口进行封闭；或者，某些通道或开口是预先封闭的(后续使用时再打开)。
封闭体的致密度，根据实际应用需要来设计。封闭体可以是实心的；或者，封闭体可以是一种多孔性结构(致密度与第一多孔性结构10的致密度相同或不同都可以)。某一些封闭体的材质或其致密度的设计，可以允许容纳物从该封闭体处通过(例如是为了进出容纳空间)。
示例的封闭体，可以是与第一多孔性结构10一体成型的。也可以是后期设置的，比方在第一多孔性结构10与中间体形成复合体以后，或复合体与基底30连接以后，或是在放置容纳物以后；例如，注入某种熔融状的物质(可注入高分子材料，或注入与第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30相同或性 质近似的材料，而不限于此)，该物质凝固后形成封闭体，或者，直接将成型的部件嵌入或覆盖到容纳空间范围内与第一多孔性结构10毗邻的位置(必要时，可以进一步将所嵌入或所覆盖的部件与毗邻的第一多孔性结构10或中间体或基底30固定连接，或者将所嵌入或所覆盖的多个部件相互连接)。示例地，还可以将开设通道或开口时去除的那部分第一多孔性结构10，作为封闭体放回到通道或开口处。
鉴于第一多孔性结构10本身存在众多孔隙，对形成在其中的容纳空间来说，要对容纳空间的边缘界面、通道或开口进行封闭时，还可以利用连接结构的其他部件(中间体、基底30等)，或者，利用另外设置的部件结构。
一些示例中，在第一多孔性结构10处与容纳空间毗邻的位置，进一步设置若干成型部件和/或填充面(形状尺寸根据需要任意设定)。其中，成型部件是外部制成后设置到连接结构内的相应位置。例如，假设图14所示容纳空间514、515、516的边缘界面，通过某种成型的壁板构成，包括上面的限位突起592、593等都可以是与壁板一体成型或预先连接的，这样的壁板整体插入到第一多孔性结构10的合适空隙位置。
通过设置填充体，将第一多孔性结构10处位于该毗邻位置的一些支架或梁联结起来，形成填充面(填充体与支架/梁的组合)。图15的左边一幅图，示出第一多孔性结构10的一处孔隙的一部分517被填充前的情况，该处孔隙是敞开的；中间一幅图示出孔隙的该部分517’被填充体91填充，且某些支架端部仍从一侧伸出到填充体91的另一侧；右边一幅图示出孔隙的该部分517”被另一填充体92填充，且对应范围内的支架端部被完全掩埋在填充体92内。
所述成型部件和/或填充面，可以作为封闭体，对容纳空间的通道或开口进行封闭。所述成型部件和/或填充面，也可以用来构建容纳区域的某一部分边缘界面：例如，实现边界划分；或者，单独或配合其他边缘界面，或配合连接结构的其他部件，来对容纳物进行固定(如承载、连接、紧配合或限位等)，而不限于这些情况。所述成型部件、填充面的填充体，可以通过类似封闭体的方式形成，而不限于这些方式。
示例地，一个成型部件或一片填充面，可以独立地将对应某一侧边缘界面的全部区域覆盖，也可以仅覆盖这一侧边缘界面的部分区域。或者，多个 成型部件相互配合，将某一侧边缘界面所对应的全部区域或部分区域覆盖(覆盖部分区域的多个成型部件，可以是有间隔布置的，或是相互贴近没有间隔的)。或者，某一侧边缘界面所对应的全部区域或部分区域形成有填充面。示例地，成型部件与填充面可以同时设置，例如配合地设置在同一侧的边缘界面，或者设置在不同方向的边缘界面。
若某个或某些方向的成型部件或填充面，或其所在的边缘界面，不需要完全封闭的话，则允许将容纳空间的通道或开口，开设在该成型部件或填充面或开设于其所在边缘界面的其他位置；或者，允许所在边缘界面域的相邻成型部件之间(或填充面之间)间隔布置；或者，允许第一多孔性结构10在填充面处(或所在边缘界面未被覆盖区域的)的一部分孔隙敞开；或者，允许使用可供容纳物通过的材质(或致密度)来形成所述成型部件或填充面。
本实施例中，容纳空间或容纳物与第一多孔性结构10相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例二
配合参见图17～图19所示，本实施例中，通过第一多孔性结构10与中间体的夹层部的配合，来设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。中间体的夹层部，至少有一部分结构位于第一多孔性结构10与基底30之间。
优选地，在中间体的夹层部与基底30之间，通过激光焊或电阻焊实施连接。
一些示例中，激光焊的光束或者电阻焊的电极，可以从某些方向直接接触到中间体的夹层部本身暴露在外的表面；一些示例中，激光焊的光束或电阻焊时的电极，可以穿过第一多孔性结构10本身或开设在其中的空隙而到达夹层部所在位置，与夹层部直接接触(如图71～图73中激光焊的光束能量可以直接穿透第一多孔性结构10达到中间体主体20底部21和周边22的待焊接位置；如图64、图66的电极单体409穿过空隙接触中间体主体20顶面)。或者，一些电阻焊的示例中，电极直接接触第一多孔性结构10和/或中间体的插入部等，通过第一多孔性结构10和/或插入部将电流传导到夹层部(如图3的第一多孔性结构10接触电极401，将电流传导到中间体主体20及凸起结构21；如图56的支撑部83接触电极401，将电流传导到中间体主体20及凸起结构21)。
如图18所示，夹层部可以包含朝着基底30所在方向凸起的凸起结构21。优选地，在实行电阻焊的示例中，凸起结构21可以通过减小焊接界面的接触面积，来增大接触电阻，产生更多的电阻热量，提高夹层部与基底30之间的焊接效率及焊接强度。
如图2所示，夹层部可以包含中间体主体20，在激光焊或电阻焊或其他连接方式下都可以应用。示例的中间体主体20是层、片或板状；中间体主体20不限于平面，可以随着基底30(的表面形状等)进行弯曲或做其他调整，使中间体主体20与基底30在连接时更为贴合。还可以在中间体主体20某处，譬如为提升结构强度、适应基底30形状、方便连接第一多孔性结构10或基底30、提升导电性能、连通外部等目的而做局部调整，如增减某处的厚度或其他尺寸，如调整某处为其他形状，如使某处形成规则或不规则的镂空图形，等等。
图20、图21所示的中间体主体20与第一多孔性结构10有一部分是相互融合的(符号20a示意性地表示中间体主体20顶部与第一多孔性结构10底部的融合，符号20b示意性地表示中间体主体20顶部和底部都与第一多孔性结构10融合，即中间体20横向地布置于第一多孔性结构10的底部附近；图20、图21还同时包含夹层部的凸起结构21(和插入部的支撑部80)，图20、图21都可以通过凸起结构21连接基底30，图21还可能通过第一多孔性结构10处在中间体主体20下方的部位来连接基底30。
中间体主体20与凸起结构21可以单独设置，也可以同时设置。单独设置中间体主体20或凸起结构21时(图2、图17)，中间体主体20或凸起结构21预先结合在第一多孔性结构10的底面(靠近基底30一侧的表面)。同时设置时，如图3、图5～图14所示，可以在中间体主体20的底面(靠近基底30一侧的表面)形成朝着基底30凸起的凸起结构21；该中间体主体20的顶面(远离基底30一侧的表面)，预先结合至第一多孔性结构10的底面。如图6所示，中间体主体是第二多孔性结构20’时，凸起结构21形成在第二多孔性结构20’的底部，两者可以有一定的融合。
对凸起结构21的数量、形状，或者通过分布若干凸起结构21，在第一多孔性结构10或中间体主体20表面所形成的纹理图案等，本发明均不做限制，图4提供了凸起结构21分布的一种示例。例如，任意一处凸起结构21 都可以形成为点、线、面的形式。设置多处凸起结构21时，他们可以是均匀分布的；也可以是根据焊接界面的形态或焊接强度的需要，来具体设计凸起结构21的分布位置及疏密程度。
以图3、图17等所示的方向来看，凸起结构21纵向的截面形状不限。可以是上大下小的形状，例如是拱形的，以减小电阻焊时焊接界面的接触面积。本例的凸起结构是一些向下凸出的凸点。
如图19所示，在一种单独设置中间体主体20的示例中，基底30顶面设有朝着中间体主体20底面(所在方向)凸起的基底凸起结构202，实行电阻焊的示例中，基底凸起结构202也可以通过减少焊接界面的接触面积，来增大中间体主体20与基底30之间的接触电阻，从而产生更多的电阻热量，提升焊接效率及焊接强度。基底凸起结构202可以是实心的，或是高致密度的多孔性结构(致密度高于第一多孔性结构10)；基底凸起结构202可以是与基底30一体成型的，也可以是另外设置到基底30上的(在实施电阻焊前与基底30结合均可)，或者，基底凸起结构202是形成在一个表面连接层202的顶面，该表面连接层202的底部预先连接(如焊接)在基底30的顶面。除凸起方向、纵向的截面形状相反以外，基底凸起结构202的结构布置等可以参考夹层部的凸起结构21，不一一赘述。
通过第一多孔性结构10与中间体的夹层部配合设置容纳空间时，第一多孔性结构10内形成有容纳空间的至少一部分。所述容纳空间，可以沿一些方向延伸到中间体的夹层部：夹层部上对应这些延伸方向的位置，可以不形成缺口，使夹层部成为容纳空间在这些方向的边缘界面(如图11的中间体主体20将其在相应空隙内的顶面作为容纳空间504底部的边缘界面)；或者夹层部上对应这些延伸方向的位置，也可以形成有缺口，例如形成一种凹陷的结构(不限于孔、槽等形状)，使容纳空间可以延伸到夹层部内，又例如形成一种贯穿夹层部的结构(不限于孔、槽等形状)，使容纳空间可以进一步延伸到基底30(如图12的容纳空间509底部穿过中间体主体20和凸起结构21延伸到的基底30底部的一处凹槽)。
类似地，在容纳空间延伸到基底30的示例中，基底30上对应这些延伸方向的位置，可以形成缺口或不形成缺口，使基底30成为容纳空间在这些方向的边缘界面，或者通过基底30在对应位置形成的凹陷或贯通结构，使容纳 空间得以延伸到基底30内甚至穿过基底30。这样可以增加容纳空间的容积；有需要时，还可以通过夹层部或基底30，对容纳物进行固定。
夹层部的中间体主体20，可以作为容纳空间靠近基底30一侧的边缘界面(如图11、图14)。容纳物或其外部的包覆体是一种结构、形态等都相对稳定的实体时，中间体主体20单独或配合其他边缘界面，或配合连接结构的其他部件，对容纳物(或其包覆体)进行固定(如承载、连接、紧配合或限位等)。如图14所示容纳空间514底部的边缘界面由相应范围内的中间体主体20构建，用来对实体61承载或连接。
示例地，对处于容纳空间范围内的中间体主体20，可以通过减少这部分中间体主体20的上表面厚度，来形成可供容纳空间延伸的凹陷结构。
处于容纳空间范围的中间体主体20，可以是封闭的，也可以是设有通道或开口的。容纳空间范围内、相邻凸起结构21之间的空隙，可以成为容纳空间连通外部的通道或开口。参见上文的实施例记载，所述通道或开口可以是敞开的，或者是通过封闭体(短时或长期地)封闭的。除了其他实施例描述的封闭体以外，还可以将中间体主体20处为开设通道或开口而切下的部分作为封闭体，在放置容纳物后用来实施封闭。
示例地，中间体主体20可以进一步形成向容纳空间范围内延伸的限位突起，来与容纳物(或其包覆体)的表面接触对其进行限位；容纳物(或其包覆体)的表面可以进一步形成限位凹陷来与所述限位突起对应；或者，容纳物(或其包覆体)的表面形成向容纳空间范围外延伸的限位突起，而中间体主体20形成对应的凹陷。中间体主体20的限位突起或限位凹陷，可以单独设置，也可以与第一多孔性结构10的限位突起或限位凹陷配合设置，分别对容纳物(或其包覆体)的不同方向的表面实施限位。
夹层部单独包含凸起结构21(对应无中间体主体20的示例)时，合理地设置相邻凸起结构21的间隔距离：一些示例中，容纳物(或其包覆体)有一部分嵌入在相邻凸起结构21之间的空间内，并可以通过周边的第一多孔性结构10、凸起结构21之间的基底30等部件来配合固定(如图17)；或者，一些示例中，一个或多个凸起结构21从下方对实体的容纳物(或其包覆体)进行支撑(图18左侧的实体61被凸起结构21承载)。图18的中间，通过与某些延伸体520连接，使本例的凸起结构211得以处在容纳空间518的范围 之内。可以是将一部分的基底30、中间体(凸起结构21以外的部分)、第一多孔性结构10或另外设置的部件等，作为延伸体520，所述延伸体520的一部分连接在相应的容纳空间518以外或与容纳空间518毗邻的其他部件上(此处的延伸段520连接在第一多孔性结构10处)，所述延伸体520的另一部分则连接凸起结构211，并将该凸起结构211延伸到容纳空间518的范围之内。或者，该容纳空间518底部实体边缘界面的另一部位，可以被一个毗邻的凸起结构212支撑。
考虑到凸起结构21为减小接触电阻而设置，可能本身的体积较小，故，可以不在凸起结构21上设置限位突起或限位凹陷。某些示例中，则允许将限位突起或限位凹陷，设置在凸起结构21的表面(如顶面或侧面)，或者设置在以所述表面为基础延伸布置的其他部件上。
一些示例中，容纳空间某些边缘界面是成型部件的形式(参见实施例一)。为方便叙述，此处以壁板为例。所述壁板可以由中间体的夹层部支撑或与夹层部进行连接；例如纵向布置的壁板，可以竖立在中间体主体20的顶面；又例如，横向布置的壁板，可以叠设在中间体主体20的顶面(相互接触或连接)。又例如，纵向或横向布置的壁板，可以通过凸起结构21的上表面支撑或连接(如图18右侧的壁板519竖立在对应的凸起结构21上)。某些示例中，壁板可以与夹层部没有任何连接或接触，这样的壁板与夹层部之间可以是第一多孔性结构10(如图13处的边缘界面511、513等)，也可以是空隙(如图14的边缘界面514等，空隙内另外设置容纳物)。
本实施例中，例如夹层部的中间体主体20或凸起结构21，以及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例三
如图22～图33所示，本实施例中，描述了多孔性结构处设有高分子材料时，设计容纳空间及放置容纳物的情况。
在两个部件之间(如基底30与多孔性结构之间，或相邻的多孔性结构之间)，通过注入高分子材料进行连接时，例如是注入高温熔融状的高分子材料，使其同时渗透到两个部件的待连接表面内(两个部件的待连接表面相接触或有不远的间隔距离)；或者，将高分子材料放到两个部件的待连接表面内部及两者之间，而后对两部件及高分子材料整体加温使高分子材料熔融，使之同 时渗透到两个部件的待连接表面内。
示例地，如图22、图23所示，第一多孔性结构10与基底30之间通过注入的高分子材料实施连接，形成有高分子材料中间层400。本例的第一多孔性结构10可以是单独布置的(不与中间体形成复合体)；也可以是属于某个复合体的，是该复合体中与基底30直接接触的一部分第一多孔性结构10(不限制该复合体同时包含中间体，或者第一多孔性结构10和/或中间体同时还与基底30通过其他方式连接的情况)，图未示出。
与第一多孔性结构10预先结合的夹层部本身使用第二多孔性结构20’的示例中，如图25、图26所示，该第二多孔性结构20’与基底30之间，通过注入的高分子材料实施连接，形成高分子材料中间层400。
与第一多孔性结构10或第二多孔性结构20’通过高分子材料连接的基底30，可以是实心的。可选地，该基底30的表面是粗糙的或形成有孔隙。或者，与第一多孔性结构10或第二多孔性结构20’通过高分子材料连接的基底30，整体为第三多孔性结构(致密度高于第一多孔性结构10)，或至少将基底30的表面制成为第三多孔性结构。上述几个示例中，第一多孔性结构10的至少部分表面(如顶面)暴露在外。
一些示例中，假设第一多孔性结构10已经与基底30连接，或者包含第一多孔性结构10及中间体的复合体已经与基底30连接(如图31所示，第一多孔性结构10通过结合在其底部的中间体主体20c已经与基底30连接)；这样的第一多孔性结构10还在其他的某些表面(如远离基底30一侧的表面，本例为顶面)与第四多孔性结构10’通过注入的高分子材料实施连接，形成高分子材料中间层400。
该第四多孔性结构10’独立设置，或者，该第四多孔性结构10’与第五多孔性结构10”预先结合形成另一复合体(类似第一多孔性结构10与第二多孔性结构20’预先结合形成复合体的形式)，则，所述第四多孔性结构10’有至少部分表面(例如在不连接第一多孔性结构10的一侧，本例为顶面)暴露在外。所述第四多孔性结构10’与第五多孔性结构10”的致密度不同，而第四多孔性结构10’、第五多孔性结构10”各自的致密度可以与第一多孔性结构10、第二多孔性结构20’、第三多孔性结构中任意一个的致密度相同，也可以和这些多孔性结构的致密度都不同。
本实施例的多种示例，都通过注入高分子材料进行相应部件的连接，而在基底30的至少一侧形成可暴露在外的多孔性结构。以连接结构应用于骨科假体为例，对暴露在外的各多孔性结构(如图25的第一多孔性结构10或图31的第四多孔性结构10’的暴露顶面)，其致密度的设计，更多考虑满足“骨长入”的效果；而各自在表面的孔隙内注入高分子材料的多孔性结构(如图25处连接基底30的第一多孔性结构10底部、或图31处第四多孔性结构10’的底部和与之连接的第一多孔性结构10顶部)，其致密度的设计，则更多考虑如何方便高分子材料注入及对相应部件可靠连接。
本实施例的这些示例中，通过加入的高分子材料，可以适当地减小基底30层的厚度，既可以保证整个连接结构的基本强度，还能够改善应力屏蔽现象。应力屏蔽现象是指：两个弹性模量不同的材料一起受力的时候，弹性模量大的会承受较多的应力；基底30的弹性模量比骨骼的弹性模量要大的多，所以骨骼承担应力减少，严重时会导致术后骨溶。由于本发明加入了弹性模量小于基底30的高分子材料，应力屏蔽现象会相应得到改善。
如图28、图29所示，可以进一步在待连接的部件中预先设置有间隔层401，间隔层401可以阻止在其一侧的高分子材料流动到另一侧，可以避免注入的高分子材料扩散到设定区域之外。示例地，间隔层401布置于该连接部件内准备注入高分子材料的区域边缘。某个多孔性结构之中，或相邻多孔性结构的边界处，可以设置有间隔层401。图28、图29的间隔层401，以隔板为例，设置在第一多孔性结构10的高分子材料待注入区域的边缘。为了阻止高分子材料通过，间隔层401可以是实心的，或是致密度较高的多孔性结构(高于间隔层401所在的待连接部件)，或者是其他合适的材料。间隔层401可以是与待连接部件一体成型的，也可以是另外设置的(注入高分子材料前均可设置)。
将注入的高分子材料及两个部件上被高分子材料连接的部位，称为高分子材料中间层400。本实施例的连接结构，包含至少一个高分子材料中间层400。
容纳空间的位置，可以避开高分子材料中间层400，设置在不与高分子材料中间层400连接的其他多孔性结构处，或设置在同一多孔性结构中不与高分子材料中间层400接触的部位。或者，设置在中间体或基底30处不与高 分子材料中间层400接触的部位。
例如，图27的容纳空间413位于不设置高分子材料中间层400的第一多孔性结构10处(该高分子材料中间层400设在第二多孔性结构20’和基底30之间)。图24的容纳空间410位于第一多孔性结构10处不设置高分子材料中间层400的区域(该高分子材料中间层400设在该第一多孔性结构10底部与基底30之间)。图30的容纳空间416位于第一多孔性结构10处不设置高分子材料中间层400的区域(该高分子材料中间层400被间隔层401阻挡在另一侧)。图31的容纳空间421位于第四多孔性结构10’内不设置高分子材料中间层400的区域；图32的容纳空间422位于不设置高分子材料中间层400的第四多孔性结构10’(该高分子材料中间层400设置在第五多孔性结构10”与第一多孔性结构10之间)。
而在一些示例中，则利用高分子材料层或其间隔层401等，来设置容纳空间、固定容纳物。可以使容纳空间整个或部分开设在高分子材料中间层400。例如，容纳空间的一部分位于高分子材料层内，该容纳空间可以延伸到高分子材料所连接的部件(如多孔性结构、基底30等)，或经过所连接的部件开设的缺口延伸到连接结构的其他部件，或进一步连通到外部；或者，容纳空间也可以不做延伸，全部位于高分子材料层内。
例如，图24的容纳空间411部分位于高分子材料中间层400内，部分位于所连接的第一多孔性结构10；容纳空间412则整体开设在高分子材料层400内。图30的容纳空间418也整体开设在高分子材料层400内。而图27的容纳空间415开设在高分子材料中间层400和其所连接的第一多孔性结构10、基底30处，该容纳空间415进一步连通到外部开放空间。图31的容纳空间419是开设在高分子材料中间层400和其所连接的第一多孔性结构10和第四多孔性结构10’处，该容纳空间419以第一多孔性结构10底部的中间体主体20c为其底部的边缘界面。图32的容纳空间423开设在高分子材料中间层400及其一侧的第四多孔性结构10’和第五多孔性结构10”处。图33的容纳空间425、425’和426均开设在高分子材料中间层400及其一侧的第一多孔性结构10处，容纳空间425贯穿中间体主体20c延伸到基底30处；容纳空间425’则没有延伸到基底30处，而以中间体主体20c作为底部的边缘界面；容纳空间426以中间体主体20c作为底部的边缘界面，还以间隔层401为顶部的边 缘界面。
如果不影响容纳物放置和/或使用，则容纳物可以直接接触高分子材料或间隔层401。高分子材料层或其间隔层401，可以用来构成容纳空间某一侧的边缘界面。使用间隔层401时，容纳空间可以形成在间隔层401与高分子材料靠近的一侧，也可以形成在背离高分子材料的另一侧。间隔层401可以单独或配合其他部件结构，来对容纳物或其包覆体进行固定(承载、连接、紧配合、限位等)。高分子材料层若具有合适形态的话，则也可以单独或配合其他部件结构，对容纳物或其包覆体进行类似的固定(高分子材料至少可以对容纳物承载)。
以高分子材料中间层400作为某侧边缘界面的示例，可以参见图24的容纳空间411(其部分开设在高分子材料中间层400内，由高分子材料中间层400构成该部分的底部和侧边的边缘界面)、容纳空间412(以高分子材料中间层400为其周边多个方向的边缘界面)；图27的容纳空间414(该容纳空间414形成在第一多孔性结构10及第二多孔性结构20’内，以高分子材料中间层400为其底部的边缘界面)，图27的容纳空间415(部分贯穿高分子材料中间层400，由高分子材料中间层400成为该贯穿部位侧边的边缘界面)，图30的容纳空间418(开设在间隔层401下方的高分子材料中间层400内，以高分子材料中间层400为其周边多个方向的边缘界面)，图31的容纳空间420和图32的容纳空间424(各自以相应的高分子材料中间层400为其底部的边缘界面)。
以间隔层401为某侧边缘界面的示例，可以参见图30的容纳空间417以间隔层401为其底部的边缘界面；间隔层401还可以对放置在上面的实体61进行承载。图31的容纳空间419以间隔层401为其底部的边缘界面。图33的容纳空间426以间隔层401为其顶部的边缘界面。
高分子材料中间层400或间隔层401与容纳空间对应的范围，可以是封闭的，也可以在上面开设容纳空间的通道或开口。如图31所示容纳空间419处的箭头71示意性地表示一处沿高分子材料中间层400开设，并连通到外部的通道；如图32所示容纳空间423有一开口72连通到周边的第四多孔性结构10’的孔隙，由此可以连通到外部或连通到其他部件；容纳空间424直接形成有开口连通外部空间；图33以箭头73示意性地表示一处沿基底30开设 并连通到容纳空间425的通道；以箭头74示意性地表示一处连通第四多孔性结构10’的孔隙，并穿过高分子材料中间层400而连通到容纳空间425’的通道。其他容纳空间的通道开口或对其封闭的封闭体未在图中标识。
又例如，某种形态的高分子材料或间隔层401，能够允许容纳物从该高分子材料或间隔层401处通过。或者，还可以利用注入高分子材料的方式，或形成间隔层401的方式，来制成某处的成型部件或填充体，或制成某处的封闭体。
本实施例中，例如高分子材料的注入、高分子材料中间层400及间隔层401，以及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例四
配合参见图34～图70，本实施例中，通过设置支撑部，或通过支撑部与第一多孔性结构10(或中间体的夹层部、或基底30)等部件的配合，来设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。一个或多个支撑部，各自有至少一部分插入在第一多孔性结构10中。
优选的支撑部，大致是从第一多孔性结构10远离基底30的一侧，到朝着靠近基底30一侧的方向插入的。插入的角度不限。以图示方向为例，可以是竖直插入的，也可以是有一定倾斜的。有多个支撑部时，其各自的插入角度可以是相同的，也可以是不同的，根据实际应用情况来设置。
支撑部可以单独地，或配合其他支撑部，或配合其他部件结构，对容纳物进行固定(如承载、连接、紧配合或限位等)，而不限于此。容纳物的包覆体、或容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等，可以类似地被固定，不一一说明。
例如，支撑部可以与容纳物连接；容纳物的至少一侧表面可以与一个或多个支撑部连接。支撑部可以对容纳物进行承载；一个容纳物可以由一个或多个支撑部进行承载。多个支撑部可以从同一个方向对容纳物进行承载或连接，也可以从不同的方向对容纳物进行承载、连接、紧配合或限位。支撑部还可以是穿过容纳物设置的。容纳物不被支撑部承载或连接的表面，可以是悬空的，也可以是通过第一多孔性结构10或中间体夹层部或基底30等其他部件进行固定。
以图34为例，相邻的支撑部801对设置在其之间的实体61实施紧配合；以图35为例，支撑部802对容纳空间427的实体边缘界面进行承载，该容纳 空间是形成在支撑部802上方的第一多孔性结构10的一处凹槽；支撑部803配合基底30及第一多孔性结构10来形成容纳空间428各方向的边缘界面，该支撑部803还配合相邻的另一支撑部804，使一容纳空间429的实体边缘界面连接在所述支撑部803、804处；图37的支撑部808与第一多孔性结构10的顶面齐平，配合该第一多孔性结构10的顶面对一实体61进行承载。图39的支撑部821穿过容纳空间437。图43中，容纳空间431的实体边缘界面位于相邻的支撑部812之间(可由支撑部812紧配合或连接)；图44的容纳空间432位于相邻的支撑部813之间，且该容纳空间432的实体边缘界面嵌入到支撑部813内部(例如支撑部813开设有缺口等)；图45的支撑部814大致在容纳空间433的实体边缘界面的四处角落进行承载。
一些示例中，与所要放置的容纳物相比，支撑部本身的体积足够大，或者支撑部是中空的，则可以在支撑部的内部直接形成一个或多个容纳空间(如图38的支撑部810内部开设有容纳空间)。或者，支撑部本身结构即会存在一些空隙或缺口，可以将所述空隙或缺口用来构建容纳空间的全部或部分，或者用来设置可对容纳物固定的其他部件。
例如，图44的支撑部813有缺口可使容纳空间432相应一侧的边缘界面延伸到该支撑部813内部。又如图47的支撑部816、817各自设有缺口，一壁板991的两端分别嵌入其中；与之相比，支撑部818、819之间的壁板992则没有嵌入到这两个支撑部818、819的内部；壁板993连接在支撑部816、818外侧；壁板994则连接在其他已经被支撑部固定的壁板991和992之间。图47的这些壁板991～994，分别作为容纳空间435不同方向的边缘界面。图46的支撑部814则与相对方向的一个壁板99配合，来设置容纳空间434的一处边缘界面。
基于支撑部构建的容纳空间、空隙或缺口等，可以是预先设计并在制成支撑部的同时形成的，也可以是通过后期加工形成(在放置容纳物之前形成即可，不限于在制成支撑部以后、或第一多孔性结构10与中间体形成复合体以后、或复合体与基底30连接以后)。
根据对容纳物的固定方式不同，支撑部可以是位于容纳空间一个或多个方向的边缘界面。某一侧边缘界面可以有一个或多个对应的支撑部(其他边缘侧面有没有支撑部都可以)。相邻支撑部之间的间隔可以不封闭，与旁边的 第一多孔性结构10等连通或进一步连通到外部；或者，相邻支撑部相互贴近没有间隔；或者，相邻支撑部之间的间隔被封闭(例如通过形成其他实施例所述的壁板、填充面、高分子材料层、隔板等实施封闭，且不限于此)。或者，支撑部足够大时，一个支撑部的一个或多个方向的表面(可以是外表面也可以是开设缺口等形成的内表面)，用作容纳空间一个或多个方向的边缘界面(如图48的支撑部820一侧表面，用于构成容纳空间436相应方向的边缘界面)。
容纳空间的通道或开口，可以开设在支撑部所在的边缘界面(如避开支撑部本身)，或者将相邻支撑部之间的间隔空隙作为通道或开口，又或者将支撑部的某个部位贯通而直接形成通道或开口(横向、纵向或其他方向的贯通都可以单独或配合实施)。所述通道或开口可以在放入容纳物后敞开，或被封闭体(短期或长期地)封闭。
例如，图38的支撑部810内部开设有容纳空间，并以箭头75示意性地表示其连通到第一多孔性结构10和外部的一处通道。图39一箭头76示意性地表示一开设在支撑部821内部的通道，该通道连通外部和容纳空间437。图40的容纳空间440以基底30为底部的边缘界面，并将与之靠近的一个支撑部823的下部侧边，作为相应方向的部分边缘界面，该方向的边缘界面还设有一开口，连通到支撑部823下方的第一多孔性结构10的孔隙，该开口被封闭体93封闭；容纳空间441也以基底为底部的边缘界面，而该容纳空间823不与附近的支撑部824等接触，该容纳空间441顶部有一开口经第一多孔性结构10对应开设的空隙103连通到外部；该开口被封闭体94封闭。又例如，图41的容纳空间442有一侧边缘界面的开口，连通到第一多孔性结构10处的一个空隙105，该空隙105对应于支撑部826的预定安装位置，容纳空间442内放置容纳物后，该支撑部826安装到位，将空隙105完全填满且同时将容纳空间442在这一侧的开口封闭。
支撑部与其插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构10可以有直接的接触或连接；或者，支撑部与插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构10没有接触或连接，而是插入于形成在第一多孔性结构10内的空隙处；该空隙可以是预先设计并在制成第一多孔性结构10时形成，也可以是后期加工形成(后期加工的时机，不限于在制成第一多孔性结构10以后、或第一多孔性结构10与中间体形成 复合体以后、或复合体与基底30连接以后)。如图34的支撑部801与第一多孔性结构10之间没有间隔空隙；图36的支撑部806与周边的第一多孔性结构10则有间隔的空隙100。
支撑部的结构、数量、形状、尺寸及布置位置等不限，可以根据应用情况确定。例如支撑部可以是板状、条状、块状、柱状、栓状等，而不限于此；支撑部横向(或纵向)的截面，可以是某种几何形状，或是不规则的异型；同一支撑部各高度的横截面形状及尺寸可以相同也可以不同；支撑部的某一侧表面，可以是平面、弧面、任意弯曲，或是多种形状的组合。一个支撑部可以是一个整体的部件，也可以是多个部分组装的。
假设其他各示例的支撑部横截面为圆形，而图47的示意性地提供一个不同形状、横截面为方形的支撑部818；图46则示意性地提供了一个横截面为半圆形，且直边对应容纳界面434的支撑部815；该支撑部815可以制成时截面即为半圆形，也可以是通过后期加工形成所述形状。
若主要为放置容纳物等考虑，则支撑部的材质不限；支撑部本身可以是与第一多孔性结构10等一体成型，也可以是后期另外设置的(在放置容纳物之前均可)。某些示例中，支撑部由熔融状的物质在所注入的第一多孔性结构10处凝固后制成。
或者，在一些优选的示例中，复合体与基底30通过电阻焊实施连接。则在这些示例中，支撑部可以作为一种中间体的插入部，在焊接之前设置到第一多孔性结构10内，起到电极限位和/或增强电流传导的功能。
现以一种支撑柱，作为支撑部的示例结构，支撑柱在各示例中描述的特征都可以应用到其他的支撑部，反之亦然。支撑柱的横截面形状不限(可以是几何图形，圆形或某种多边形，也可以是不规则的异型)，各图中均以圆柱体为例，描述的方向均是图示方向。
在电阻焊的示例中，支撑部可以用来对电极实施限位。由于电阻焊的电极在提供电流的同时，需要压紧在待焊接的工件上，容易因为产生的电阻热或施加的压力而对工件表面产生损伤。
考虑到连接结构中，第一多孔性结构10本身有众多孔隙，又通常会使第一多孔性结构10的至少部分表面暴露在外，更容易受电阻热或压力的影响；例如，第一多孔性结构10被压缩部位的孔隙可能变小，支架或梁可能断裂或 移位，影响其表面原先设计的多孔形态，还可能产生压痕；若电阻热量过高，还可能在第一多孔性结构10表面留下类似烧灼的痕迹。
因而，下文的示例，主要是以支撑部对靠近于第一多孔性结构10这一侧的电极(称第一极性的电极401)实施限位进行说明的。第二极性的电极402，例如是与基底30的底面接触，或与连接在基底30底面一侧的其他复合体接触；而基底30或中间体的致密度等高于第一多孔性结构10，且可能没有会暴露在外的表面；因而，可以利用类似的方式，设置支撑部对第二极性的电极402限位，也可以不对第二极性的电极402限位。
第一种示例中，如图52～图55所示，支撑部81的顶面低于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，即支撑部81埋入第一多孔性结构10内，则第一极性电极401压紧在第一多孔性结构10的顶面，将第一多孔性结构10的顶面向下压缩一定距离(参见图52处的放大图)。该电极若接触到支撑部81的顶面后，会被限位而不再继续向下移动；即，第一多孔性结构10的顶面在最大限度压缩后仍可与支撑部81的顶面基本齐平(若不是最大限度压缩的话，第一多孔性结构10的顶面还高于支撑部81的顶面)。
第二种示例中，如图56～图57所示，支撑部82的顶面与第一多孔性结构10的顶面齐平，则第一极性的电极401(或电极的单体405)压紧在支撑部82及第一多孔性结构10的顶面，且由于支撑部82的限位作用，该电极不会继续向下移动，即不会将第一多孔性结构10的顶面压塌。
第三种示例中，如图58～图61所示，支撑部83的顶面高于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，则第一极性的电极401(或电极的单体405)压紧时主要接触到支撑部83的顶面，且被支撑部83限位而不会继续向下移动；这样该电极401与第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触，不会影响到第一多孔性结构10的顶面形态。
前述第一、第二种示例中，由于电极401(或电极的单体405)仍与第一多孔性结构10导电接触，则支撑部81或82由绝缘材料或导电材料制成都可以；前述第三种示例中，电极401(或电极的单体405)不与第一多孔性结构10导电接触，则支撑部83需由导电材料制成，使通过电极401(或电极的单体405)施加的电流能够通过该支撑部83传导。由绝缘材料制成的支撑部81或82，本发明利用了其限位的功能。而导电材料制成的支撑部81、82、83， 则可以更进一步具有增强电流传导的作用。
优选地，支撑部的致密度高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度，如支撑部是实心的，或是致密度更高的多孔性结构，则一方面增强结构强度有效抵抗电极压紧时的作用力。另一方面，这样的支撑部是良导体时，与其附近有孔隙的第一多孔性结构10相比(孔隙内为空气等不良导体)，支撑部本身的电阻更小，导电性能更佳，电流会优先选择经过支撑部传导到复合体与基底30接触的界面；根据前文所述，电阻热Q正比于IR
2，若保持其他结构不变，则使用良导体的支撑部，通过减少电流传导路径中的电阻，而使回路中的电流I增大，进而使电阻热的值增大，提高了焊接结合的效率和强度。
若主要考虑限位功能，则除了对支撑部的顶面高度进行设计外(参见第一种示例到第三种示例)，其他部位可以根据需要任意设置。而即使良导体的支撑部整个埋入第一多孔性结构10内，上下方仍有第一多孔性结构10时(如图34所示的支撑部801；图41的支撑部827，图42的支撑部830)，相比其周围的第一多孔性结构10，该支撑部处的电阻仍然更小，能够更高效地引导电流通过。
或者，良导体的支撑部的底部，可以向下延伸到第一多孔性结构10的底部，与夹层部或基底30相接触，将电流更快地传导到复合体与基底30连接的界面附近。例如，图38的支撑部811，图39的支撑部822，各自底部接触基底30；图52、图53、图55的支撑部81，图56、图57的支撑部82，图58、图59的支撑部83，各自底部均直接接触夹层部(而各图中的夹层部形态不一，包含中间体主体20和/或凸起结构21)。而图54的支撑部81底部延伸到第一多孔性结构10的底部而不与夹层部(凸起结构21)有直接接触，但可以经第一多孔性结构10将电流传导过去。
支撑部可以插入在第一多孔性结构10的空隙中，不与周围的第一多孔性结构10接触，避免电阻热量传导到周围的第一多孔性结构10表面对其造成损伤(如图153所示的支撑部806周边以空隙100隔开)。支撑部也可以与周围的第一多孔性结构10接触或连接，将电流传导到周围的第一多孔性结构10处(如图52～图61等)。
而根据上述公式可知，如果可以在电流I增大的基础上，同时增大接触电阻R，则可以使电阻热更大。接触电阻R与待焊接工件(复合体、基底30) 的接触界面形态有较大关系。为此，除了单独设置良导体的支撑部，还可以在某些示例中，将支撑部与中间体的夹层部一同设置，例如在电阻焊期间，中间体同时包含支撑部与中间体主体20，同时包含支撑部与凸起结构21，同时包含支撑部、中间体主体20及凸起结构21等等。
支撑部与中间体主体20可以接触或不接触(该中间体主体20下方设有凸起结构21或没有凸起结构21)；支撑部与凸起结构21的数量可以相同或不同，两者的布置位置可以相互对应或错开(该凸起结构21可以位于中间体主体20下方，或直接位于第一多孔性结构10的下方)，支撑部可以与凸起结构21直接接触也可以不直接接触。优选地，是使支撑部与夹层部直接导电接触，和/或将电极与支撑部直接导电接触，避免电流通过第一多孔性结构10传导产生损耗。当然，允许在某些示例中，电极施加的电流先经过第一多孔性结构10的某些部位传导到支撑部，或者支撑部获得的电流经过第一多孔性结构10的某些部位传导到夹层部或基底30。
例如，图34、图35、图37～图40所示，支撑部不与夹层部同时设置；图153、图41、图42所示，支撑部与夹层部同时设置，图153的夹层部包含中间体主体20其与支撑部805、806等直接接触；图41的夹层部包含中间体主体20和凸起结构21，但均不与支撑部827等接触；图42的夹层部包含中间体主体20，也不与支撑部830等接触。
例如，图52、图53的夹层部均包含中间体主体20和凸起结构21，且支撑部81均与中间体主体20接触，但在图52支撑部81的数量与凸起结构21相同且一一对应，在图53中支撑部81数量及位置，都不与凸起结构21对应。图54、图55的夹层部均包含凸起结构21，图54的支撑部81与凸起结构21不对应，且相互不直接接触；而图55的支撑部81则与凸起结构21一一对应且相互接触。图56、图57的夹层部包含中间体主体20，且均与支撑部82接触。图58、图59的夹层部包含中间体20及凸起结构21，且支撑部83均与中间体主体20接触，且支撑部83的数量与凸起结构21相同且一一对应。图60、图61的夹层部包含凸起结构21，且支撑部83与凸起结构21一一对应且直接接触。
一个示例中，如图62所示，中间体包含中间体主体20、连接在中间体主体20上表面的若干支撑部80、连接在中间体主体20下表面的若干凸起结 构21(朝着基底30一侧凸起)。本例中，第二极性的电极402接触于基底30的下表面，第一多孔性结构10的顶面设置有压头490；所述压头490与第二极性的电极402施力，将待连接的复合体、基底30压紧在两者之间；第一极性的电极406接触于第一多孔性结构10的侧面区域，在第一极性电极406与第二极性电极402之间形成电流回路，例如第一极性电极406流出的电流，经过第一多孔性结构10的侧面区域，再通过侧面区域附近的支撑部80和中间体主体20等，传导到中间体的其他部位(如中间区域的中间体主体20和凸起结构21等)，进而将复合体(如凸起结构21附近)与基底30焊接固定。则，对应第一多孔性结构10中间区域的支撑部80更多地用来对压头490限位(避免过多地下压)，有需要时也可以用于传导电流。由侧面进入的电流，从第一极性电极406经中间体(夹层部)到基底30所经过的路径上，整体的电阻更小，提升了电流传导的效果。所述位于侧面的第一极性电极406，形态不限，可以是围绕在侧面的环形框架，或者是平面的板状电极，或者是电极的单体等。
上例的一个变形情况，是使第一极性的电极从侧面直接接触位于边缘的支撑部80、中间体主体20、凸起结构21中的至少一种，经由边缘的导电部件将电流传导到其他位置的中间体，进而将复合体与基底30焊接固定；该变形例的第一多孔性结构10的侧面可以不暴露在外，支撑部80、中间体主体20、凸起结构21中的至少一种直接具有位于复合体边缘的暴露表面来与第一极性的电极导电接触；或者，第一极性的电极可以插入到边缘区域的第一多孔性结构10内部，来与位于边缘区域的支撑部80、中间体主体20、凸起结构21中的至少一种导电接触。例如，图63的第一极性电极407从边缘插入到第一多孔性结构10内部，与最左侧的一个支撑部80及凸起结构21接触；第一极性电极408与中间体主体20和第一多孔性结构10的最右侧接触。第一极性电极407、408示意性地表示同一极性的两种电极。
基于上例及该变形例，可以理解，侧面电极同样可以适用于没有支撑部或支撑部不导电的情况，只要有其他的中间体(如夹层部)可以直接与侧面电极接触，或侧面电极经边缘区域的第一多孔性结构10可以传导到其他的中间体(如夹层部)，都可以一定程度缩短电流流通的路径，提高焊接效率。
又一个变形情况，如图63所示，在设置有侧面电极的同时，由另一个第 一极性的电极401替代压头490(图62)，所述另一个第一极性的电极401同时提供另一路电流，并从第一多孔性结构10的顶面施加压力，配合第二极性的电极402来压紧复合体与基底30。
支撑部本身可以与第一多孔性结构10和/或夹层部等一体成型或预先连接，或者也可以后期设置(在焊接前的任意时刻均可)；而除了以制成时或焊接时的状态对容纳物(或其包覆体或容纳空间)进行固定以外，一些示例中，还可以在焊接后对支撑部进行加工。例如，容纳物的待固定面是平面，则可以将圆柱型的支撑部侧面切去一部分形成平面，以增大对容纳物固定的表面；容纳物的待固定面是其他形状时，可以类似地为支撑部加工出相适配的表面形状。又例如，电阻焊之后，在支撑部的某个部位开设缺口，用来固定容纳物或设置可对容纳物进行固定的部件，若在电阻焊之前就形成该缺口，则可能因为缺口处的空隙而影响支撑部本身的导电效果。又例如，电阻焊之后，甚至可以将支撑部打通、截断或完全去除(如图41一处支撑部分为两段825a、825b，825a段被去除；如图42的支撑部828被整体去除)，从而在第一多孔性结构10中留出更多的区域来设计容纳空间、放置容纳物，或者直接以去除支撑部所留出的空间来放置容纳物或固定容纳物。
本实施例中，支撑部以及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例五
本实施例中，提供有关支撑部、第一多孔性结构10、电极等的一些变形示例，由此设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。图中仍以支撑柱为例。
实施例四的第三种示例中，支撑部的顶面高于第一多孔性结构10的顶面(如图58、59的支撑部83)。可以在电阻焊完成之后，将该支撑部高于第一多孔性结构10顶面的部位切除，避免后续使用时支撑部突出在产品表面。
或者，可以在电阻焊完成之后，将其中一个或多个支撑部高于第一多孔性结构10顶面的部位保留(其他支撑部的高出部分可以去除)，而在容纳物(或包覆体、容纳空间的实体边缘)上形成对应的嵌套结构(例如是适配支撑部截面形成的环形结构)，使嵌套结构套在相应的支撑部上；支撑部顶面可以高于、等于或低于嵌套结构的顶面。本例的容纳物位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面(处在支撑部旁的部位)，由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载 或连接(顶面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等也可以悬空而与第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。如图39所示，容纳空间438有实体的边缘界面，所设置的嵌套结构481，套在相邻的支撑部822高出第一多孔性结构10顶面的部位，该容纳空间438的底部悬空，不与第一多孔性结构10的顶面接触(可以理解若该容纳空间438的位置更靠下，则可以使其底部被第一多孔性结构10的顶面承载)。
可以参考上述，在实施例四的第一种示例或第二种示例的基础上，对其中一个或多个支撑部顶部周边的第一多孔性结构10去除，使支撑部顶部露出，将容纳物(或包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)设置的嵌套结构套在支撑部的顶部，对容纳物等实施固定。
例如，图153的支撑部805顶部低于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，而该支撑部805本身即插入在第一多孔性结构10内形成的空隙100处，则容纳空间430有实体的边缘界面，设置的嵌套结构481可以利用该空隙100套到支撑部805的顶部，并且可以在第一多孔性结构10顶部相应区域形成凹陷，来承载该容纳空间430。图38的支撑部811直接插入在第一多孔性结构10内(没有周边间隔空隙)，支撑部811顶部低于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，在相应区域将第一多孔性结构10顶部去除，形成一个凹陷，并使支撑部811顶部露出，一实体61设置的嵌套结构481直接套在支撑部811顶部，该实体61本身还在凹陷内由第一多孔性结构10承载。
类似地，容纳空间若对应于支撑部的其他高度(如底部或中段等)，也可以将容纳物(或包覆体、容纳空间的实体边缘界面等)设置的嵌套结构套在支撑部的相应位置(该位置附近的第一多孔性结构10被去除，且有通道或开口连通到该位置附近)。如果嵌套结构方便从支撑部顶部或底部套设的话，则可以将嵌套结构制成闭环的结构(图49提供了闭环的嵌套结构481的一个示例)；而如果是套在支撑部的其他高度，或者不方便从顶部或底部直接套设的，则可以将嵌套结构制成非闭环的结构(如两侧的嵌套结构分别形成向外的拱形，与两侧支撑部的圆柱表面紧密地接触实施固定；图50提供了非闭环的嵌套结构482的一个示例)。如图37所示，支撑部807、708下半部分之间的第一多孔性结构10被去除，形成一空隙101用来放置实体61，该实体61设置有非闭环的嵌套结构482，可以与两侧的支撑部807、808紧密接触实现固定。
一些示例中，在完成焊接后，将一个或一些支撑部完全去除或去除一部分而在第一多孔性结构10内留出相应的空隙，在容纳物(或包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)处形成相匹配的嵌入结构(例如是柱状、栓状、块状、板状等且不限于此)，嵌入结构可以嵌入到去除支撑部所留下的空隙，利用空隙旁侧的第一多孔性结构10对嵌入结构进行限位，防止横向滑动。若嵌入结构与所述空隙紧配合，则容纳物等由此被固定；若两者不是紧配合，则可以主要起前述限位作用，而进一步配合连接结构的其他部件对容纳物等实施固定。例如，容纳物可以位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面(位于该空隙旁的部位)，可以由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载或连接(顶面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等也可以悬空而与该第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。
例如，图41的一处支撑部分为825a、825b两段，825a段被去除而留下一空隙104，使一实体61底部设置的嵌入结构483能够插入到空隙104内，使实体61得以被固定；图42的一处支撑部828被全部去除而留下空隙106，一实体61底部的设置的嵌入结构插入到该空隙106内，使实体61得以被固定。这两例中的实体61可以插入足够深，而使其同时被第一多孔性结构10的顶面承载；或者，实体61单独通过空隙104或106处的第一多孔性结构10与嵌入结构的配合来实施固定，而与第一多孔性结构10的顶面不接触。
上例的嵌入结构大致是纵向布置的；另一示例中，还可以在实体上设置横向的嵌入结构，将其插入到支撑部的空隙或缺口、第一多孔性结构10的孔隙等，对实体实施固定。例如，图40的容纳空间429具有实体的边缘界面，两侧分别设置的嵌入结构483，插入到相邻的支撑部823内；该容纳空间429还通过第一多孔性结构10的顶面承载。图51示出横向的嵌入结构483的一种示例。可以理解到，类似图37的示例中，将实体61的嵌套结构482，替换为横向的嵌入结构(支撑部807需有相应的缺口供插入)，也可以将该实体61进行固定。
一些示例中，支撑部是插入在第一多孔性结构10处形成的空隙内，该支撑部与其周边的第一多孔性结构10之间存在间隙；容纳物(或包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)处，形成与所述支撑部匹配的嵌套结构，或形成与所述间隙匹配的嵌入结构(例如为中空的柱体)；可以在完成电阻焊以后， 将容纳物等的嵌套结构套在支撑部上，或将嵌入结构插入到所述间隙。若嵌套或嵌入后为紧配合的，则可以由此对容纳物等进行固定；否则，可以配合连接结构的其他部件(如支撑部、第一多孔性结构10等)进行固定。例如，容纳物可以位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面(支撑部旁)，由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载或连接(顶面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等也可以悬空而与该第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。
例如，图42的一实体61底部，设有整合的嵌套结构和嵌入结构484，其插入在一支撑部829顶部周边的空隙107处，同时套在该支撑部829顶部；该支撑部829顶部原先低于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，在该支撑部829顶部周边的第一多孔性结构10去除一部分形成所述空隙107。可以理解到类似图153的支撑部806本身插入在第一多孔性结构10内的一处空隙100，则整合的嵌套结构和嵌入结构也可以插入到该空隙100处，通过该支撑部806(或配合其周边的第一多孔性结构10等)对实体进行固定。
另外，虽然图37～图40、图49～图51示出的嵌套结构481、482和嵌入结构483是位于实体61或容纳空间的两侧，但实际嵌套结构481、482或嵌入结构483的设置数量或位置均不做限定。例如一个实体有更多数量或更多方向的嵌套结构481、482和嵌入结构483，来同时匹配更多的支撑部进行固定。或者，一些时候，一个实体有更少的嵌套结构或嵌入结构，也可以单独通过支撑部或通过支撑部与周边的第一多孔性结构10等配合来实施固定。类似地，虽然图41、图42等示出了一个实体的一个嵌入结构、或一个整合的嵌套结构及嵌入结构，但实际每个实体或每个容纳空间设置的嵌入结构或整合的嵌套结构及嵌入结构的数量或位置均不做限定；一个实体或容纳空间有更多数量或更多方向的嵌入结构或整合的嵌套结构及嵌入结构时，可以每个都与支撑部一一对应，或者至少有一处支撑部与其中一个嵌入结构或整合的嵌套结构及嵌入结构可以匹配即可。
实施电阻焊的一些示例中，靠近第一多孔性结构10一侧的第一极性电极，包含一个或多个电极的单体。所述电极的单体可以插入到第一多孔性结构10内形成的空隙内，与暴露在空隙内的中间体夹层部(如中间体主体20、凸起结构21、带凸起结构21的中间体主体20等)直接接触；或者，该空隙 并不直接连通到夹层部，而是在空隙的底部仍留有一部分第一多孔性结构10，电极的单体与这部分第一多孔性结构10直接接触(图未示出)，使电流经这部分第一多孔性结构10传导到中间体的夹层部。电极单体与其插入的空隙旁的第一多孔性结构10可以有接触，也可以通过间隔空隙或绝缘体隔开。
如图64、图66所示，第一极性电极的多个单体409，分别插入到第一多孔性结构10内的空隙，进而直接接触中间体主体20的顶面；图69所示，第一极性的电极401是一大的平板电极，其同时接触若干个导电介质4011，各导电介质4011插入到第一多孔性结构10内的空隙，进而直接接触中间体主体20的顶面(图64、图69的中间体主体20带有凸起结构21，图66的中间体主体20没有凸起结构21)。
或者，所述电极的单体还可以插入到支撑部内形成的空隙内，与支撑部直接导电接触(该支撑部的顶面可以高于或低于或等于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，支撑部的空隙从支撑部的顶面向下凹入)。该例的中间体可以仅包含支撑部，也可以同时包含支撑部和夹层部(如中间体主体20、凸起结构21、带凸起结构21的中间体主体20)。允许支撑部与夹层部之间、或支撑部与基底30之间存在部分第一多孔性结构10。更优选地，是使支撑部和夹层部有直接的导电接触，来传导电流。
如图67所示电极的多个单体409，分别插入到支撑部831顶部的凹陷处，与该支撑部831直接接触；图70所示，第一极性的电极401是一大的平板电极，其同时接触若干个导电介质4011，各导电介质4011插入到支撑部831顶部的凹陷处，与该支撑部831直接接触(图70的中间体主体20带有凸起结构21，图67的中间体主体20没有凸起结构21)。
上述各例中，电流可以不经过(或少经过)第一多孔性结构10，提高导电效率，也避免对暴露在外的第一多孔性结构10产生损伤。完成电阻焊以后，插入的电极单体409或导电介质4011取走，留下位于第一多孔性结构10内的空隙108(图65)或位于支撑部831内的空隙110(图68)；可以将这些空隙108或110直接作为容纳空间，放置容纳物；或者，利用这些空隙108或110来设置容纳物(或其包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)处形成的嵌入结构(例如图65、图68的容纳空间443底部设有嵌入结构483分别插入空隙108和110)。若嵌入后为紧配合的，则可以由此对容纳物等进行固定； 否则，可以配合空隙旁的第一多孔性结构10或支撑部等部件对容纳物等进行固定。例如，容纳物可以位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，可以由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载或连接(顶面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等也可以悬空而与该第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。
虽然示例是以电极单体从顶部插入来描述，但可以理解，若电极单体从其他方向(如侧面)插入第一多孔性结构10或插入支撑部(侧向开设)的空隙时，实施电阻焊及利用空隙设置容纳物或其嵌入结构也都是可以实现的。
本实施例中的变形示例及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例六
如图71～图85所示，本实施例中，提供一些利用支撑部设置其他部件的示例，并由此设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。
图中的支撑部80仍以支撑柱为例。支撑部80与夹层部的凸起结构21对应且接触，夹层部还包含中间体主体20。
可以在支撑部80上设置联结体981或延伸体982，用来构建容纳空间的边缘界面，也可以直接用来对容纳物(或其包覆体)进行固定(承载、连接、紧配合或限位等)。每个联结体981的两端分别连接两个支撑部80。每个延伸体982一端连接支撑部80，另一端可以延伸到其他部件(如第一多孔性结构10)或另一端开放。
例如，图71的联结体981连接于支撑部80的下部，与夹层部的中间体主体21基本齐平，联结体981的顶面成为容纳空间459底部的边缘界面。例如，图72的联结体981连接于支撑部80的上部，高于中间体主体21，在联结体981下方形成一口袋状的容纳空间460，联结体981成为其顶部的边缘界面。如图73的延伸体982一端连接左侧一个支撑部80的下部，另一端开放(与右侧另一个支撑部80之间留有部分的第一多孔性结构10)；容纳空间461形成在两个支撑部80之间，一部分位于延伸体982上方，另一部分横向超出延伸体982的范围，开设在延伸体982与右侧支撑部80之间的第一多孔性结构10内；该延伸体982与中间体主体20基本齐平。
联结体981或延伸体982还可以与连接结构的其他部件接触或连接，如 第一多孔性结构10从下方进行支撑；或者，联结体981或延伸体982可以是悬空的，例如相应位置的第一多孔性结构10被去除，联结体981或延伸体982不与第一多孔性结构10等接触(而依靠相连接的支撑部80进行固定)。
如图74所示，中间的支撑部80一侧连接一延伸体982a，另一侧开设有缺口来连接一延伸体982b；两个延伸体982a、982b位于不同高度，其顶面分别成为容纳空间462、463底部的边缘界面，容纳空间462、463顶部开口连通到外部空间；该容纳空间463还以中间的支撑部80为一侧的边缘界面；容纳空间462则不与支撑部80邻接；延伸体982a下方悬空，左端可抵接在第一多孔性结构10的一处支架端部；延伸体982b下方留有部分的第一多孔性结构10可以对其进行承载；本例的夹层部没有中间体主体。
联结体981或延伸体982的形状尺寸数量等不限，可以是板状、条状、杆状等；若不影响容纳物放置或使用，或者由此形成容纳空间的通道或开口的话，则联结体981/延伸体982上可以是有镂空的，或者，可以使对应同一边缘界面的相邻的联结体981/延伸体982之间存在间隙等。
一个联结体981(或延伸体982)可以对应容纳空间的某一侧边缘界面，覆盖该侧边缘界面的全部或部分区域；或者，多个联结体981(或延伸体982)可以同时对应容纳空间的某一侧边缘界面，配合地覆盖该侧边缘界面所对应的全部区域或部分区域(覆盖部分区域的多个联结体981/延伸体982，可以是有间隔布置的，或是相互贴近没有间隔的)。联结体981与延伸体982可以同时设置，也可以不同时设置；可以位于同一侧边缘界面，或位于不同的边缘界面；可以连接在同一个支撑部80，或连接在不同的支撑部80。
示例地，与联结体981的两端分别连接的两个支撑部80，可以是位于容纳空间内两个相邻或相对方向的边缘界面。在相邻两个支撑部80之间，可以设置一个或多个联结体981。示例地，对于容纳空间同一边缘界面的两个延伸体982，可以在同一高度或在不同的高度相对地设置，这两个延伸体982各自不与支撑部80连接的端部可以相互贴近或者留有间隔距离。
例如，图82所示的联结体981c是一个片体，对应容纳空间某方向的边缘界面，其左右两侧的每一侧分别连接两个支撑部。如图83所示的联结体981d、981e为条状，各自有一端与同一个支撑部连接，该两个联结体981d、981e位于不同的高度；延伸体982c为条状，其与联结体981e在同一高度， 相互有间隔，共同位于容纳空间同一侧的边缘界面。
联结体981/延伸体982可以是与支撑部80一体成型的，或者联结体981/延伸体982可以是额外设置的部件(单独成型后连接到支撑部80，在固定容纳物等之前设置均可)。其他实施例所述的壁板、填充面、高分子材料层、隔板等都可以用作联结体981/延伸体982。若在电阻焊实施之前设置，则优选使用导电材料(如实心或高致密度的多孔性结构)来制成联结体981/延伸体982。
一个示例的容纳空间，如图72所示，包含：联结体981、周围(两侧或以上)的支撑部80，容纳空间范围内的中间体主体20设有缺口；联结体981位于该缺口的上方。支撑部80插入在第一多孔性结构10中，并与毗邻容纳空间的中间体主体20连接，联结体981将上方的第一多孔性结构10隔开。这样在联结体981、支撑部80、中间体主体20缺口下方的基底(图未示出)之间，形成一个类似口袋结构的容纳空间460。如图76所示，容纳物(实体61)可以与周围的支撑部80紧配合；或者，容纳物(实体61)可以由中间体主体20缺口下方的基底30承载；或者，容纳物至少与一侧的部件(如联结体981、支撑部80、基底30)固定连接，且容纳物的设置方式不限于这些示例。中间体主体20开设的缺口可以作为容纳空间460的一处通道或开口；通道或开口也可以另外开设在(如联结体981、支撑部80等)其他位置。
一个示例的容纳空间，如图75所示，包含：联结体981、周围(两侧或以上)的支撑部80，容纳空间464范围内的中间体主体20设有缺口，缺口内还形成有延伸体982。支撑部80插入在第一多孔性结构10中，并与毗邻容纳空间的中间体主体20连接，联结体981布置于中间体主体20的缺口及延伸体982的上方，将上方的第一多孔性结构10隔开。这样在联结体981、支撑部80、带延伸体982的中间体主体20之间，形成一个类似底部有收口的口袋结构，作为容纳空间464。
本例的延伸体982可以由中间体主体20的一部分构建；也可以是另外设置的部件，如材质、厚度、距离基底30的高度等可以与中间体主体20相同或不同。图75中示出在左右两侧的延伸体982可以是同一个延伸体(如图84所示一个环形的延伸体982d)的不同部分；也可以是两个独立的延伸体(如图85所示的延伸体982e)，各自连接相应一侧的支撑部80，两个延伸体的材 质、厚度、距离基底30的高度等可以相同或不同。
形状尺寸合适的容纳物设置在容纳空间后，可以由延伸体982对容纳物的边缘承载使其不掉落，需要时也可以与延伸体982进一步固定连接(图77还示在一种将实体61卡在两侧的延伸体982之间的示例)。容纳物的其他部位，可以不与中间体主体20缺口下方的基底30、联结体981、支撑部80等再有接触；或者，容纳物可以由基底30(或同时由基底30与延伸体982)承载；或者，容纳物可以与基底30、联结体981、支撑部80中的一个或多个进一步连接，且容纳物的设置方式不限于这些示例。中间体主体20开设的缺口可以作为容纳空间的一处通道或开口；通道或开口也可以另外开设在(如联结体981、支撑部80、延伸体等)其他位置。
例如，图78所示一个容纳空间465通过上方的联结体981、支撑部80、带缺口及延伸体982的中间体主体20，形成一个类似底部有收口的口袋结构；联结体981开设有若干通孔78，可以连通到联结体981上方的第一多孔性结构10进而连通到外部开放空间。
一个示例的容纳空间，如图79所示，包含：上方的第一联结体981a、周围(两侧或以上)的支撑部80、下方的第二联结体981b。支撑部80插入在第一多孔性结构10中，并与该容纳空间旁的中间体主体20连接，第一联结体981a将上方的第一多孔性结构10隔开。第二联结体981b可以是中间体主体20的一部分，也可以是独立于中间体主体20的一个部件，第二联结体981b的两端与其两侧的支撑部80分别连接。若是独立成型的部件，则第二联结体981b的材质、厚度、距离基底30的高度等，可以与中间体主体20相同或不同。可以通过第二联结体981b对置入容纳空间的容纳物进行承载，需要时也可以与第二联结体981b进行固定连接；容纳物的其他部分可以不与第一联结体981a、支撑部80再接触，或者可以与第一联结体981a和/或支撑部80进一步连接。
例如，图79、图80所示的容纳空间466、467，各自包含第一联结体981a、支撑部80、第二联结体981b；第一联结体981a开设有若干通孔78，可以连通到联结体981上方的第一多孔性结构10进而连通到外部开放空间；第二联结体981b开设有若干通孔79，可以连通到第二联结体981b下方的空隙，进而可以连通凸起结构21与基底30之间的空隙。图79的通孔79是敞开的， 图80的通孔79则被封闭体95封闭。又例如，图81所示的容纳空间468包含第一联结体981a、支撑部80、第二联结体981b；第一联结体981a开设有若干通孔78，可以连通到联结体981上方的第一多孔性结构10进而连通到外部开放空间，该通孔78被封闭体96封闭；第二联结体981b没有开设通孔。
上述各例中，除了可以将容纳空间的通道或开口，形成在某个联结体981/延伸体982(或支撑部80)以外，还可以是先不将某个联结体981/延伸体982(或支撑部80)安装到其设计位置，留出该设计位置作为可供容纳物置入的通道或开口，再将该联结体981/延伸体982(或支撑部80)安装到位而使通道或开口封闭。
对于上述图72、图75、图79的三种示例，支撑部80至少对应容纳空间的两侧，如图示的左右方向(每侧有至少一个)；纸面前/后方向对应的边缘界面可以有一个或多个支撑部80，也可以没有支撑部80。根据容纳空间封闭要求、容纳物形态用途或连接要求等的不同，相邻的支撑部80之间(如左、右、前、后的每一侧)可以是连接有其他的联结体981和/或延伸体982，也可以没有联结体981或延伸体982而直接面对容纳空间范围外的第一多孔性结构10(甚至某些示例中还可以连通到外部开放空间，或者连通到与容纳空间某侧毗邻的中间体主体20或基底30等)。
对于上述图72、图75、图79的三种示例，上方的联结体981(或第一联结体981a)与基底30、下方的延伸体982(或第二联结体981b)之间的距离，大于或等于容纳物(在置入时)的厚度。图示是以基底30、延伸体982、第二联结体981b在容纳物底部承载为例进行说明的，而如果整个结构是会有方位变动的话(例如是生产时与使用时的方位区别，或者使用过程中有方位变化等)，则其他方向的部件结构(上方的联结体981/第一联结体981a、支撑部80、周边的第一多孔性结构10等)也都可以单独或配合地对容纳物等进行固定(如承载、连接、紧配合或限位等)。某些与容纳物不接触不连接的方位可以是开放的，在确保容纳物可以被固定的基础上，允许容纳物的一部分超出这些开放的边界(即超出容纳空间某些边界范围)。
本实施例中，带联结体981或延伸体982的支撑部80，及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例七
如图86～图93所示，本实施例中，提供中间体的一些变形示例及在电阻焊中的应用，并由此设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。
实施激光焊时，对复合体的中间体与基底30之间的焊接位置不做具体限定，可以根据应用需要选择至少一对接触面进行焊接。示例的中间体主体20包含底部，可以是任意形状尺寸，是致密度高于第一多孔性结构10致密度的多孔性结构或实心体，图2中所述中间体主体20的底部整体呈薄片状或薄板状；中间体主体20的底部与基底30顶面进行焊接固定。或者，某些示例中，中间体主体20包含底部，并向底部上方的至少一侧延伸形成中间体主体20的周边；中间体主体20的底部与周边可以具有相同或不同的形状、尺寸(如厚度)、致密度等；优选地，中间体主体20的底部和周边的致密度，都高于第一多孔性结构10的致密度(是致密度较高的多孔性结构或实心体)。
图86示出在基底30上设有凹部的情况，第一多孔性结构10与中间体主体20的复合体嵌置于凹部内，且中间体主体20的底部20a和周边20b与基底30凹部的顶面30a和侧边30b对应接触，并在这些接触面分别焊接固定(符号40示意性地表示两者之间为焊接)。当然，本发明对凹部的形状、尺寸或其在基底30上的位置等都不做限定；也不限定在其他示例中，仅在中间体主体20与基底30或其凹部的其中一部分接触面之间进行焊接固定(而在其他接触面之间不做焊接)；例如，仅在中间体主体20的底部20a与基底30凹部的顶面30a焊接，或者仅在中间体主体20的周边20b与凹部侧边30b焊接。又例如，还可以在某些示例中，使得复合体既有嵌入于凹部的部分，又有接触于基底30非凹部位置的部分(如接触于凹部开口旁边的基底30表面33的部分)，复合体的这些接触部分都可以与基底30的相应位置焊接或者仅有其中一些与基底30的相应位置焊接。
在图86示例的基础上，可以做以下的结构变化：图86中基底30凹部的侧边30b与凹部顶面30a是大致垂直的；中间体主体20的周边20b与底部20a也是大致垂直的。图87中基底30凹部的所有侧边(图示为两侧)均为倾斜的斜面321；图5中基底30凹部的部分侧边为斜面321(图示凹部一侧为斜面，另一侧侧边与凹部顶面大致垂直)。图4或图5中，基底30凹部处倾斜的侧边，表示基底30凹部的该处侧边与凹部顶面之间形成有设定的角度；所述角度优选为锐角；则凹部(截面)为上窄下宽的梯形，越远离凹部 顶面，凹部的开口越小。
为此，中间体主体20的周边也相应地设置成倾斜的斜面221，其与中间体主体20的底部也具有设定的角度(优选为锐角)；因而，第一多孔性结构10与中间体主体20的复合体嵌置于凹部时，中间体主体20的倾斜周边(斜面221)能够与基底30凹部的倾斜侧边(斜面321)相配合；中间体主体20的底部和周边与基底30凹部的顶面和侧边对应接触，并在这些接触面分别焊接固定。本发明对中间体主体20与基底30(或其凹部)之间接触面的所在位置、焊接位置、形状(如改为曲面、弧面等)、尺寸等都不做具体限定，可以根据实际应用情况设计。
在图86示例的基础上，还可以做以下的结构变化：图92或图93的示例中，在基底30凹部与中间体主体20的接触面之间对应设置有卡扣结构。图92示出基底30凹部的每侧侧边、中间体主体20的每侧周边(图示为两侧)，均对应设有卡扣结构；图93示出基底30凹部的部分侧边、中间体主体20的部分周边对应设有卡扣结构(图示一侧有卡扣结构，另一侧没有)。所述卡扣结构，例如是在凹部的侧边开设限位口322，比方是凹孔或凹槽的形式；相应地，在中间体主体20的周边设有限位突起222，如插销状或条状，可以嵌入到相应位置的限位口322内。第一多孔性结构10与中间体主体20的复合体嵌置于凹部时，中间体主体20与基底30凹部通过卡扣结构定位，且中间体主体20的底部和周边与基底30凹部的顶面和侧边对应接触，并在这些接触面分别焊接固定。
图92或图93所示卡扣结构中的限位突起222，大致是自中间体主体20的底部向外横向延伸的，基本位于中间体主体20周边与底部的交界处(限位口322在基底30上的对应位置)；而在其他示例中，可以使卡扣结构中的突起，形成在中间体主体20周边和/或中间体主体20底部的其他位置(将限位口设在基底30上的对应位置)，不局限于周边与底部的交界处。又或者，在不影响复合体嵌入的前提下，也可以将卡扣结构中的突起形成在基底30的顶面和/或侧边(将限位口设在中间体主体20上的对应位置)。因而，本发明对卡扣结构的所在部件、位置、形状、尺寸等都不做具体限定，可以根据实际应用情况设计。
上述多个示例中的基底30凹部与中间体主体20的接触部位的斜面结构、 卡扣结构，可以单独或配合地设置。将这些结构统称为定位结构，主要是在对基底30与中间体主体20进行焊接时，确保两者可以紧贴在一起，不产生移位；而在完成焊接后，也可以起辅助的固定作用。
本实施例中，基底30接触面处的斜面或限位口等定位结构，可以在通过成型工艺制成基底30本体时一并成型，或者也可以在基底30本体成型后再通过机加工手段形成。中间体主体20优选是与第一多孔性结构10预先连接或一体成型的。中间体主体20接触面处的斜面或限位突起等定位结构，优选是与中间体主体20其他部位一体成型的，利用3D打印或其它工艺制成(但不限制在某些示例中，在中间体主体20本体成型后再采用一定的机加工手段形成斜面或突起等结构)。
以上述各例的连接结构设置容纳空间时，如图89、图90、图91所示，容纳空间444～449各自的至少一部分，开设在第一多孔性结构10内(容纳空间449完全形成在第一多孔性结构10内，与中间体主体20或基底30均不直接接触)。一些示例中，中间体主体20的底部或周边在毗邻第一多孔性结构10的一面，可以单独或配合地成为容纳空间的边缘界面；中间体主体20的底部或周边可以保持制成或实施激光焊时的形态(如毗邻容纳空间444、448处的中间体主体20)，或者可以对中间体主体20的底部或周边进行加工(如对其形成缺口来扩展容纳空间等，如毗邻容纳空间445、447处的中间体主体20)。
一些示例中，中间体主体20某处底部或周边形成的缺口没有贯通，则容纳空间相应方向的边缘界面位于中间体主体20的内部；或者，中间体主体20某处底部或周边贯通，将容纳空间的边缘界面进一步延伸到基底30凹部的顶面或侧边(如毗邻容纳空间446处的中间体主体20)。
中间体主体20底部或周边用作边缘界面时，或者，基底30凹部的顶面或侧边用作边缘界面时，可以单独或配合其他方向的边缘界面，对容纳物或其包覆体进行固定(承载、连接、紧配合、限位等)。可以将容纳空间的通道或开口，开设在中间体主体20底部或周边、基底30凹部的顶面或侧边等位置(例如，图89的箭头77示意性地表示一个从基底30侧边30b贯穿中间体主体20周边20b进而连通容纳空间444的通道)。
前述容纳空间或其中通道/开口的设置，可以避开定位结构(接触面上的 对应斜面或匹配的突起和限位口等)所在的位置。或者，若不影响其他定位结构使用，则可以允许在一部分定位结构处设置前述容纳空间或其中通道/开口的设置。或者，定位结构主要在焊接过程中起作用，则若是在焊接后再设置容纳空间或其中的通道/开口时，可以不避开定位结构的位置，或进一步利用定位结构来设置容纳空间的边缘界面或开设容纳空间的通道或开口。
本实施例中，中间体主体20的底部/周边与基底30凹部的顶面或侧边配合的结构，及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例八
如图94～图113所示，本实施例中，提供中间体为锚点形式时的一些示例及在电阻焊中的应用，并由此设计容纳空间及放置容纳物。
对于前述的实施例七，中间体大致包含底部(或同时包含底部及周边)，底部大致是薄片或薄板状；一个中间体(或多个中间体组合后)的形状、大小，可以与基底上的连接区域的形状、大小基本一致；中间体与基底的连接区域焊接，使得与中间体形成复合体的第一多孔性结构覆盖基底的连接区域，构成连接区域处的暴露表面。
与实施例七的主要区别在于，本实施例八所述第一多孔性结构与基底的连接结构之中，第一多孔性结构与基底之间的中间体使用锚点形式，第一多孔性结构与多个锚点形成为复合体，通过锚点与基底的焊接，使该复合体与基底实现连接。本实施例中，锚点可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构致密度更高的多孔性结构。
<独立式锚点结构>
图94是设置独立式锚点结构时的俯视图，各个锚点形式的中间体是相互独立的，分布地设置在第一多孔性结构10之中，称其为独立式锚点结构200；图95～图97是三个示例，对应图94所示A-A向的侧视图。示例中使用有凹部的基底30，独立式锚点结构200或210与第一多孔性结构10的复合体嵌置于基底30的凹部内(不限制使用其他类型的基底30与本例的复合体连接)。
图95示出的每个独立式锚点结构200包含底部，各个独立式锚点结构200的底部上方是隔开的，留出有空隙113，空隙113内没有形成第一多孔性结构10。图96示出的每个独立式锚点结构200包含底部，各个独立式锚点 结构200的底部上方没有留出空隙，被第一多孔性结构10填充。图95或图96所示的各个独立式锚点结构200的底部与基底30凹部的顶面相应位置焊接固定(图中以符号40示意性地表示两部件的连接为焊接)，实现复合体与基底30的可靠连接。
图97示出的每个独立式锚点结构210包含底部和周边；基底30凹部的侧边高度与独立式锚点结构210的周边的高度可以相等，也可以不相等(如锚点的周边不超出凹部侧边的高度)。本例中锚点的底部上方、由周边围成的空间内留有空隙114，没有形成第一多孔性结构10；在所述空隙114内实行焊接作业，将各个独立式锚点结构210的底部与基底30凹部的顶面相应位置焊接固定，实现复合体与基底30的可靠连接。独立式锚点结构210的周边或底部对应容纳空间的某处边缘界面时，允许在对其开设通道或开口。
优选地，图95～图97的示例均使用激光焊(图97所示包含周边的独立式锚点结构210也可用于电阻焊)。完成焊接后，图95或图97中预留的空隙113、114，可以用作容纳空间来放置容纳物。例如，图99示出左侧的独立式锚点200对放置在空隙113的实体61进行承载，中间的独立式锚点200上方对空隙113进一步扩大形成一容纳空间453。图98示出若干独立式锚点200对一实体61进行承载，这些独立式锚点200上方的第一多孔性结构10形成一凹槽空隙来放置该实体61。图100则示出一例容纳空间455完全形成在第一多孔性结构10内的情况。又例如，图101左侧的空隙114内有零散的容纳物，中间的空隙114嵌入实体61(该实体61可以有部分突出在第一多孔性结构10顶面以外)；中间与右侧的独立式锚点结构210周边可以直接成为两者之间一容纳空间451的边缘界面。
图95或图97的示例，还可以利用这些空隙113、114来设置容纳物(或其包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)处形成的嵌入结构(配合参见实施例五；图99的容纳空间454实体边缘界面底部的嵌入结构483，插入右侧的空隙113；图101的容纳空间452实体边缘界面底部的嵌入结构483，插入右侧的空隙114)。若嵌入后为紧配合的，则可以由此对容纳物等实体进行固定；否则，可以配合空隙113或114旁的第一多孔性结构10或锚点周边或基底30侧边等部件对容纳物等实体进行固定。例如，容纳物可以位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，可以由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载或连接(顶 面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等实体也可以悬空而与该第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。图96中没有预先形成空隙，但可能在激光焊时有部分位于独立式锚点结构200上方的支架/梁被切断而形成类似图95的空隙113，或者直接在焊接后将独立式锚点结构200上方的第一多孔性结构10去除，形成类似图95的空隙113来放置容纳物或固定嵌入结构。
上述各例的独立式锚点结构200、210没有设置在复合体的边缘部位；处在边缘部位的第一多孔性结构10位于相应一些独立式锚点结构210的周边与基底30凹部的侧边之间，直接接触于基底30凹部的侧边(可以仅保持两者的接触(图97)；或者某些示例中仍以锚点与基底30的焊接为主，而在第一多孔性结构10与基底30凹部的侧边之间增加焊接点)。作为图97的变形示例，可以将锚点设置到复合体的边缘部位，使独立式锚点结构210上更靠近边缘的周边，直接接触基底30凹部的侧边；或者可以在独立式锚点结构210的周边与基底30凹部的侧边增加焊接点；又或者，可以进一步在两者之间设置相配合的斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。则，基于独立式锚点结构210的周边与基底30凹部的侧边，设置容纳空间及容纳物、开设通道/开口的内容，还可以参见实施例七所述中间体的底部/周边与基底凹部的顶面或侧边配合的结构。
<联结式锚点结构>
对于上述的独立式锚点结构而言，若干个锚点形式的中间体相互独立，与第一多孔性结构形成复合体；一个复合体(或多个复合体组合后)的形状、大小，可以与基底上的连接区域的形状、大小基本一致；独立式锚点结构与基底的连接区域的相应点位焊接，使得复合体覆盖基底的连接区域，(主要以第一多孔性结构)构成连接区域的暴露表面。
而本例的第一多孔性结构与基底的连接结构之中，第一多孔性结构与基底之间的中间体使用联结式锚点结构，即，包含多个锚点，并且每个锚点与其他至少一个锚点之间还通过联结体相互连接。第一多孔性结构与锚点及其联结体形成为复合体，通过锚点与基底的焊接，使该复合体与基底实现连接。
联结体与锚点的材料一致，形态可以相同或不同；锚点可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构致密度更高的多孔性结构；锚点之间的联结体可以是 实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构致密度更高的多孔性结构；锚点与联结体都为多孔性结构时，两者的致密度可以一致或不一致。锚点与联结体优选通过3D打印或其他方式一体成型；但不限制在某些示例中，两者是分别成型(辅以机加工)后再组合到一起的。
图102是设置联结式锚点结构时的俯视图，若干锚点220及连接部分锚点220的联结体250，位于第一多孔性结构10之中。联结体250的形状(如条形、或片状等，规则或不规则都可以)、尺寸不限；通过联结体250相互连接的锚点220可以是相邻的，也可以是不相邻的。
图103～图107是联结式锚点结构的五个示例，对应图102所示A-A向的侧视图。示例中使用有凹部的基底30，联结式锚点结构与第一多孔性结构10的复合体嵌置于基底30的凹部内(不限制使用其他类型的基底30与本例的复合体连接)。
图103或图104示出的联结式锚点结构中，有间隔地实行焊接操作，焊接点所在位置对应锚点220，锚点220之间为联结体250(这两例中的锚点220与联结体250本身形态可以没有区别，是同一个部件的延伸)。即，各个锚点220的底部与基底30凹部的顶面相应位置焊接固定，实现复合体与基底30的可靠连接。其中，联结体250上方形成有第一多孔性结构10；而图13所示各锚点220的上方留有空隙115，空隙115内没有第一多孔性结构10；而图104所示各锚点220的上方没有空隙，被第一多孔性结构10填充。
图105～图107示出的锚点与联结体本身的形态不同。图105中的每个锚点230包含底部和周边，每个联结体包含底部251(与之相比，图103或图104的锚点220和联结体250分别包含底部)；部分锚点230的底部与相应联结体的底部251相连接。基底30凹部的侧边高度与锚点230的周边的高度可以相等，也可以不相等(如锚点230的周边不超出凹部侧边的高度)。本例中锚点230的底部上方、由周边围成的空间内留有空隙116，没有形成第一多孔性结构10；在所述空隙116内实行焊接作业，将各个锚点230的底部与基底30凹部的顶面相应位置焊接固定，实现复合体(第一多孔性结构10)与基底30的可靠连接。
则，基于图103～图105的示例，通过预先或后期形成在锚点230上方的空隙115或116，在完成焊接后，可以将所述空隙115或116用作容纳空间 来放置容纳物。或者，利用这些空隙115或116来设置容纳物(或其包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面等)处形成的嵌入结构(参见实施例五；并参见图99、图101所示空隙113或146设置容纳物的示例)。若嵌入后为紧配合的，则可以由此对容纳物等进行固定；否则，可以配合空隙115或116旁的第一多孔性结构10或锚点周边或基底30侧边等部件对容纳物等进行固定。例如，容纳物可以位于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，可以由该第一多孔性结构10的顶面进一步承载或连接(顶面可以保持原先齐平的状态或形成向下的凹陷以放置容纳物)，或者，容纳物等也可以悬空而与该第一多孔性结构10的顶面没有接触。
又例如，图109所示，可以将一些锚点220和联结体250上方连通，例如将空隙115扩大，用于构建容纳空间457。图110所示，容纳空间458部分开设在第一多孔性结构10内，下部则贯穿联结体250并延伸到基底处的凹槽；或者，联结体250上方可以直接承载实体61。图111所示，左侧一个锚点230的周边去除，在该锚点230与其旁边的联结体的底部251上形成空隙，来构建容纳空间456，中间一个锚点230的左侧周边作为该容纳空间456右方的边缘界面，该容纳空间456连通到外部开放空间。
图106或图107中每个联结部包含底部251，及设立在其底部251上的侧壁252；每个锚点240包含底部。部分锚点240的底部与相应联结体的底部251相连接(可以是一个部件的横向延伸)。基底30凹部的侧边高度与联结体的侧壁252高度可以相等，也可以不相等(如联结体侧壁252不超出凹部侧边的高度)。不同联结体的侧壁252，可以具有相同或不同的高度(分别参见图106、图107)。本例中锚点240的底部上方没有空隙，被第一多孔性结构10填充(不限制在其他未示出的示例中使用底部上方留有空隙的锚点)；将各个锚点240的底部与基底30凹部的顶面相应位置焊接固定，实现复合体与基底30的可靠连接。
则，联结部的侧壁252可以作为容纳空间的某侧边缘界面(如图108的一处侧壁252用于连接实体61)；联结部的底部251单独或与附近与之联结的锚点240一起，也可以作为容纳空间的某侧边缘界面。所述边缘界面可以单独地，或配合容纳空间的其他边缘界面，或配合其他部件(第一多孔性结构10、基底30、其他中间体等)对容纳物进行固定(承载、连接、紧配合或 限位)。例如，图112中联结体的侧壁252高度相同，而都低于第一多孔性结构10的顶面，因而利用此处的空隙来放置实体61，由侧壁252顶部对其承载。
优选地，各示例均使用激光焊(而图105所示包含周边的锚点、或图106或图107包含侧壁的联结部也可用于电阻焊)。锚点的周边或底部、联结部的底部或侧壁，对应容纳空间的某处边缘界面时，允许在对其开设通道或开口(如图109以箭头78’示意性地表示一处从外部穿过基底及联结部250再连通到容纳空间457的通道；如图113在联结部的侧壁252设有开口78”)。
图103～图107的示例中，联结式锚点结构没有设置在复合体的边缘部位；处在边缘部位的第一多孔性结构10位于基底30凹部的侧边与相应一些联结式锚点结构(如锚点230周边或联结体的侧壁252)之间；边缘部位的第一多孔性结构10直接接触于基底30凹部的侧边(可以仅保持两者的接触；或者某些示例中仍以锚点与基底30的焊接为主，而在第一多孔性结构10与基底30凹部的侧壁之间增加焊接点)。
作为变形，可以在其他某些示例中，使联结式锚点结构的至少部分锚点和/或至少部分联结体设置到复合体的边缘部位；带周边的锚点/带侧壁的联结体在边缘部位时，锚点的周边/联结体的侧壁，可以直接接触基底凹部的侧壁；或者，锚点的周边/联结体的侧壁可以与基底凹部的侧边之间增加焊接点，又或者，可以进一步在锚点的周边/联结体的侧壁与基底凹部的侧边之间，设置相配合的斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构(参见实施例一)。此外，图例中的联合式锚点结构均位于复合体的底部，而在某些示例中，还可以单独地或配合地在复合体的周边(如接触基底凹部侧边)设置若干联合式锚点结构。
则，基于联结式锚点结构的带周边的锚点/带侧壁的联结体、基底凹部的侧边，设置容纳空间及容纳物、开设通道/开口的内容，还可以参见实施例七所述中间体的底部/周边、基底凹部的顶面或侧边配合的结构。
本实施例中，独立式锚点结构或联结式锚点结构，及容纳空间或容纳物与之相关的特性，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例九
本实施例中的容纳物是传感器，容纳空间可以使用上文各实施例所述的任意一种结构及布置。传感器的种类不限，用途不限；例如是机械传感器、 分子传感器、化学传感器、生化传感器等。本实施例中对传感器种类及其模块的选择，容纳空间的结构布置及通道的设计等描述，都是示意性的，不作为限制。
配合图75、图114所示，在联结体981、支撑部80、带缺口和延伸体982的中间体主体20之间，形成一个类似底部有收口的口袋结构，作为容纳空间464；传感器500即放置在该容纳空间464。
各实施例描述的，将基底与包含第一多孔性结构、中间体的复合体连接的连接结构，用于构成植入人体的假体时，传感器可以优选是温度传感器，用来获取植入部位附近的人体温度。假体周围感染时温度会提高，通过温度传感器检测可以探测到温度变化进而发出提示。
传感器可以是带有电能储存元件的(如某种电池)，维持其待机和/或使用时的电能供应。或者，传感器可以是有受电线圈及必要的辅助元件(用于转换、传输等)，与外部的送电线圈配合，通过无线充电技术获得电能，经线路传输至电能储存元件或传感器的核心传感元件。
或者，传感器连接有导电线缆，导电线缆可以穿设在第一多孔性结构的孔隙中；或者，导电线缆可以在中间体主体下的凸起结构之间穿设；又或者，在中间体主体、支撑部、联结体中的一个或多个都可以设置通道或开口，供导电线缆穿设；或者，在基底上也可以开设通道或开口，供导电线缆穿设。中间体主体和/或基底上的通道，可以是不封闭的沟槽形式，也可以是仅在输入输出端有开口的管道。根据实际导电线缆的布置，可以将上述方式组合使用。
导电线缆输入端可以是与储能供电设备连接，储能供电设备可以位于基底处、另一容纳空间处，或是一种单独植入体内的设备等，也可以是一种位于体外的设备；或者，导电线缆输入端形成有接口，该接口位于体表，在需要充电或用电时连接外部的电源。除了供电外，上述线缆的布置方式也可以类推到信号传输线缆的布置，两种线缆及其通道可以是相互独立的也可以是共用的。本实施例可以进一步扩展到容纳物是其他各种用电器件的情况。
容纳空间开设有与外部连通的通道或开口，传感器的探头可以对着其中一些通道或开口。或者，配合图78、图115所示，在联结体981、支撑部80、带缺口和延伸体982的中间体主体20之间，形成一个类似底部有收口的口袋 结构，作为容纳空间465；传感器500本身可以留在容纳空间465内，使其探头553穿过通道或开口伸出到容纳空间465之外，方便接近被测部位来采集检测信息。本例的传感器500可以通过中间体主体20处的缺口置入容纳空间465，由中间体主体20缺口内侧的延伸体982承载，并通过容纳空间465处的若干支撑部80、支撑部80之间的联结体981、缺口处的延伸体982来固定(可能在其他方向，如纸面前后等，还利用到第一多孔性结构10来配合固定)。所述联结体981上开设有连通外部的若干通孔78，传感器500的探头553从通孔78中伸出并插入到容纳空间456上方的第一多孔性结构10处。本例的传感器500通过线缆555进行信号及电能的传输，所述线缆555经中间体主体20下方凸起结构21与基底30之间的间隙布置，穿过中间体主体20处的缺口后与传感器500连接。如图116所示，线缆555也可以经基底30表面开设的沟槽301布置，穿过中间体主体20处的缺口后与传感器500连接，这在中间体主体20不设有凸起结构21的示例或在焊接后凸起结构21与基底30间隔很小的示例中也都可以适用。
另一示例中，配合图78、图117所示，在联结体981、支撑部80、带缺口和延伸体982的中间体主体20之间，形成一个类似底部有收口的口袋结构，作为容纳空间465；传感器设有无线充电模块551与其核心的传感检测模块500’连接，一同或分别通过中间体主体20处的缺口置入容纳空间465，由中间体主体20缺口内侧的延伸体982承载，并通过容纳空间465处的支撑部80、支撑部80之间的联结体981、缺口处的延伸体982来固定(可能在其他方向还利用第一多孔性结构10配合固定)；传感器设有天线552，其连接无线充电模块551和/或传感检测模块500’，用以传输电能和/或信号。传感器的天线552及探头553，从联结体981上开设的若干通孔78分别伸出。示例的无线充电模块551能够基于NFC(Near Field Communication，近场通信)技术来进行无线充电及信息传输。示例地，如图118所示，还可以进一步在容纳空间内配置电磁信号触发开关554(如霍尔开关等)，能够将获得的磁感应信号转换成相应的电信号，由此通过接收外部的指令来对传感器的工作进行控制。所述传感检测模块500’、无线充电模块551、电磁信号触发开关554等，可以是独立器件，也可以是封装为一体的。
本实施例中，传感器及其所在容纳空间，以及连接结构中基底、中间体、 第一多孔性结构等与之相关的特征，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例十
本实施例中的容纳物是药物。药物的种类不限，用途不限。上文各示例中，具有与外部连通的通道或开口的容纳空间，其结构及布置都可以在本实施例中应用。本实施例中对药物形态的说明，容纳空间的结构布置及通道的设计等，都是示意性的，不作为限制。
示例的连接结构是植入人体的假体时，可以通过置于容纳空间内的药物，来预防或治疗假体周围的感染。容纳空间处开设的通道或开口，用来向容纳空间置入药物，和/或用于释放药物；药物的输入通道与输出通道(输出口与输入口)，可以是相互独立的，也可以是共用的。各通道/开口的方向、位置及大小等，都可以根据实际应用确定，不做限制。
示例地，容纳空间包含支撑部、支撑部之间的联结体；如图79所示，所述联结体包含位于上方的第一联结体981a、下方的第二联结体981b(该第二联结体981b是独立的或是中间体主体的一部分)，以及在其他方向(如纸面前后左右等)连接着支撑部80的其他若干个联结体。
示例地，药物的输出通道/输出口，可以开设在第一联结体981a上，例如是第一联结体981a上的若干通孔78，由此释放的药物经第一联结体981a上方的第一多孔性结构10扩散，输送到与第一多孔性结构10紧密融合的人体部位。当然，根据应用情况不同，也可以将药物的输送通道/输出口开设在第二联结体981b上，如是第二联结体981b上的若干通孔79(经中间体主体20、基底30的所在方向释放)，或开设在支撑部80或其他联结体上(经其他方向释放药物)。
示例地，药物的输入通道/输入口，可以开设在第一联结体981a或第二联结体981b上，例如是相应联结体上的若干通孔78或79；支撑部80或其他联结体上也都可以根据需要设置输入通道/输入口。一些示例中，第一联结体981a上的通孔78既作为输入通道/输入口，又作为输出通道/输出口(见图81)。一些示例中，在基底30上进一步设置有输送通道(如沟槽或管道形式)，所述输送通道的出口与第二联结体981b上的输入通道/输入口连通，使药物经基底30的输送通道、第二联结体981b的输入通道/输入口进入容纳空间。
如图119、图120所示，第二联结体981b上形成的若干通孔为药物的灌 入孔793，第一联结体981a上的若干通孔为药物的释放孔784；基底30上形成有沟槽301，分别连通外部、灌入孔793。假体植入人体后，视情况通过基底30的沟槽301输送药物565，经由第二联结体981b的灌入孔793向容纳空间内输送药物565，药物565再通过第一联结体981a的释放孔784输出到第一联结体981a上方的第一多孔性结构10，并扩散到与之结合的人体部位。
其中，图119的凸起结构21与基底30之间还形成有间隔空隙，某些情况下，对应于第二联结体981b处的上述间隔空隙，可以用作连通沟槽301和灌入孔793的中间通道(则沟槽301可以是左半部分的顶面封闭的，直到对应于第二联结体981b的间隔空隙处才为沟槽301设置顶面的输出口)；图120适用于中间体主体20不设有凸起结构21的示例或在焊接后凸起结构21与基底30间隔很小的示例，则通过基底30沟槽301输送的药物565直接连通到第二联结体981b的灌入孔793(则沟槽301可以是左半部分的顶面封闭的，直到对应于第二联结体981b的间隔空隙处才为沟槽301设置顶面的输出口；或者，焊接后中间体主体20与基底30紧密贴合，利用中间体主体20对基底20沟槽301左半部分的顶面开口进行封闭，直到沟槽301延伸到对应于第二联结体981b的间隔空隙后，药物565再通过沟槽301顶面的开口输出)。
如果需要药物在置入后短时内持续释放的，则容纳空间可以是不封闭的，释放用的输出通道/输出口始终贯通。或者，如果药物不是置入后即开始释放的，则容纳空间需是相对封闭的，输入通道/输入口、输出通道/输出口都可以被封闭。例如，输入通道的开口在送入药物后就封闭(封闭可以是暂时的或长久的)，输出通道的开口可以是暂时封闭，在使用时会打开以释放药物。
封闭用的封闭体，例如是塞子、栓体、薄膜等各种结构。封闭体可以使用与通道开口旁的部件(联结体、支撑部、中间体主体等)同样的材质制成(厚度等可以相仿)；封闭体本身也可以是这些部件的一部分，经分割后形成通道开口，置入药物后再用来封闭开口。或者，封闭体的材质、厚度等也可以与开口旁的部件不相关，根据实际需要进行选择。
例如，图121、图122所示，第二联结体981b上形成有一注射孔791，被注射孔塞792封闭；假体植入人体前，视情况使注射器的针头刺入注射孔塞792进入容纳空间内并注入药物565，第一联结体981a上的若干通孔为缓 释孔781，药物565得以通过缓释孔781持续输出到第一联结体981a上方的第一多孔性结构10，并扩散到与之结合的人体部位。
一些优选的示例中，封闭体可以使用在符合一定条件后可自行触发打开的材料制成，所述的触发条件可以是某种温度变化、某种压力变化、某种湿度变化等，例如因假体周围感染而产生这些变化，或者由医师等人为调整假体周围的相关状态等)；或者，可以是封闭体的材料经过一定的时间后会自行降解；又或者，是封闭体的材质会与某种物质产生反应而使被封闭的开口打开(触发反应的物质例如是因假体周围病变自行产生，也可以是需要药物释放时由医师注入)，由此可以根据实际应用的不同需要来控制药物的释放。
如图123、图124所示，第一联结体981a上形成有一注射孔782，同时作为输入口和输出口，可以被缓释塞783封闭；第二联结体981b上没有开设通道或开口。假体植入人体前，视情况使注射器的针头穿过注射孔782，进入容纳空间内并注入药物565，缓释塞783可以是在药物565注入后施加，也可以是在注入前即施加，被针头一并穿过。缓释塞783本身例如由满足条件后可自行触发打开的材料制成，使药物565可以根据需要释放。
示例地，可以是在复合体及其中的容纳空间形成后，就置入药物(假设药物性质不会因复合体与基底的连接受影响)。或者，可以是在复合体与基底连接后置入药物。或者，可以是在进行假体植入的手术过程中，根据需要决定是否置入药物。假设容纳空间输入通道的开口位置、或基底上的传输通道的入口较为固定，或者可以通过辅助的检测手段定位到的，则医师可以利用注射器等将药物注入到输入通道的开口或传输通道的入口，将药物注入容纳空间，则，例如在假体植入手术之后，也可以根据需要确定是否置入药物或对已释放的药物进行补充。利用药物的释放来治疗假体周围的感染等病变。药物释放的速度，可以通过设计输出通道/输出口的形状、数量、口径等来控制。
置入的药物可以是液体的；可以根据释放要求，来确定是否需要对容纳空间封闭。置入的药物也可以是固体的，也可以根据释放要求，来确定是否需要对容纳空间封闭，假设其在置入时的尺寸是大于输出通道的开口口径的，则不会在置入后即时释放，例如是在达成某些条件时(例如遇热、遇液体等溶化，长时间后降解等)，药物的固体形态会有变化(颗粒尺寸变小或转为液 态等)而能够从输出口输出，作用于假体周围的部位。或者，药物(液体、粉末状等)还可以在外部通过包覆体(如胶囊，外壳等)包覆，形成一种形态相对稳定的实体，则对其容纳空间或通道/开口的设置就可以参照前文各实施例记载的结构，则包覆体需要通过在某种条件达成时可自行打开的材料制成，如温度/压力/湿度变化、遇液体溶化、与某些物质发生反应、长时间降解等，或者，包覆体本身开设有贯通的释放通道，再经过容纳空间的释放通道或开放边界来释放药物。
结合实施例九和实施例十的内容，在一些示例中，可以在同一个假体的容纳空间内设置传感器及药物，两者可以设置在不同的容纳空间，也可以设置在同一个容纳空间。则，根据传感器探测到的某项状态信息，判断需要释放药物时，再利用上文所述的各种方式对药物进行释放。
其中，用来对状态信息进行判断的器件，例如是某种处理器，其可以是与传感器集成的，也可以是分开设置的，供电方式可以参见传感器的供电方式；处理器可以是设置在传感器或药物所在的同一个容纳空间，或设置在不同的容纳空间，还可以是设置在体外的；处理器与传感器可以是通过线缆连接的，也可以是通过无线传输等方式进行信息传输的。
在判断需要释放后，可以是由人工操作来进行药物释放的。或者，可以在假体处进一步设置一些触发装置，用于释放药物。触发装置可以位于药物所在的容纳空间内，或位于邻近的另一个容纳空间内，或设置于药物所在容纳空间外的某处。触发装置动作，可以作用于封闭体本身，将容纳空间的通道或开口打开，或者，可以对容纳空间、封闭体或药物周围的某些状态进行改变，而使封闭体自行触发打开、药物自行释放的触发条件得以满足。示例地，可以是在判断需要释放药物后，由处理器、传感器或体外设备等，(通过线缆或无线方式)向触发装置给出指令，驱动触发装置动作。
或者，药物的释放可以是定时的。例如，通过计时器来计时(或倒计时)，到达规定的时间，则向触发装置发出指令，驱动触发装置动作，使药物得以释放。所述的定时，包括规定的时间点，和/或，规定的时间间隔，根据具体的应用需要任意设定。例如，是在每天的几个特定的时间点释放药物；又例如，每两次释放药物的时间间隔可以设定为相同或不同；对时间间隔的单位也不作限制，可以是间隔若干分钟、若干小时、若干天、若干月、若干年， 等等。计时器或定时装置，可以是独立的(位于体内或体外的设备)，也可以是由处理器内置的模块来实现。类似地，也可以是定时地控制传感器启动检测，根据检测结果，确定是否需要触发药物释放。
例如，触发装置可以将封闭体所用的薄膜、包裹药物的胶囊等刺破；或者，触发装置可以将封闭体取走(并能可靠固定取走的封闭体)，或将封闭体推入到容纳空间内(需推入的封闭体不容易离开容纳空间，或不影响药物释放、假体后续使用)，而使通道/开口打开；又或者，触发装置能够改变封闭体或药物周围的温度、压力、湿度等某种状态，或能够向封闭体或药物喷洒某种液体或输送某种能与之发生反应的物质，满足封闭体或药物包覆体触发打开的条件，或是使药物本身的形态发生改变而适于释放。
又例如，需要在不同时间被分段释放的药物，可以是位于不同的容纳空间，或者处在同一容纳空间中被隔开的不同位置，或者是以相应的包覆体分别包裹的；每次规定的时间到达，则使触发装置分别将相对应的容纳空间或包覆体打开。每次触发用的触发装置，可以是同一个，也可以是不同的。触发装置可以是一次性使用的，或者是允许重复使用的。
本实施例中，药物及其在容纳空间的放置及释放，传感器以及连接结构中基底、中间体、第一多孔性结构等与之相关的特征，都可以应用在其他的实施例中。
实施例十一
本实施例提供一种人工植入假体，优选是一种骨科假体；可以使用上述实施例一到实施例八及其各自变形示例中的任意一种或多种连接结构，并在这些连接结构的容纳空间中设置实施例九或实施十所述的传感器或药物。
优选的示例中，假体的主体对应于连接结构中的基底，假体主体的至少部分表面作为连接区域，与包含中间体及第一多孔性结构的复合体连接，通过复合体与基底的连接(优选为焊接)，使第一多孔性结构的至少部分表面成为假体的暴露表面。
一个连接结构中，可以对基底设置一个连接区域，或设置相连或隔开的多个连接区域；各个连接区域处中间体的结构可以相同或不同，复合体与基底的连接结构可以相同或不同，设置容纳空间或容纳物的结构可以相同或不同。
<人工髋关节>
以人工髋关节为例进行说明。人工髋关节包含股骨柄、股骨球头(图未示出)、髋臼杯、衬体(图未示出)，均为假体，使用可植入人体的医用材料制成，例如是钛合金、钴铬钼合金等金属材料，陶瓷，超高分子量聚乙烯等聚合物，且不限于此。
如图125～图126，图133～图136所示，所述股骨柄600包含头部、颈部、柄体，可以是一体的或是组装形成的，常用金属材料制成。股骨柄600的头部为锥台结构，一端通过颈部与柄体连接，头部与颈部相对柄体有一定的偏转角度，以相对于柄体一侧(内侧)倾斜的形式布置。柄体下部插入股骨髓腔。柄体下部可以开设若干纵向的沟槽。在柄体的表面，示例地，是在柄体上部的表面形成多孔性结构；柄体下部可以具有光滑表面。
股骨柄600的头部的另一端插入至股骨球头的内锥安装结构；如图137～图147所示，一些示例中的髋臼杯700为部分球形(如半球形)的穹顶状；髋臼杯700套设在与之配合的衬体的外侧；股骨球头与衬体的内凹面形成接触，使股骨球头可在此处旋转。所述髋臼杯700上可以开设通孔701，用于设置将髋臼杯700连接至髋臼窝的连接件(螺钉等)；衬体可以开设对应的通孔或者不开设通孔。衬体可以由金属材料或者由非金属材料(如聚乙烯或陶瓷等)制成，以减少人工关节的磨损。髋臼杯700通常由金属材料制成。髋臼杯700的外周面，优选使用多孔性结构。
一些示例中，髋臼杯700的内侧面有若干内陷结构702(见图147)，衬体的外表面与髋臼杯700的内侧面相匹配，且衬体的外表面形成有若干凸起的结构，能够相应地嵌入到髋臼杯700内侧面的内陷结构702中，增强两者之间配合的可靠性。另一些示例中可以没有衬体，髋臼杯的内凹面与股骨球头直接接触。
其中，股骨柄600的柄体上部(近端)表面，髋臼杯700的外周面使用多孔性结构，一方面可以增大粗糙度，帮助假体在骨骼宿主部位达到有效初始稳定性；另一方面可以诱使成骨细胞骨长入，进而有效地将股骨柄600与股骨，髋臼杯700与髋臼窝固定连接，形成良好的长期生物固定，增强人工髋关节与宿主骨组织之间的界面稳定性。
基于上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法，图136框线 E处局部放大的侧剖视图在图141示出，所述股骨柄的柄体主体630对应于连接结构中的基底；包含中间体620及第一多孔性结构610的复合体，在本例中形成为一种柄体壳体650(见图127～图132)，其覆盖在柄体主体630(近端)的连接区域，通过复合体与基底(柄体主体630)的焊接，实现第一多孔性结构610对基底上连接区域的覆盖，从而在股骨柄柄体的表面形成多孔性结构。图中符号640示意性表示部件之间为焊接连接。
柄体主体630与柄体壳体650(或其包含的中间体620)在接触及连接的部位相适配。示例地，根据焊接的方式不同，柄体壳体的中间体620，包含夹层部(如中间体主体和/或凸起结构)，和/或支撑部(如支撑柱)；或者，中间体620包含底部(或包含底部及周边)，还可以使用独立式或联结式锚点结构。柄体主体630的连接区域，可以设有嵌设柄体壳体650或壳体一部分的凹部；或者柄体主体630可以没有凹部，而使柄体壳体650直接包裹在柄体主体630的连接区域之外(图132)；柄体主体630与柄体壳体650的中间体620接触的部位，还可以进一步设置斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。
柄体主体630使用锻造、铸造、粉末冶金或机加工等方式制成，优选是实心结构，便于加工且具有高强度；或者柄体主体630也可以是高致密度的多孔性结构；中间体620可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构610致密度更高的多孔性结构；柄体主体630与中间体620都使用多孔性结构时，中间体620的致密度介于柄体主体630与第一多孔性结构610的致密度之间。柄体壳体650的中间体620与第一多孔性结构610，优选使用3D打印增材制造工艺实现，可以很好地形成符合设计要求的孔隙等。柄体主体630与柄体壳体650处带中间体620的复合体通过焊接实现有效连接，避免了目前通过热压工艺(如渗透焊工艺)等在股骨柄表面连接多孔性结构时整体强度大幅下降的问题。
一个具体示例中，股骨柄600的柄体主体630上部(近端)设有连接区域；股骨柄600的头部与颈部倾斜布置的一侧为该股骨柄600的内侧，柄体主体630的后侧、外侧、前侧在图125中以逆时针方向布置作为示意，内侧与外侧相对，后侧与前侧相对。图125示出为股骨柄600的前侧，图126示出为股骨柄600的外侧。
本例中，股骨柄600的连接区域，对应于柄体主体630包含柄体主体630 上部(近端)对应内侧、后侧、外侧、前侧的部分表面。如图127～图132所示，柄体壳体650包含两个壳体片体650-1及650-2，其中一个壳体片体650-1对应柄体主体630上部的内侧表面的一部分、后侧表面、外侧表面的一部分；另一个壳体片体650-2对应柄体主体630上部内侧表面的剩余部分、前侧表面、外侧表面的剩余部分。两个壳体片体650-1及650-2合拢后，分别接触并焊接至柄体主体630上部所述连接区域的对应位置。
两个壳体片体可以是对称的(或者两者可以是错位交叉的，图未示出)。示例地，两个壳体片体在成型和合拢后，邻边都可以是相互分离而不进行连接的。或者，两个壳体片体在成型时一侧的邻边(如对应外侧的邻边)可以是相连的，并且可以在邻边附近有一定弯曲(以使两个壳体片体合拢)时仍保持连接。又或者，两个壳体片体在成型时邻边相互分离，而在合拢后对每一侧的邻边都进行连接(例如焊接或使用连接件或其他连接方式)。所述邻边是指两个壳体片体合拢后相邻的边缘。邻边的相互连接，可以是对每个壳体片体内层的中间体620和/或外层的第一多孔性结构610进行连接。
髋臼杯外周面的多孔性结构，可以类似地使用上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法实现。如图137～图141，图142～图147所示，图139框线E处局部放大的侧剖视图在图141示出，所述髋臼杯700处，杯体主体730对应于连接结构中的基底；包含中间体720及第一多孔性结构710的复合体，形成在杯体主体730的外侧，且覆盖在杯体主体730的连接区域，通过复合体与基底(杯体主体730)的焊接，实现第一多孔性结构710对杯体主体730上连接区域的覆盖，得到髋臼杯700外周面上的多孔性结构。图中符号740示意性地表示部件之间为焊接连接。
髋臼杯700的杯体主体730与复合体(或其包含的中间体720)在接触及连接的部位相适配。示例地，中间体720可以包含夹层部和或支撑部，或者可以包含底部(或包含底部及周边)，还可以使用独立式或联结式锚点结构；杯体主体730的连接区域，可以设有嵌设复合体或其一部分的凹部；或者杯体主体730可以没有凹部，而使复合体直接包裹在杯体主体730的连接区域之外；杯体主体730与中间体720接触的部位，还可以进一步设置斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。
髋臼杯700的杯体主体730使用锻造、铸造、粉末冶金或机加工等方式 制成，优选是实心结构，便于加工且具有高强度；或者杯体主体730也可以是高致密度的多孔性结构；中间体720可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构710致密度更高的多孔性结构；杯体主体730与中间体720都使用多孔性结构时，中间体720的致密度介于杯体主体730与第一多孔性结构710的致密度之间。中间体720与第一多孔性结构710，优选使用3D打印增材制造工艺实现，可以很好地控制孔隙等，以满足设计要求。杯体主体730与带中间体720的复合体通过焊接实现有效连接，避免了目前通过热压工艺(如渗透焊工艺)等造成整体强度大幅下降的问题。
具体的示例中，如图137～图140所示，可以将杯体主体730的整个外表面作为一个连接区域，设置一个整体的复合体与之对应接触并焊接。如图142～图145所示，也可以在杯体主体730的整个外表面划分多个独立的连接区域(本例分为三个区域)；多个复合体(各自可以是片状或其他形状，与穹顶状的髋臼杯700相适配；中间体720可以各自设置)，这些复合体分别与杯体主体730上相应的连接区域接触并焊接固定。其中，每个复合体暴露的外层，全部或大部分为第一多孔性结构710。
<椎间融合器>
以椎间融合器为例进行说明。在出现脊柱损伤，例如是腰椎间盘突出和颈椎病等症状的椎间盘退变性疾病时，为了在两个涉及损伤的椎体之间对脊椎进行加强，一般在从椎间腔或椎间盘间隙中移除损伤的椎间盘之后，将椎间融合器置入两个直接相叠的椎体之间，以便在椎体间保持预设的距离，并且使融合器最终融入椎间，提高椎体间稳定性。
如图148或图149所示，示例的椎间融合器8000中，融合器主体包含上端面、下端面(如在图148、图149中对应于纸面的内、外方向)，其在植入后会分别接触两个椎体；连通上、下端面，形成有环绕在四周的侧壁；上、下端面开设有纵向贯穿的一个或多个通孔8010，可以用于植入自体骨或骨替代物等；侧壁上也可以开设横向贯穿的通孔(图未示出)，来和周围的骨组织等连通。
融合器主体8300起主要的力学支撑作用；而为了促进骨长入，加快上下椎体与融合器的骨性融合，可以将第一多孔性结构8100优选地覆盖至所述融合器主体8300的上端面、下端面；或者，可以进一步在融合器主体8300的 侧壁的至少部分外表面，和/或在侧壁处(环绕纵向/横向通孔)的至少部分内表面，也以第一多孔性结构8100覆盖。通过本发明的连接结构及方法，可以使椎间融合器8000表面的多孔性结构8100的覆盖面积更大，而不会影响到融合器主体本身的结构或强度。
为此，可以在所述椎间融合器8000中，类似地使用上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法，图149框线E处局部放大的侧剖视图在图141示出，融合器主体8300对应于连接结构中的基底；包含中间体及第一多孔性结构8100的复合体，覆盖在融合器主体8300的连接区域(如前述的上/下端面等)，通过复合体与基底的连接，形成多孔性结构对融合器主体8300上连接区域的覆盖，得到在融合器主体8300表面暴露的多孔性结构。图中符号8400示意性地表示部件之间为焊接连接。
融合器主体8300与复合体(或其包含的中间体)在接触及连接的部位相适配。示例地，中间体可以包含夹层部和/或支撑部，或者可以包含底部(或包含底部及周边)，还可以使用独立式或联结式锚点结构；融合器主体8300的连接区域，可以设有嵌设复合体或其一部分的凹部；或者融合器主体8300可以没有凹部，而使复合体直接覆盖在融合器主体8300的连接区域上；融合器主体8300与中间体接触的部位，还可以进一步设置斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。
融合器主体8300使用锻造、铸造、粉末冶金或机加工等方式制成，优选是实心结构，便于加工且具有高强度；或者融合器主体8300也可以是高致密度的多孔性结构；中间体可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构8100致密度更高的多孔性结构；融合器主体8300与中间体都使用多孔性结构时，中间体的致密度介于融合器主体8300与第一多孔性结构8100的致密度之间。中间体与第一多孔性结构8100，优选使用3D打印增材制造工艺实现，可以很好地控制孔隙等，以满足设计要求。融合器主体8300与带中间体的复合体通过焊接实现有效连接，避免了目前通过热压工艺(如渗透焊工艺)等造成整体强度大幅下降的问题。
<人工膝关节>
以人工膝关节为例进行说明。人工膝关节的假体，包含股骨髁、胫骨平台(常以金属材料制成)，设置在二者之间的衬垫(可用聚乙稀等材料制成)， 及髌骨假体(常以金属材料制成)。股骨髁连接到股骨远端，胫骨平台连接到胫骨近端。衬垫的下部与胫骨平台的上表面接触，股骨髁的外凸面与衬垫的上部及髌骨假体关节面接触，可以在规定范围内实现屈伸、滑动、旋转等活动。
参见图150或图151所示的股骨髁900，股骨髁主体930是弯曲的，大致呈鞍型，前端和后端分别上翘；股骨髁900的前端到前部可以是一体的；而在中部、后部到后端，形成为对应内侧髁和外侧髁的左右两半，这两半分别位于髁间窝906的两边。一些示例中，衬垫上可以形成向上延伸的限位凸缘(柱子)适配地接触于髁间窝906内。一些示例中，股骨髁主体930的中部可以进一步形成向上延伸的立柱907，其插入到股骨远端，提高植入假体的牢固性。
股骨髁主体930的外凸面通常较为光滑，以减少其与衬垫之间的摩擦损耗；而股骨髁主体930会在其内凹面，与股骨远端形成的截骨截面相匹配且相接触，因而优选地是在股骨髁主体930的内凹面上形成多孔结构，帮助截骨截面露出的骨小梁向着孔隙中生长，实现紧密结合，提高了假体的力学相容性和生物相容性。
示例地，在股骨髁900处，鉴于髁曲面及髁间窝907的存在，可以将股骨髁主体930的内凹面划分出多个连接区域，例如：上翘的前端、前部，分别对应左右一体的区域901、902；中部、后部及上翘的后端，各自有左右分开的两个区域903、904、905。这些区域均可以设置第一多孔性结构910。这些区域901～905可以是相互独立的，也可以是相连接的；位于这些区域901～905的第一多孔性结构910，可以是相互独立的，或者是相连接/相连通的。
为此，在所述股骨髁900中，类似地使用上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法，如图152所示，将股骨髁主体930对应于连接结构中的基底；包含中间体920及第一多孔性结构910的复合体，覆盖在股骨髁主体930的内凹面的若干连接区域，通过复合体与基底的焊接，实现第一多孔性结构910对股骨髁主体930上连接区域的覆盖，得到股骨髁主体930表面的多孔性结构。
如图153、图154所示是膝关节假体的胫骨平台1000，包含平台托和连 接部1001，两者连接大致呈T型结构；所述平台托的上表面与衬垫相接触(互相可以固定或相对旋转)；所述连接部1001从平台托的下表面向下延伸，插入至胫骨中，实现胫骨平台的可靠固定。其中，平台托的下表面(例如在连接板旁划分两个区域)形成多孔结构，以促进骨长入，实现生物型紧固，提高假体的稳定性和使用寿命。
为此，在所述胫骨平台1000中，类似地使用上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法，参见图155所示，将胫骨平台主体1030对应于连接结构中的基底；包含中间体1020及第一多孔性结构1010的复合体，覆盖在胫骨平台主体1030的下表面的若干连接区域，通过复合体与基底的焊接，实现第一多孔性结构1010对胫骨平台主体1030上连接区域的覆盖，得到胫骨平台主体1030表面的多孔性结构。
上述的股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体，与各自的复合体(或其包含的中间体)在接触及连接的部位相适配。示例地，中间体可以包含夹层部和或支撑部，或者中间体可以包含底部(或包含底部及周边)，还可以使用独立式或联结式锚点结构；股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体的连接区域，可以设有嵌设复合体或其一部分的凹部；或者股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体可以没有凹部，而使复合体直接覆盖在股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体的连接区域上；股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体与中间体接触的部位，还可以进一步设置斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。
股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体使用锻造、铸造、粉末冶金或机加工等方式制成，优选是实心结构，便于加工且具有高强度；或者股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体也可以是高致密度的多孔性结构；中间体可以是实心的，或是比第一多孔性结构致密度更高的多孔性结构；股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体与中间体都使用多孔性结构时，中间体的致密度介于股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体与第一多孔性结构的致密度之间。中间体与第一多孔性结构，优选使用3D打印增材制造工艺实现，可以很好地控制孔隙、弯曲程度等，以满足设计要求。股骨髁主体/胫骨平台主体与中间体通过焊接实现有效连接，避免了目前通过热压工艺(如渗透焊工艺)等造成整体强度大幅下降的问题。髌骨假体同样可以使用上述实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法，在其与骨骼接触的表面增加多孔性结构。
基于本实施例的描述，实施例一至实施例八或其变形示例的结构及方法， 可以在其他任意种类的骨科假体、人工关节等各种人工植入假体广泛应用，譬如是脊柱假体、踝关节、肩关节、肘关节、指关节、趾关节、椎间小关节、下颌关节、腕关节等等；本发明在各种假体本体上，通过使中间体接触并焊接固定至假体本体的连接区域，令与中间体预先连接或一体成型的第一多孔性结构，得以在假体本体上连接区域的表面覆盖(各种假体本体的基础结构和工作原理，则可参照本领域的现有技术实现，在此不做赘述)。
此外，任意一种假体，在完成复合体与基底的连接之后，例如在假体表面、接触骨组织的位置，包含但不限于假体的第一多孔性结构处，可以通过喷涂等方式形成例如骨传导或骨诱导的涂层(如羟基磷灰石(HA)涂层)，或形成含有细胞/生长因子的载体(如使用凝胶/胶原蛋白等材料作为载体)，或形成抗菌涂层(如抗菌素/银离子)等。
可选的示例中，本发明所述复合体的某些边缘，可以形成对中间体的边缘、第一多孔性结构的边缘，或两者交界处边缘的封边(图未示出)。所述封边可以是致密度高于第一多孔性结构的多孔性结构或是实心结构。每个封边在其所在的边缘处，可以是连续布置的一段，也可以是间隔布置的多段。
可选的示例中，本发明在所述基底的正面，即对应连接复合体的一面，形成若干裙边；所述裙边可以是致密度高于第一多孔性结构的多孔性结构或是实心结构。可以将所述裙边设置基底上连接区域的某些边缘。每个裙边在其所在的连接区域的边缘，可以是连续布置的一段，也可以是间隔布置的多段。
以上述实施例记载的假体为例，比如股骨柄600处的裙边650，可以位于柄体主体630(上部)的连接区域的上边缘及下边缘(图135、图136)。比如髋臼杯700处的裙边750，位于每个独立的连接区域的边缘(图139、图140；图142、图143)。比如椎间融合器800的裙边850，可以位于上端面/下端面各自的外边缘和内边缘，纵向/横向的通孔的边缘等(图149)。比如股骨髁900的裙边950，位于股骨髁主体930内凹面的每个连接区域的边缘(图150)。比如胫骨平台1000的裙边1050，位于胫骨平台主体1030的下表面的每个连接区域的边缘(图153)。
不同的示例中，裙边可以是勾勒所在边缘轮廓的条状结构，该结构本身具有一定宽度，整个在基底表面凸起，该结构的一侧接触(或进一步连接) 复合体的相对边缘，相对的另一侧可以开放布置(不与其他部件接触或连接)，或者该相对的另一侧可以与另一个复合体的相对边缘接触(或进一步连接)。或者，裙边与复合体的相对边缘接触(或进一步连接)的一侧，可以类似地以基底的凹部侧边形式实现，裙边上与之相对的另一侧可以延伸为凹部开口旁的基底部分而不突起于基底表面。在裙边与复合体的相对边缘接触(或进一步连接)的一侧，可以设置如斜面和/或卡扣等定位结构。
本发明对基底与复合体的焊接点数量及位置不限；示例地，可以将焊接点分布在复合体的非边缘区域。而在基底设置有裙边时，可以优选地将其中一些焊接点分布设置在基底的裙边和与该裙边对应接触的复合体的相应边缘上；可以没有其他焊接点，或者可以布置一些其他焊接点在复合体的非边缘区域。对应裙边位置的焊接相对较容易实施，连接的可靠性也相对较高，并且简化了对焊接点位置的设计选择过程，提高了效率。
尽管本发明的内容已经通过上述优选实施例作了详细介绍，但应当认识到上述的描述不应被认为是对本发明的限制。在本领域技术人员阅读了上述内容后，对于本发明的多种修改和替代都将是显而易见的。因此，本发明的保护范围应由所附的权利要求来限定。
Claims (184)
- 一种带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构，其特征在于，所述连接结构，包含：复合体，包含预先连接或一体成型的第一多孔性结构与中间体，所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；基底，其与复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体相连接；所述连接结构设有至少一个容纳空间；所述容纳空间的至少一部分通过第一多孔性结构设置，或通过第一多孔性结构与中间体和/或基底的配合设置。
- 如权利要求1所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体包含插入部和/或夹层部；所述插入部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构内；所述夹层部至少有一部分结构，位于第一多孔性结构与基底之间。
- 如权利要求2所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体是实心结构，或者是第二多孔性结构；所述第二多孔性结构的致密度，高于所述第一多孔性结构的致密度。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底是实心结构，或者是第三多孔性结构；所述第三多孔性结构的致密度，高于所述第一多孔性结构的致密度。
- 如权利要求4所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述第二多孔性结构的致密度，在所述第一多孔性结构的致密度和所述第三多孔性结构的致密度之间。
- 如权利要求4所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底通过锻造或铸造或机加工或粉末冶金或金属粉末注射成型制成。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述复合体的第一多孔性结构与中间体，通过3D打印增材制造工艺、或气相沉淀工艺、或烧结工艺实现一体成型。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底由金属材料制成；所述第一多孔性结构由金属材料制成；所述中间体由金属材料制成。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间没有边缘界面；或者，所述容纳空间在至少部分方向形成有边缘界面。
- 如权利要求9所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的边缘界面是封闭的，或是不封闭的。
- 如权利要求9所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的边缘界面，由第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位构成，或是由另外设置到连接结构的构件构成。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的范围内，留有以下的一种或多种部件，或没有所述部件；所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、或中间体、或基底、或另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，容纳空间旁一个或多个方向的部件，单独地或配合地对实体进行固定；连接结构处的相应部件包含以下的一种或多种：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置到连接结构的构件；所述实体是以下的一种或多种：实体的容纳物、从容纳物外部对其包覆的实体的包覆体、容纳空间的实体的边缘界面。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行承载：所述部件单独地或配合地从一个或多个方向对实体进行支撑；所述部件通过其与容纳空间毗邻的部位或延伸到容纳空间范围内的部位实施承载。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行固定，包含与实体紧配合：所述部件至少从两个相对方向与实体紧密接触；所述部件通过其与容纳空间毗邻的部位或延伸到容纳空间范围内的部位实施紧配合；对实体实施紧配合的，是同一个部件的不同部位，或是不同的部件。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成有位于实体至少一个方向的限位结构，阻止位于限位结构一侧的实体移动到限位结构的另一侧；所述限位结构包含限位突起。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成至少从一个方向与实体紧密接触的限位结构；所述限位结构包含至少一个限位突起，其形成在所述部件与容纳空间毗邻的部位，并延伸到容纳空间的范围之内。
- 如权利要求17所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述实体处与限位突起对应的部位，设有与限位突起相匹配的限位凹陷，使所述限位突起得以嵌入到限位凹陷中；或者，所述实体处与限位突起对应的部位没有限位凹陷。
- 如权利要求16或17所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行限位的部件包含第一多孔性结构时，所述限位突起包含第一多孔性结构的一部分支架或梁的端部；这部分支架或梁与容纳空间毗邻，其端部延伸到容纳空间的范围内。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行固定，包含对实体进行限位：所述部件单独地或配合地形成至少从一个方向与实体紧密接触的限位结构；所述限位结构包含相匹配的限位突起和限位凹陷，所述限位凹陷形成在所述与容纳空间毗邻的部位，所述限位突起设置在实体表面并延伸到容纳空间的范围之外，所述限位突起嵌入在所述限位凹陷中。
- 如权利要求20所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对实体进行限位的部件包含第一多孔性结构时，所述限位凹陷包含第一多孔性结构与容纳空间毗邻的一部分孔隙；这部分孔隙保持其在第一多孔性结构制成时的形态，或者通过对第一多孔性结构的这部分孔隙进行加工以形成所述限位凹陷。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间设有连通该容纳空间内部和外部的通道或开口。
- 如权利要求22所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，直接或间接连通至外部开放空间；或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，直接或间接连通至其他容纳空间。
- 如权利要求23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，通过连通以下一个或多个部件所设置的通道或开口，再连通到外部开放空间；所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的通道或开口，通过连通以下一个或多个部件所设置的通道或开口，再连通到其他容纳空间；所述部件包含第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求24或25所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述部件处设置的通道或开口，是与其所在的部件一同制成的，或是对其所在的部件再加工而制成的；所述容纳空间的通道或开口，是与所述容纳空间一同制成的，或是对所述容纳空间再加工而制成的。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的通道或开口是敞开的；或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口被封闭并等待后续打开；或者，所述容纳空间的通道或开口被封闭后不再打开。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底连接之后，去除连接结构的一部分，来形成容纳空间的至少一部分、或形成容纳空间的通道或开口；被去除的部位包含以下的一种或多种：第一多孔性结构的一部分、插入部的至少一部分、夹层部的一部分，基底的一部分、另外设置在连接结构的构件的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求28所述的连接结构，其特征在于，被去除的部位作为封闭体，后续用于封闭所述通道或开口。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对容纳空间的通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，由第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位构成，或是由另外设置到连接结构的构件构成。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，中间体的至少一部分在连接结构的预设位置，毗邻于容纳空间，作为容纳空间的通道或开口；容纳物设置到容纳空间以后，将中间体的该部分安装到预设位置实现对通道或开口的封闭。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，另外设置到连接结构处的构件，包含成型部件，其作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体；所述成型部件与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位相连接，或者与其他的构件相连接。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，另外设置到连接结构处的部件，包含填充体，其将第一多孔性结构处毗邻容纳空间的一部分支架或梁联结起来，形成填充面；所述填充面作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体；所述填充面单独设置在第一多孔性结构处，或者与中间体或基底或其他的构件相连接。
- 如权利要求3所述的连接结构，其特征在于，熔融状的物质在连接结构的指定部位凝固后，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或形成用于封闭容纳空间的通道或开口的封闭体，或用于将第一多孔性结构的一部分支架或梁联结起来；该物质是高分子材料，或是与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
- 如权利要求34所述的连接结构，其特征在于，将熔融状的物质注入第一多孔性结构的指定部位后等待其凝固；或者，将物质的原材料置于指定位置，至少对指定位置附近进行加热，使物质的原材料成为熔融状，并将指定位置周边第一多孔性结构的孔隙填充。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于封闭通道或开口的封闭体，由以下任意一种材料制成：可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；可允许容纳物通过的材料；可允许容纳物缓释的材料；与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同的材料；与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底性质近似的材料。
- 如权利要求36所述的连接结构，其特征在于，性质近似包含导电性能近似、或致密度近似。
- 如权利要求22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于封闭通道或开口的封闭体，是实心结构，或是致密度与第一多孔性结构相同或不同的多孔性结构。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的全部或一部分形成在第一多孔性结构内；所述第一多孔性结构的至少部分表面为所述连接结构的暴露表面。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的一部分形成在第一多孔性结构处，且在以下的一个或多个部件处形成容纳空间的其他部分；所述部件包含中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求40所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间的相应部分与其所在的部件一同制成，或通过对所述部件再加工而制成所述容纳空间的相应部分。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，形成在第一多孔性结构处的凹陷，作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求42所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述凹陷形成在第一多孔性结构的暴露表面。
- 如权利要求43所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述凹陷与第一多孔性结构一同制成，或者，所述凹陷通过对第一多孔性结构再加工而制成。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构内一个指定的孔隙所对应的范围，或指定的多个相连通的孔隙所对应的范围，作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求45所述的连接结构，其特征在于，容纳空间所对应的一个或多个指定孔隙，保持其在第一多孔性结构制成时的孔隙状态而成为所述容纳空间的至少一部分；或者，通过对第一多孔性结构处的一个指定孔隙，或多个原先相连通或不相连通的指定孔隙进行再加工而成为所述容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位，形成有凹陷或贯通的结构，使容纳空间的一部分延伸到这些结构。
- 如权利要求47所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的部位，保持其各自在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态而成为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或者在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态基础上进行加工而成为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
- 如权利要求47所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底处与容纳空间毗邻的一部分，保持其各自在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态而成为封闭体，或者在制成时、或在复合体与基底连接时的形态基础上进行加工而成为封闭体。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述第一多孔性结构的一部分孔隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求3或13或22或23所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底处设置的通道，与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件；所述基底处设置的通道，是形成在基底内部的管道；或者，所述基底处设置的通道是沟槽，其形成在基底靠近复合体一侧的表面，且沟槽的至少一部分朝着复合体所在方向敞开。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底之间的夹层部，包含凸起结构和/或中间体主体；所述夹层部与容纳空间有以下有a1和/或a2的位置关系：a1、所述容纳空间的范围内没有夹层部，或者，所述容纳空间的范围内包含凸起结构和/或中间体主体；a2、所述夹层部处毗邻容纳空间的部位，包含：凸起结构和/或中间体主体，或者所述夹层部与容纳空间不相毗邻；其中，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体，所述凸起结构设置在第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧，且朝着基底凸起；所述夹层部在所述凸起结构处与基底接触并连接；或者，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含中间体主体而不包含凸起结构，所述中间体主体与基底接触并连接；或者，复合体与基底之间的夹层部包含中间体主体和凸起结构，所述凸起 结构设置在所述中间体主体靠近基底的一侧，且朝着基底凸起；所述夹层部至少在凸起结构处与基底接触并连接。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间范围内或毗邻容纳空间的部位，包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体时，所述凸起结构单独地、或配合以下的一种或多种部件位于容纳空间范围内或毗邻容纳空间的部位来实施固定：第一多孔性结构、其他的凸起结构、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
- 如权利要求53所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间范围内的部位，包含凸起结构而不包含中间体主体时，所述复合体进一步包含延伸体，延伸体的一部分与凸起结构连接并延伸到容纳空间的范围内；延伸体的另一部分与毗邻容纳空间或处在容纳空间范围之外的以下一种或多种部件连接：第一多孔性结构、其他的凸起结构、中间体主体、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，相邻凸起结构之间的间隔空隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的其他夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述凸起结构与基底之间的空隙，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的其他夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体是层状、或片状、或板状的。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位，单独地、或配合以下的一种或多种部件来对实体进行固定：第一多孔性结构、中间体主体的其他部位、中间体主体以外其他的夹层部、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，对嵌入在缺口处的实体进行固定。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体主体的其他部位、中间体主体以外其他的夹层部、中间体的插入部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、基底。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体位于容纳空间范围内的部位开设有缺口，且缺口内侧设置有延伸体；通过延伸体对实体进行固定。
- 如权利要求52或61所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体是封闭的；或者，所述中间体主体设置有通道或开口。
- 如权利要求63所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体处设置的通道，是形成在中间体主体内部的管道；或者，所述中间体主体处设置的通道是沟槽，其形成在中间体主体靠近基底一侧的表面，且沟槽的至少一部分朝着基底所在的方向敞开。
- 如权利要求52或61所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述中间体主体处设有第一沟槽作为中间体主体的通道，和/或，所述基底处设有第二沟槽作为基底的通道；其中，第一沟槽形成在中间体主体靠近基底一侧的表面，且第一沟槽的至少一部分朝着基底所在的方向敞开；第二沟槽形成在基底靠近复合体一侧的表面，且第二沟槽的至少一部分朝着复合体所在方向敞开；同时设置第一沟槽和第二沟槽时，两者相互错开，或者两者相互扣合形成一个通道。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底进行电阻焊时，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构和/或中间体主体，没有朝着基底凸起的凸起结构；或者，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构、中间体主体、朝着基底凸起的凸起结构之中的一种或多种。
- 如权利要求52所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底进行电阻焊时，所述基底的焊接界面设有基底凸起结构，所述基底凸起结构朝着复合体的焊接界面凸起；所述基底至少通过基底凸起结构与复合体的焊接界面连接；并且，与所述基底凸起结构相连接的，是复合体的焊接界面上的第一多孔性结构、或不包含凸起结构的夹层部、或夹层部处没有设置凸起结构的部位。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述连接结构包含支撑部，其至少一部分插入在第一多孔性结构内；所述支撑部的第一端靠近第一多孔性结构的第一侧，所述支撑部的第二端 靠近第一多孔性结构的第二侧；第一多孔性结构的第二侧是靠近复合体的焊接界面的一侧，第一侧是与第二侧相对的一侧；所述支撑部单独地或配合以下一种或多种部件来形成容纳空间，或者，所述支撑部单独地或配合以下的一个或多个部件对实体进行固定；所述部件，包含：其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部，与第一多孔性结构一同制成，或者另外设置到第一多孔性结构处；所述支撑部处用于设置容纳空间或用于固定实体的部位，与该支撑部的其他部位一同制成，或是通过对支撑部加工而制成；用于设置容纳空间或用于固定实体的支撑部，是第一多孔性结构中的全部支撑部，或是其中的一部分支撑部。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部穿过实体对其固定；实体处不被支撑部固定的部位，由以下的一个或多个部件固定，或者不与所述部件接触；所述部件，包含：其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间全部或一部分形成在支撑部内。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，支撑部的全部或部分表面，作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用作容纳空间的至少一部分；或者，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用来对实体进行固定；或者，支撑部处存在或开设的空隙或缺口，用来设置对实体进行固定的部 件。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，相邻支撑部之间的间隔空隙，和/或支撑部处开设的通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体的夹层部、中间体的插入部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底连接之后，去除支撑部的全部或一部分而形成的空隙，成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入到第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙处实施固定。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入到第一多孔性结构内形成的与支撑部的插入部位相对应的空隙处；该空隙在复合体与基底连接后通过去除支撑部的全部或一部分而形成；或者，该空隙位于支撑部与其插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构之间。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体通过设置的嵌套结构，固定在支撑部处。
- 如权利要求77所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体设置有整合的嵌入结构和嵌套结构；实体的嵌入结构插入在第一多孔性结构内形成的与支撑部的插入部位相对应的空隙处，嵌套结构固定至空隙内的支撑部处。
- 如权利要求78所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述嵌套结构是闭环结构，套设在支撑部上；或者，所述嵌套结构是非闭环结构，与支撑部紧密接触。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入在支撑部设置的空隙处；或者，实体设置有嵌入结构，所述嵌入结构插入在支撑部设置的凹陷处。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部处形成有凹陷，在复合体与基底连接之时供电极的单体插入；复合体与基底连接之后，实体设置的嵌入结构插入在所述凹陷；或者，所述凹陷作为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求77或79或81或82所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体的嵌入结构所插入的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位的第一端；该实体与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面有接触或没有接触；或者，嵌入结构所插入的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位除第一端以外的其他部位，则该部位与容纳空间毗邻；其中，在设置嵌入结构时，该插入部位的第一端或其他部位仍有支撑部，或该插入部位的第一端或其他部位的支撑部被去除。
- 如权利要求78或79所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体的嵌套结构所固定的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位的第一端；该实体与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面有接触或没有接触；或者，嵌套结构所固定的位置，对应于支撑部插入部位除第一端以外的其他部位，则该部位与容纳空间毗邻。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，与支撑部在第一多孔性结构内的插入部位相对应的空隙，作为容纳空间，或作为通道或开口，或用来设置其他对实体进行固定的部件；其中，与插入部位相对应的空隙，在复合体与基底连接之前形成，所述支撑部位于所述空隙内；或者，与插入部位相对应的空隙，在复合体与基底连接之后形成，所述支撑部位于所述空隙内，或不位于所述空隙内。
- 如权利要求85所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与其插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构直接接触；在复合体与基底连接之后，去除支撑部的全部或一部分，形成与插入部位相对应的空隙。
- 如权利要求85所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构没有直接接触，所述支撑部插入于形成在第一多孔性结构内的第一空隙处；支撑部通过第一空隙内的间隔与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，将去除支撑部的全部或一部分所留下的间隔与第一空隙的间隔连通，形成与插入部位相对应的空隙。
- 如权利要求85所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部与插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构没有直接接触，所述支撑部插入于形成在第一多孔性结构内的第一空隙处；支撑部通过第一空隙内的间隔与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，保留支撑部，以第一空隙内的间隔，作为与插入部位相对应的空隙；或者。
- 如权利要求87或88所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之时，第一空隙的间隔内设置有绝缘体，将支撑部与周边的第一多孔性结构隔开；在复合体与基底连接之后，绝缘体被去除全部或一部分，来形成与插入部位相对应的空隙，或者形成与所述空隙连通的间隔。
- 如权利要求86或87或88所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之后，插入部位周边的第一多孔性结构，保持其在复合体与基底连接之时的状态，或者被去除一部分而形成与插入部位相对应的空隙，或者被去除一部分而形成与所述空隙连通的间隔。
- 如权利要求85～88中任意一项所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，则与插入部位相对应的空隙，包含位于支撑部第一端与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面之间的间隔；在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面或与第一侧表面齐平，则与插入部位相对应的空隙，包含位于支撑部插入部位与其周边的第一多孔性结构之间的间隔。
- 如权利要求91所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面：在复合体与基底连接之后去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出、或仍超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，或与第一侧表面齐平；在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面：在复合体与基底连接之后维持支撑部的状态或去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面；在复合体与基底连接之时，支撑部的第一端与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面齐平：在复合体与基底连接之后，去除一部分支撑部，使支撑部的第一端不超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面；或者，维持支撑部的状态，使支撑部的第一端仍与第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面齐平。
- 如权利要求92所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之后，第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面被电极或压头压缩，或者将第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面去除一部分，从而对支撑部的第一端与被压缩或被去除后得到的第一多孔性结构第一侧表面的位置关系进行调整。
- 如权利要求85～88中任意一项所述的连接结构，其特征在于，与插入部位相对应的空隙处，设置的用来对实体进行固定的部件，包含实体的嵌入结构和/或嵌套结构；所述嵌入结构插入在该空隙，所述嵌套结构固定至支撑部。
- 如权利要求94所述的连接结构，其特征在于，在复合体与基底连接之后，支撑部的第一端超出第一多孔性结构的第一侧表面，作为支撑部的超出部位；实体的嵌入结构和/或嵌套结构，设置在支撑部的超出部位。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，支撑部的第二端不超出第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，或与第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面齐平；支撑部的第二端与所述第二侧表面齐平时，中间体包含的夹层部与支撑部的第二端相接触或不接触；支撑部的第二端与所述第二侧表面齐平，且中间体不包含夹层部时，支撑部的第二端与基底相连接或不连接。
- 如权利要求96所述的连接结构，其特征在于，支撑部与夹层部包含的中间体主体处远离基底的一侧接触，中间体主体靠近基底一侧设有朝着基底凸起的凸起结构或没有凸起结构；或者，支撑部与夹层部包含的凸起结构处远离基底的一侧接触，所述凸起结构设置在第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，且朝着基底凸起。
- 如权利要求96所述的连接结构，其特征在于，支撑部与夹层部包含的凸起结构对应设置并直接接触；或者，支撑部与夹层部的凸起错位分布且不直接接触；其中，所述凸起结构向基底凸起，且设置在第一多孔性结构的第二侧表面，或设置在夹层部包含的中间体主体靠近基底的一侧。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部由绝缘材料制成；或者，所述支撑部由导电材料制成，属于中间体的插入部。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部由熔融状的物质在所注入的第一多孔性结构处凝固后制成；该物质是高分子材料，或是与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部是实心结构；或者，所述支撑部是多孔性结构，且致密度高于第一多孔性结构的致密度。
- 如权利要求68所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部处设置有联结体和/或延伸体，作为边缘界面的至少一部分，或作为对容纳空间的通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，或用于单独地或配合以下的一个或多个部件对实体进行固定：所述部件，包含：与联结体或延伸体连接的支撑部、其他的支撑部、第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、其他的联结体或延伸体、另外设置在连接结构的构件；其中，所述联结体的两端分别与两个支撑部连接；所述延伸体的一端与支撑部连接，另一端延伸到开放空间，或延伸到第一多孔性结构、或中间体的插入部、或中间体的夹层部、或其他设置到连接结构的构件与容纳空间毗邻的部位。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，连接在一对支撑部之间的联结体，靠近于支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间设有缺口，所述缺口靠近于支撑部的第二端；所述联结体与暴露在缺口处的基底表面之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，连接在一对支撑部之间的联结体，更靠近支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间设有缺口，所述缺口靠近于支撑部的第二端，所述缺口处设有连接在同一对支撑部的延伸体；所述联结体与延伸体之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，连接在一对支撑部之间的第一联结体，更靠近支撑部的第一端；同一对支撑部之间还连接有第二联结体，所述第二联结体靠近支撑部的第二端；所述第一联结体与第二联结体之间形成有间隔的空隙，所述空隙成为容纳空间的至少一部分。
- 如权利要求103～105中任意一项所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述空隙连通到位于基底表面的沟道或管道的开口；所述沟道或管道用于布置连接传感器的线缆，或者用于输送药物。
- 如权利要求106所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底表面的沟道处未与所述空隙连通的部位，被与基底连接的夹层部的中间体主体所覆盖。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述联结体或延伸体本身，由支撑部单独固定，或由支撑部配合以下的一个或多个部件进行固定：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件；配合固定延伸体的部件，位于延伸体延伸的一端，或位于延伸体两端以外的其他部位；配合固定联结体的部件，位于联结体两端以外的其他部位。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，与所述联结体的两端分别连接的两个支撑部，位于容纳空间的同一边缘界面，或位于容纳空间处相邻或相对的不同边缘界面。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述联结体或延伸体与支撑部一同制成，或另外设置到支撑部处。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述支撑部处的空隙或缺口或凹陷，用来设置联结体或延伸体。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述联结体或延伸体是设置到支撑部处的成型部件或填充面；所述填充面包含填充体，其将第一多孔性结构处毗邻支撑部及容纳空间的一部分支架或梁联结起来；熔融状的物质在连接结构的指定部位凝固后，形成所述填充体；该物质是高分子材料或与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同或性质近似的材料。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述联结体或延伸体由导电材料或绝缘材料制成。
- 如权利要求102所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述联结体或延伸体是实心结构；或者，所述联结体或延伸体是多孔性结构，其致密度与第一多孔性结构的致密度相同或不同。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述复合体设置有锚点；所述锚点包含锚点本体，其位于第一多孔性结构靠近基底的第二侧；所述锚点本体的第二侧与基底接触并连接；形成在锚点本体第一侧的空隙，作为容纳空间，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求115所述的连接结构，其特征在于，激光焊的光束穿过预先形成在锚点本体第一侧的空隙，到达锚点本体的第一侧，对锚点本体与基底连接；或者，激光焊的光束穿过填充在锚点本体第一侧的第一多孔性结构而形成锚点本体第一侧的空隙，该光束达到锚点本体的第一侧，对锚点本体与基底连接；或者，电阻焊的电极的单体插入预先形成在所述锚点本体第一侧的空隙，到达锚点本体的第一侧，将电流传导到锚点本体及第一多孔性结构第二侧与之邻近的部位，将复合体与基底连接。
- 如权利要求115所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述锚点进一步包含锚点周边，锚点本体的第一侧至少设置有一个锚点周边，或者，锚点本体的第一侧设置有环绕的锚点周边；锚点周边至少部分插入在第一多孔性结构内，锚点周边第一端靠近第一多孔性结构第一侧，锚点周边第二端靠近第一多孔性结构第二侧；其中，锚点周边作为边缘界面的至少一部分；或者，锚点周边开设有通道或开口，供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求117所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述环绕的锚点周边所围成的空间，对应于锚点本体第一侧的空隙。
- 如权利要求115或117所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述锚点与至少一个其他锚点之间，通过联结体连接；所述联结体包含联结体本体，与锚点本体连接；所述联结体本体位于第一多孔性结构靠近基底的第二侧；所述锚点本体的第二侧与基底接触或不接触；或者，所述联结体包含所述联结体本体，还包含至少一个联结体侧壁；所述联结体侧壁至少部分插入在第一多孔性结构内，联结体侧壁第一端靠近第 一多孔性结构第一侧，联结体侧壁第二端靠近第一多孔性结构第二侧；与联结体连接的锚点没有锚点周边，或者与联结体连接的锚点设有锚点周边与联结体侧壁连接；所述联结体作为边缘界面的至少一部分，或者，所述联结体开设有通道或开口，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求119所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述锚点是实心结构；或者，所述锚点是比所述第一多孔性结构的致密度更高的多孔性结构；所述联结体是实心结构；或者，所述联结体是比所述第一多孔性结构的致密度更高的多孔性结构；所述联结体的致密度与所述锚点的致密度一致或不一致。
- 如权利要求119所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述锚点本体属于所述中间体的夹层部；所述锚点周边属于支撑部；所述联结体本体属于所述中间体的夹层部，所述联结体侧壁属于支撑部。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底之间有一对接触面，且在该对接触面进行连接；或者，复合体与基底之间有多对接触面，且在其中至少一对接触面相互连接；容纳空间设置在复合体处避开接触面的部位，或者容纳空间延伸到复合体的接触面，或者容纳空间穿过复合体的接触面延伸到基底。
- 如权利要求122所述的连接结构，其特征在于，基底的接触面包含一个接触区域，其与一个复合体接触且连接，或分别与多个复合体接触且连接；或者，基底的接触面包含多个接触区域，其与同一个复合体接触且连接；或者，基底的接触面包含多个接触区域，其中的每个接触区域和与之对应的一个复合体接触且连接，或每个接触区域和与之对应的多个复合体分别接触；有多个复合体时，相邻复合体的容纳空间各自独立或相互连通。
- 如权利要求123所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底的一个接触区域，对应于该基底处一个方向或不同方向的表面；所述基底的多个接触区域，对应于该基底处同一个方向的表面，或对应该基底处不同方向的表面。
- 如权利要求122所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底之间的至少一对接触面，形成有相匹配的限位口和限位突起；限位口形成在这一对之中的一个接触面，限位突起形成在这一对之中的另一个接触面，并能插入到限位口内；具有限位口的接触面与具有限位突起的接触面，是相互连接的一对接触面，或者是不相互连接的一对接触面；其中，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，避开具有限位口及限位凸起所在的接触面设置；或者，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，在具有限位口及限位凸起所在的接触面、避开限位口及限位凸起所在的部位设置；或者，在复合体与基底连接之后，利用限位口和/或限位凸起所在的部位或对该部位加工，来设置容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口。
- 如权利要求122所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底的至少一对接触面通过形成相匹配的表面而实施定位；这一对接触面相互连接，或者不相互连接；其中，容纳空间或容纳空间的通道或开口，避开用于定位的接触面设置，或者在用于定位的接触面设置。
- 如权利要求122所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底设有凹部，所述复合体包含嵌入凹部内的部位，该部位与基底的 凹部之间有一对接触面，且在这对接触面相互连接；或者，该部位与基底的凹部之间有多对接触面，且在其中至少一对接触面相互连接。
- 如权利要求127所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体处嵌入基底凹部内的部位包含中间体的夹层部；所述基底的凹部包含开口、与开口相对的第一表面、位于开口和第一表面之间的侧边；所述复合体的夹层部包含与凹部的第一表面相接触的第二表面，所述凹部的侧边与复合体处相应方向的第一多孔性结构接触或不接触；或者，所述夹层部包含所述第二表面，以及与凹部的侧边接触的第三表面；其中，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位，作为容纳空间的至少部分边缘界面；或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位去除，使容纳空间延伸到基底凹部的第一表面和/或侧边；或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位，用于单独地或配合以下一种或多种部件对实体进行固定；或者，夹层部的第二表面和/或第三表面毗邻容纳空间的部位开设通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通外部开放空间，或连通以下一种或多种部件设置的通道或开口；所述部件，包含：基底凹部、第一多孔性结构、夹层部的其他部位、其他的中间体、另外设置到连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求128所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述基底的凹部的至少一处侧边是斜面，其与第一表面之间形成设定的角度；与这处侧边接触的第三表面是斜面，其与第二表面之间形成设定的角度。
- 如权利要求129所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述角度为锐角。
- 如权利要求3或13或52或68或115或122或127所述的连接结构，其特征在于，复合体与基底通过激光焊或电阻焊连接；所述容纳空间在复合体与基底连接之前、或连接过程中，或连接之后形成。
- 如权利要求131所述的连接结构，其特征在于，激光焊的光束直接接触到中间体的夹层部暴露在外的表面，将夹层部与基底进行焊接；或者，激光焊的光束穿过第一多孔性结构本身或形成在第一多孔性结构内的空隙而到达夹层部所在位置，将夹层部与基底进行焊接。
- 如权利要求132所述的连接结构，其特征在于，完成焊接之后，所述空隙作为容纳空间，或供实体的嵌入结构插入以固定实体，或作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或与容纳空间的通道或开口连通，或与外部开放空间连通，或与以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口连通：第一多孔性结构、中间体、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求131所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：第一多孔性结构；从第一多孔性结构的导电接触部位到复合体的焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构的其他部位、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部之中的一个或多个；中间体的插入部；从插入部的导电接触部位到复合体的焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构、其他的插入部、中间体的夹层部之中的一个或多个；中间体的夹层部；从该夹层部的导电接触部位获得的电流，被传导到该夹层部将与基底焊接的焊接界面，或者，将电流传导到所在复合体的其他焊接界面，从夹层部的导电接触部位到其他焊接界面之间的导电路径上，包含第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、其他的夹层部之中的一个或多个；基底；从该基底的导电接触部位获得的电流，被传导到该基底将与复合体焊接的焊接界面；其中，与基底导电接触的电极，和与第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触的电极，是不同极性的电极；若连接结构包含插入在第一多孔性结构的支撑部，则以导电材质制成的支撑部属于其中一种中间体的插入部；复合体包含夹层部时，复合体的焊接界面包含夹层部和或第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧；复合体不包含夹层部时，复合体的焊接界面包含第一多孔性结构靠近基底的一侧。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极，与中间体的插入部直接导电接触，包含：电极与插入部暴露在外的表面导电接触；或者，电极穿过第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙而到达插入部所在位置，与插入部导电接触。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极，与中间体的夹层部直接导电接触，包含：电极与夹层部暴露在外的表面导电接触；或者，电极穿过第一多孔性结构内形成的空隙而到达夹层部所在位置，与夹层部导电接触。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极，包含第一极性的电极和第二极性的电极；基底的相对两侧分别与第一复合体和第二复合体连接；其中，第一极性的电极与第一复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触；第二极性的电极与第二复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触；或者，第一极性的电极与第一复合体的第一多孔性结构或插入部或夹层部导电接触，第二极性的电极与基底导电接触，该基底已经与第二复合体完成连接。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极，包含电极的单体；电极的单体用于接触第一多孔性结 构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部暴露在外的表面，或者用于插入第一多孔性结构的空隙，来与第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部中的至少一种直接接触，或者用于插入形成在中间体插入部的凹陷来与插入部直接接触；多个单体同时在多个位置焊接，或者一个单体分别在多个位置焊接；一个极性的电极有一个或多个单体；有多个单体时各自独立供电，或者对并联的多个单体供电。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，使复合体与基底的焊接界面紧密接触而施加的压力，来自电极或压头；在基底一侧连接复合体，同时设置有电极和压头时，第一极性的电极与第一压头分别接触复合体，两者布置及接触复合体的方向相同或不同；第二极性的电极与第二压头分别接触基底，两者布置及接触基底的方向相同或不同。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，使复合体与基底的焊接界面紧密接触而施加的压力，来自电极或压头；在基底的相对两侧分别连接第一复合体、第二复合体，同时设置有电极和压头时，第一极性的电极与第一压头分别接触第一复合体，两者布置及接触第一复合体的方向相同或不同；其中，第二极性的电极与第二压头分别接触第二复合体，两者布置及接触第二复合体的方向相同或不同；基底已经与第一复合体或第二复合体连接，或者基底还没有与第一复合体或第二复合体连接；或者，第二极性的电极接触基底，该基底已经与第二复合体完成连接，第二压头接触第二复合体，则第二极性的电极布置及接触基底的方向，与第二压头布置及接触第二复合体的方向相同或不同。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一极性的电极，从第一多孔性结构第一侧所在的方向，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到复合体的其他导电部件；和/或，第一极性的电极，从第一多孔性结构第一侧以外的其他方向，与以下的一个或多个部件直接导电接触：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到复合体的其他导电部件；其中，第一多孔性结构的第一侧是其远离基底的一侧。
- 如权利要求134所述的连接结构，其特征在于，用于电阻焊的电极与连接结构的以下一种或多种部件直接导电接触来施加电流；或者，用于电阻焊的电极向另外设置的导电介质施加电流，并通过导电介质传导到连接结构的以下一种或多种部件；所述导电介质在焊接后至少被大部分去除；所述部件包含：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底。
- 如权利要求142所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质位于以下一种或多种部件的暴露表面；所述部件包含：第一多孔性结构、中间体的插入部、中间体的夹层部、基底；和/或，所述导电介质填充或延伸到第一多孔性结构的一部分孔隙处。
- 如权利要求143所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质为粉末、或箔片、或丝材、或微球、或颗粒。
- 如权利要求143所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质是熔融状的物质在所注入的第一多孔性结构处凝固得到的；所述导电介质的熔点低于第一多孔性结构的熔点。
- 如权利要求143所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质是可喷涂的。
- 如权利要求143所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质是硬质部件，覆盖在第一多孔性结构的暴露表面；或者，所述导电介质是可变形的柔体部件，覆盖在第一多孔性结构的暴露 表面，并从暴露表面向第一多孔性结构内部延伸一部分。
- 如权利要求143所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述导电介质由良导体材料制成；所述导电介质由与第一多孔性结构或中间体相同或性质近似的材料制成。
- 如权利要求4或13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述连接结构包含高分子材料中间层；所述容纳空间利用高分子材料层设置，或避开高分子材料层设置；连接结构处的任意一个多孔性结构内注入有高分子材料，或者，任意一个多孔性结构与基底之间、或相邻的两个多孔性结构之间通过注入的高分子材料进行连接，熔融状的高分子材料同时渗透到其所连接的部位，使高分子材料与其所在的部位形成高分子材料中间层。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述高分子材料中间层的至少部分表面，用作容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面；或者，容纳空间的全部或一部分形成在高分子材料中间层内；或者，所述高分子材料层的至少部分表面，用于单独地或配合以下的一种或多种部件，对实体进行固定；第一多孔性结构、基底、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳空间设置在连接结构内、没有高分子材料中间层的部件；或者，容纳空间设置在具有高分子材料中间层的部件处避开高分子材料中间层的区域。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，高分子材料中间层形成在第一多孔性结构内，和/或形成在作为夹层部的第二多孔性结构内。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构与基底之间形成高分子材料中间层；或者，作为夹层部的第二多孔性结构与基底之间形成高分子材料中间层。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，第一多孔性结构的第一侧与一第四多孔性结构之间形成高分子材料中间层；该第四多孔性结构单独布置，与一第五多孔性结构预先连接或一体成型形成另一复合体，第四多孔性结构、第五多孔性结构的致密度不同；第一多孔性结构的第一侧是其远离基底的一侧。
- 如权利要求149所述的连接结构，其特征在于，高分子材料中间层所在的多孔性结构或与之毗邻的多孔性结构内，设置有间隔层，对高分子材料的注入及渗透位置进行限定；所述间隔层与其所在的多孔性结构一体成型，或是另外设置到该多孔性结构。
- 如权利要求155所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述间隔层作为容纳空间的至少一部分边缘界面，或者所述间隔层用于单独地或配合以下的一种或多种部件，对实体进行固定；第一多孔性结构、基底、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、另外设置到连接结构的构件、高分子材料层。
- 如权利要求155所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述间隔层是实心结构，或是一种多孔性结构，间隔层的致密度高于注入高分子材料的多孔性结构的致密度。
- 如权利要求155所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述高分子材料层或间隔层开设有通道或开口，作为容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通容纳空间的通道或开口，或连通外部开放空间，或连通以下一种或多种部件所设置的通道或开口；所述部件，包含：第一多孔性结构、支撑部、中间体的夹层部、基底、另外设置在连接结构的构件。
- 如权利要求155所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述高分子材料中间层或间隔层作为对通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳物包含用电器，为其供电的器件，设置在用电器所在的容纳空间或其他的容纳空间，或设置在连接结构以外；所述器件通过有线或无线方式为用电器供电。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳物包含用电器，其通过线缆与其他器件进行电能和/或信号的传输；所述线缆布置于容纳空间的通道，和/或布置于连接结构各部件所开设的、与容纳空间的通道或开口连通的通道；其中，以线缆连接的所述其他器件，位于用电器所在的容纳空间或其他的容纳空间，或设置在连接结构以外。
- 如权利要求160或161所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳物是传感器。
- 如权利要求162所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述传感器对所处环境周围的一种或多种状态进行检测：温度、压力、湿度，或者，所述传感器对菌种进行检测。
- 如权利要求162所述的连接结构，其特征在于，传感器的探测面暴露在连接结构表面之外，或者对着能连通到连接结构暴露表面的通道或开口；或者，传感器处，检测用的探头，或以无线方式传输电能和/或信号的天线，通过容纳空间的通道或开口伸出。
- 如权利要求13所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述容纳物是药物。
- 如权利要求165所述的连接结构，其特征在于，实体的药物直接被连接结构的相应部件固定；或者，药物被实体的包覆体包裹后，放置到容纳空间或被连接结构的相应部件固定；或者，药物放置到容纳空间内。
- 如权利要求165所述的连接结构，其特征在于，容纳空间处的开口包含药物的输入口和输出口；输入口与输出口是独立的开口或是同一个开口；容纳空间的输入口，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道及开口间接与外部开放空间连通；容纳空间的输出口，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道及开口间接与外部开放空间连通。
- 如权利要求167所述的连接结构，其特征在于，容纳空间处的通道包含药物的输入通道和输出通道；输入通道与输出通道是独立的通道或是同一个通道；容纳空间的输入通道，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道间接与外部开放空间连通；容纳空间的输出通道，直接与外部开放空间连通，或经过连接结构的其他部件所设置的通道间接与外部开放空间连通。
- 如权利要求168所述的连接结构，其特征在于，所述输入通道、输入口是敞开的，或者被封闭并等待后续打开，或者被封闭后不再打开；所述输出通道、输出口是敞开的，或者被封闭并等待后续打开。
- 如权利要求169所述的连接结构，其特征在于，对通道或开口进行封闭的封闭体，由以下任意一种材料制成；可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；可允许容纳物通过的材料；可允许容纳物缓释的材料；可溶解的材料；与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底相同的材料；与第一多孔性结构或中间体或基底性质近似的材料。
- 如权利要求166所述的连接结构，其特征在于，药物的包覆体，由以下任意一种材料制成；可在所处环境的状态改变时自行触发打开的材料；可与设定物质发生反应而触发打开的材料；可在设定的时间范围降解的材料；可允许药物通过的材料；可允许药物缓释的材料；可溶解的材料。
- 一种假体，其特征在于，所述假体设置有权利要求1～171中任意一项所述的连接结构；所述假体，包含：复合体，包含预先连接或一体成型的第一多孔性结构与中间体；所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；假体主体，作为基底；所述假体主体的至少部分表面设为连接区域，与复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体相连接；其中，所述连接结构设有至少一个容纳空间。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是骨科假体。
- 如权利要求173所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是关节假体。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述复合体形成为壳体，包覆在所述假体主体的连接区域上，与连接区域接触并连接；连接区域所在的假体主体的表面，对应于该假体主体上的同一个方向或者对应于该假体主体上的不同方向。
- 如权利要求175所述的假体，其特征在于，所述复合体形成的壳体是一个整体；或者，所述复合体形成的壳体包含多个壳体片体；其中，多个壳体片体相互独立，或者相邻的壳体片体之间在至少一侧的邻边相连接。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是以下任意一种：股骨柄、髋臼杯、椎间融合器、股骨髁、胫骨平台、脊柱假体、踝关节、肩关节、肘关节、指关节、趾关节、椎间小关节、下颌关节、腕关节、人工牙根。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是髋关节的股骨柄，所述股骨柄的柄体主体作为基底；所述柄体主体的近端的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是髋关节的髋臼杯，所述髋臼杯的杯体主体作为基底；所述杯体主体的外周面的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是椎间融合器，椎间融合器的融合器主体作为基底；所述连接区域至少位于所述融合器主体的上端面和下端面。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是股骨髁，股骨髁的股骨髁主体作为基底；所述股骨髁主体的内凹面的至少部分表面设有连接区域。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述假体是胫骨平台，其包含的胫骨平台主体作为基底，所述连接区域位于胫骨平台主体的平台托的下表面。
- 如权利要求172所述的假体，其特征在于，所述多孔性表面结构的表面，进一步形成有以下的任意一种或多种物质：骨传导涂层、骨诱导涂层、抗菌涂层、细胞或生长因子的载体。
- 一种带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构的制作方法，其特征在于，用于制作权利要求1～171中任意一项所述的连接结构；所述制作方法，包含：第一多孔性结构与中间体预先连接或一体成型，得到复合体；所述中间体的致密度高于第一多孔性结构；将复合体的第一多孔性结构和/或中间体，与基底相连接；为连接结构设置至少一个容纳空间；所述容纳空间的至少一部分通过第一多孔性结构设置，或通过第一多孔性结构与中间体和/或基底的配合设置；所述容纳空间在复合体与基底连接之前，或连接过程中，或连接之后设置。
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201911394644.2 | 2019-12-30 | ||
| CN201911394644 | 2019-12-30 | ||
| CN202011184551.X | 2020-10-29 | ||
| CN202011184551.XA CN112618109B (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-10-29 | 带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法和假体 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2021135926A1 true WO2021135926A1 (zh) | 2021-07-08 |
Family
ID=71023385
Family Applications (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2020/136523 WO2021135925A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 可传感检测及装备药物的多孔复合连接结构、方法和假体 |
| PCT/CN2020/136527 WO2021135927A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构及其制备方法与假体 |
| PCT/CN2020/136526 WO2021135926A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法和假体 |
| PCT/CN2020/136529 WO2021135928A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构、制备方法及假体 |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2020/136523 WO2021135925A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 可传感检测及装备药物的多孔复合连接结构、方法和假体 |
| PCT/CN2020/136527 WO2021135927A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构及其制备方法与假体 |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2020/136529 WO2021135928A1 (zh) | 2019-12-30 | 2020-12-15 | 多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构、制备方法及假体 |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US20230225870A1 (zh) |
| EP (2) | EP4094726A1 (zh) |
| CN (10) | CN111281610B (zh) |
| TW (1) | TWI771843B (zh) |
| WO (4) | WO2021135925A1 (zh) |
Families Citing this family (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2021135931A1 (zh) * | 2019-12-30 | 2021-07-08 | 骄英医疗器械(上海)有限公司 | 一种用于制备多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的方法 |
| WO2021135929A1 (zh) * | 2019-12-30 | 2021-07-08 | 骄英医疗器械(上海)有限公司 | 一种基于多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的假体 |
| CN111281610B (zh) * | 2019-12-30 | 2023-08-18 | 雅博尼西医疗科技(苏州)有限公司 | 多孔性结构和基底的连接结构 |
| CN113927032B (zh) * | 2021-09-02 | 2022-09-16 | 山东晶盾新材料科技有限公司 | 一种用于快速热压烧结的模具结构 |
| CN117816976B (zh) * | 2024-03-04 | 2024-05-03 | 西安赛隆增材技术股份有限公司 | 一种烧结多孔金属的粉末床电子束增材连接方法 |
Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5104410A (en) * | 1990-10-22 | 1992-04-14 | Intermedics Orthopedics, Inc | Surgical implant having multiple layers of sintered porous coating and method |
| US5198308A (en) * | 1990-12-21 | 1993-03-30 | Zimmer, Inc. | Titanium porous surface bonded to a cobalt-based alloy substrate in an orthopaedic implant device |
| US20030232124A1 (en) * | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-18 | Medlin Dana J. | Method for attaching a porous metal layer to a metal substrate |
| US20090098310A1 (en) * | 2007-10-10 | 2009-04-16 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method for bonding a tantalum structure to a cobalt-alloy substrate |
| US20110085929A1 (en) * | 2009-10-08 | 2011-04-14 | Biomet Manufacturing Corp. | Method of bonding porous metal to metal substrates |
| US20130304227A1 (en) * | 2012-05-14 | 2013-11-14 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method of forming local bonds to fasten a porous metal material to a substrate |
| CN105919698A (zh) * | 2016-05-19 | 2016-09-07 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材有限公司 | 假体部件及其制造方法 |
Family Cites Families (58)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4307472A (en) * | 1978-06-12 | 1981-12-29 | Glasrock Products, Inc. | Prosthetic device with rigid implantable member having bonded porous coating |
| US4829152A (en) * | 1987-11-16 | 1989-05-09 | Rostoker, Inc. | Method of resistance welding a porous body to a substrate |
| US5139528A (en) * | 1988-02-26 | 1992-08-18 | Sulzer Brothers Limited | Method of securing a mesh to a metal substrate for a bone implant |
| US4997445A (en) * | 1989-12-08 | 1991-03-05 | Zimmer, Inc. | Metal-backed prosthetic implant with enhanced bonding of polyethylene portion to metal base |
| US5507833A (en) * | 1992-02-10 | 1996-04-16 | Kim-Med, Inc. | Hip replacement system and method for implanting the same |
| US7077867B1 (en) * | 1994-08-12 | 2006-07-18 | Diamicron, Inc. | Prosthetic knee joint having at least one diamond articulation surface |
| JP3694584B2 (ja) * | 1998-03-31 | 2005-09-14 | 京セラ株式会社 | 表面修飾骨補綴部材およびその製造方法 |
| US8603181B2 (en) * | 2000-01-30 | 2013-12-10 | Dimicron, Inc | Use of Ti and Nb cemented in TiC in prosthetic joints |
| US6572619B2 (en) * | 2001-02-23 | 2003-06-03 | Albert N. Santilli | Cage plate for spinal fusion and method of operation |
| US6682567B1 (en) * | 2001-09-19 | 2004-01-27 | Biomet, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing a shell component incorporating a porous ingrowth material and liner |
| AU2003262694B2 (en) * | 2002-08-15 | 2008-10-23 | Synthes Gmbh | Intervertebral disc implant |
| US6976999B2 (en) * | 2002-11-19 | 2005-12-20 | Zimmer Technology, Inc. | Prosthetic device and method of making the same |
| US6994727B2 (en) * | 2002-12-17 | 2006-02-07 | Amedica Corporation | Total disc implant |
| KR101189732B1 (ko) * | 2004-06-07 | 2012-10-11 | 신세스 게엠바하 | 센서를 구비한 정형외과용 임플란트 |
| EP1838249B1 (en) * | 2005-01-19 | 2012-03-14 | Nexgen Spine, Inc. | Fixation of elastomer to rigid structures |
| US20060178749A1 (en) * | 2005-02-10 | 2006-08-10 | Zimmer Technology, Inc. | Modular porous implant |
| US8092548B2 (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2012-01-10 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Osteograft treatment to promote osteoinduction and osteograft incorporation |
| US7578851B2 (en) * | 2005-12-23 | 2009-08-25 | Howmedica Osteonics Corp. | Gradient porous implant |
| JP2007236802A (ja) * | 2006-03-10 | 2007-09-20 | Takiron Co Ltd | インプラント傾斜材料 |
| CN200980749Y (zh) * | 2006-09-21 | 2007-11-28 | 北京乐普医疗器械有限公司 | 用于药物洗脱器械的局部多孔带药的药物释放结构 |
| GB0618612D0 (en) * | 2006-09-21 | 2006-11-01 | Smith & Nephew | Medical device |
| US7879100B2 (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2011-02-01 | Spinemedica, Llc | Methods and systems for forming implants with selectively exposed mesh for fixation and related implants |
| US10201935B2 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2019-02-12 | Augustine Temperature Management LLC | Electric heating pad |
| CN100574726C (zh) * | 2008-04-17 | 2009-12-30 | 上海交通大学 | 局部梯度孔隙结构人工关节假体及其制备方法 |
| EP2209126A3 (de) * | 2009-01-19 | 2012-04-04 | Dräger Medical GmbH | Flexibles deformierbares Kabel mit textilem Verbund für elektromedizinische Anwendungen |
| US8556972B2 (en) * | 2009-04-02 | 2013-10-15 | Sevika Holding AG | Monolithic orthopedic implant with an articular finished surface |
| WO2011037668A1 (en) * | 2009-09-23 | 2011-03-31 | Zimmer Spine, Inc. | Composite implant |
| CN102574357A (zh) * | 2009-10-21 | 2012-07-11 | 3M创新有限公司 | 多孔多层制品及其制备方法 |
| GB201001830D0 (en) * | 2010-02-04 | 2010-03-24 | Finsbury Dev Ltd | Prosthesis |
| IT1398443B1 (it) * | 2010-02-26 | 2013-02-22 | Lima Lto S P A Ora Limacorporate Spa | Elemento protesico integrato |
| CN101947149B (zh) * | 2010-10-08 | 2013-01-02 | 李亚东 | 多层壳芯复合结构件组成的人工髋关节 |
| EP2640318B1 (en) * | 2010-11-18 | 2016-08-31 | Zimmer, Inc. | Resistance welding a porous metal layer to a metal substrate |
| JP5789445B2 (ja) * | 2011-08-10 | 2015-10-07 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | 抵抗溶接方法 |
| WO2013119458A1 (en) * | 2012-02-10 | 2013-08-15 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Porous implant materials and related methods |
| WO2017142874A2 (en) * | 2016-02-16 | 2017-08-24 | Insera Therapeutics, Inc. | Aspiration devices and anchored flow diverting devices |
| CN104644290A (zh) * | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-27 | 中国科学院深圳先进技术研究院 | 多孔人工膝关节 |
| US10912650B2 (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2021-02-09 | Zimmer, Inc. | Resistance welding a porous metal layer to a metal substrate utilizing an intermediate element |
| DE102015107599A1 (de) * | 2015-05-13 | 2016-11-17 | Heraeus Medical Gmbh | Flächiges Knochenersatzmaterial und Verfahren zur Herstellung eines porösen Körpers |
| CN104814811A (zh) * | 2015-05-21 | 2015-08-05 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材股份有限公司 | 假体部件 |
| CN104840273A (zh) * | 2015-05-21 | 2015-08-19 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材股份有限公司 | 假体部件及其制造方法 |
| CN106388976B (zh) * | 2016-04-11 | 2018-06-29 | 四川大学华西医院 | 3d打印仿骨小梁多孔承重增强金属假体 |
| CN105877876B (zh) * | 2016-05-19 | 2018-07-03 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材有限公司 | 髋关节假体部件 |
| US10279521B1 (en) * | 2016-08-12 | 2019-05-07 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Forming of additively manufactured product |
| CN106236328B (zh) * | 2016-08-29 | 2018-10-09 | 中奥汇成科技股份有限公司 | 一种新型多孔钛人工髋关节 |
| US20180071526A1 (en) * | 2016-09-10 | 2018-03-15 | Cook Biotech Incorporated | Electrostimulative graft products, and related methods of use and manufacture |
| CN108201634B (zh) * | 2016-12-20 | 2020-09-29 | 重庆润泽医药有限公司 | 一种关节修复用支架 |
| CN106726022B (zh) * | 2017-02-22 | 2019-06-18 | 无锡宝莱福医疗器械有限公司 | 一种无界面摩擦的人工椎间盘及其成型方法 |
| EP3600164B1 (en) * | 2017-03-29 | 2021-03-10 | Vito NV | Surgical implants comprising graded porous structures |
| US10687947B2 (en) * | 2017-05-15 | 2020-06-23 | Biomet Manufacturing, Llc | Augments and methods for implanting hip prostheses |
| WO2018226687A1 (en) * | 2017-06-07 | 2018-12-13 | Kci Licensing, Inc. | Methods for manufacturing and assembling dual material tissue interface for negative-pressure therapy |
| CN107537065A (zh) * | 2017-07-11 | 2018-01-05 | 吉林大学 | 基于原位测试的高熵合金人工关节耦合仿生构建方法 |
| CN107157626A (zh) * | 2017-07-18 | 2017-09-15 | 优适医疗科技（苏州）有限公司 | 股骨组件假体 |
| CN107280813A (zh) * | 2017-07-18 | 2017-10-24 | 优适医疗科技（苏州）有限公司 | 髋臼组件假体 |
| CN208492402U (zh) * | 2017-07-18 | 2019-02-15 | 优适医疗科技（苏州）有限公司 | 一种人工膝关节假体 |
| CN109662812B (zh) * | 2019-03-01 | 2024-05-17 | 安徽工程大学 | 一种膝关节假体 |
| CN110368143A (zh) * | 2019-08-05 | 2019-10-25 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材有限公司 | 肱骨头假体 |
| CN111012551A (zh) * | 2019-12-30 | 2020-04-17 | 骄英医疗器械(上海)有限公司 | 一种基于多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的假体 |
| CN111281610B (zh) * | 2019-12-30 | 2023-08-18 | 雅博尼西医疗科技(苏州)有限公司 | 多孔性结构和基底的连接结构 |
-
2020
- 2020-01-22 CN CN202010073158.7A patent/CN111281610B/zh active Active
- 2020-01-22 CN CN202010073169.5A patent/CN111281611B/zh active Active
- 2020-01-22 CN CN202010073172.7A patent/CN111281612B/zh active Active
- 2020-02-26 CN CN202310342697.XA patent/CN116370158A/zh active Pending
- 2020-02-26 CN CN202010119232.4A patent/CN111449806B/zh active Active
- 2020-09-04 CN CN202211203568.4A patent/CN115568982A/zh active Pending
- 2020-09-04 CN CN202010922145.2A patent/CN112237498B/zh active Active
- 2020-10-29 CN CN202211009399.0A patent/CN115300188A/zh active Pending
- 2020-10-29 CN CN202011184579.3A patent/CN112618110B/zh active Active
- 2020-10-29 CN CN202011184551.XA patent/CN112618109B/zh active Active
- 2020-12-15 WO PCT/CN2020/136523 patent/WO2021135925A1/zh unknown
- 2020-12-15 US US17/790,409 patent/US20230225870A1/en active Pending
- 2020-12-15 WO PCT/CN2020/136527 patent/WO2021135927A1/zh unknown
- 2020-12-15 WO PCT/CN2020/136526 patent/WO2021135926A1/zh active Application Filing
- 2020-12-15 EP EP20909876.3A patent/EP4094726A1/en active Pending
- 2020-12-15 EP EP20910675.6A patent/EP4085874A4/en active Pending
- 2020-12-15 WO PCT/CN2020/136529 patent/WO2021135928A1/zh active Application Filing
- 2020-12-24 TW TW109146075A patent/TWI771843B/zh active
Patent Citations (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5104410A (en) * | 1990-10-22 | 1992-04-14 | Intermedics Orthopedics, Inc | Surgical implant having multiple layers of sintered porous coating and method |
| US5198308A (en) * | 1990-12-21 | 1993-03-30 | Zimmer, Inc. | Titanium porous surface bonded to a cobalt-based alloy substrate in an orthopaedic implant device |
| US20030232124A1 (en) * | 2002-06-18 | 2003-12-18 | Medlin Dana J. | Method for attaching a porous metal layer to a metal substrate |
| US20090098310A1 (en) * | 2007-10-10 | 2009-04-16 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method for bonding a tantalum structure to a cobalt-alloy substrate |
| US20110085929A1 (en) * | 2009-10-08 | 2011-04-14 | Biomet Manufacturing Corp. | Method of bonding porous metal to metal substrates |
| US20130304227A1 (en) * | 2012-05-14 | 2013-11-14 | Zimmer, Inc. | Method of forming local bonds to fasten a porous metal material to a substrate |
| CN105919698A (zh) * | 2016-05-19 | 2016-09-07 | 北京爱康宜诚医疗器材有限公司 | 假体部件及其制造方法 |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN111449806B (zh) | 2023-04-21 |
| CN112237498A (zh) | 2021-01-19 |
| CN111281612A (zh) | 2020-06-16 |
| TW202139945A (zh) | 2021-11-01 |
| WO2021135925A1 (zh) | 2021-07-08 |
| CN112618110A (zh) | 2021-04-09 |
| CN112618109B (zh) | 2022-09-09 |
| EP4085874A4 (en) | 2023-08-02 |
| CN112618109A (zh) | 2021-04-09 |
| CN112237498B (zh) | 2022-10-28 |
| CN111281610B (zh) | 2023-08-18 |
| CN111281611B (zh) | 2022-05-24 |
| US20230225870A1 (en) | 2023-07-20 |
| CN111449806A (zh) | 2020-07-28 |
| CN112618110B (zh) | 2022-05-27 |
| EP4085874A1 (en) | 2022-11-09 |
| CN116370158A (zh) | 2023-07-04 |
| CN111281611A (zh) | 2020-06-16 |
| WO2021135927A1 (zh) | 2021-07-08 |
| WO2021135928A1 (zh) | 2021-07-08 |
| EP4094726A1 (en) | 2022-11-30 |
| TWI771843B (zh) | 2022-07-21 |
| CN111281612B (zh) | 2022-05-27 |
| CN115568982A (zh) | 2023-01-06 |
| CN111281610A (zh) | 2020-06-16 |
| CN115300188A (zh) | 2022-11-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2021135926A1 (zh) | 带容纳空间的多孔性结构和基底的连接结构及其制作方法和假体 | |
| US10265178B2 (en) | Orthopedic augments having recessed pockets | |
| CA2496119C (en) | An implant to be implanted in bone tissue or in bone tissue supplemented with bone substitute material | |
| CN107405200B (zh) | 分隔件装置和用于制作分隔件装置的方法 | |
| KR20120112670A (ko) | 보철물 | |
| EP2490622A1 (en) | A medical implant device | |
| CN111012551A (zh) | 一种基于多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的假体 | |
| CN111084676A (zh) | 一种多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构及制备装置 | |
| CN110773854A (zh) | 一种用于制备多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的方法 | |
| Lee et al. | Alloplastic total temporomandibular joint replacement using stock prosthesis: a one-year follow-up report of two cases | |
| CN213130116U (zh) | 一种基于多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的假体 | |
| CN213130117U (zh) | 一种多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构及制备装置 | |
| TWI809339B (zh) | 多孔性表面結構和基底的連接結構、假體及製備方法和裝置 | |
| WO2021135929A1 (zh) | 一种基于多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构的假体 | |
| WO2021135930A1 (zh) | 一种多孔性表面结构和基底的连接结构及制备装置 | |
| CN114848238A (zh) | 一种人工关节滑囊和假体植入装置 |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20908513 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20908513 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20908513 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |